KATALOG MONACOR PA 2013 by Jiri Jurina

PA TECHNOLOGY

PA Technology from MONACOR INTERNATIONAL

Technology for an Excellent Sound

TECHNOLOGY FOR AN EXCELLENT SOUND

PA TECHNOLOGY

2013 C ATA L O G U E 1 3 7

HEADQUARTERS MONACOR INTERNATIONAL Zum Falsch 36 • 28307 Bremen • Germany Phone: +49 (0) 4 21/48 65-0 • info@monacor.com Fax: +49 (0) 4 21/48 84 15 • www.monacor.com

K-715.12.01.03.2013 Item No.: K13-137PAGB Order No.: 46.1780 Your Retailer

MONACOR is a brand of the company group MONACOR INTERNATIONAL.

www.monacor.com

Important Information Important Notes - please read very carefully! All products of MONACOR INTERNATIONAL are tested continuously to ensure a constant quality level and to maintain quality standards. All products which are subject to the CE guidelines as well as the electric and electronic subassemblies which are subject to the directive for motor vehicles, are tested according to the respective standards and carry the CE mark. In consequence, these products can be sold in all EC countries without further tests or approvals. General Information • All rights reserved by MONACOR INTERNATIONAL GmbH & Co. KG. All contents of this catalogue serve as information as to the products by MONACOR INTERNATIONAL only. No part of this catalogue including text, photos of products, graphics or any parts thereof may be reproduced in any form or by any means for any commercial use without our express prior written consent. • * Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. • HDMI™ is registered trademark of HDMI Licensing L.L.C. • We cannot be held responsible for printing errors, should they occur. We reserve the right to make technical changes without prior notice. • The technical specifications stated are according to the information of the manufacturer. • Due to production tolerances, technical data may vary slightly. • Damage resulting from unauthorised servicing of the products thus causing changes, as well as improper handling resulting in consequential damage are excluded from the warranty. We will not be liable for changes of the state of the products resulting from improper storage, other interventions or improper use. • If the units are interfered with, the CE approval will no longer apply. All products are always suitable for indoor use only unless stated otherwise. The products are not suitable for installations into aircrafts or surface mounting onto aircrafts. • The products do not correspond to the medical products directive 2007/47/EC. • If the products are to be put out of operation definitively, they must be taken to a local recycling plant for disposal which is not harmful to the environment.

ANDORRA MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

AUSTRALIA SOUNDLABS GROUP Pty Ltd

AUSTRIA MONACOR ELECTRONIC Vertriebs-GmbH

BELARUS LLC Muztorgservis

Phone: +49 (0) 4 21/48 65-0 Fax: +49 (0) 4 21/48 84 15 info@monacor.com www.monacor.com

BELGIUM MONACOR BELGIUM N.V.

BULGARIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

CROATIA Z-EL d.o.o. Chipoteka

CZECH REPUBLIC MONACOR SLOVAKIA spol. s.r.o.

DENMARK MONACOR DANMARK A/S

ESTONIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

FAROE ISLANDS MONACOR DANMARK A/S

FINLAND A-COM OY

FRANCE MONACOR FRANCE S.A.R.L.

GERMANY MONACOR INTERNATIONAL GmbH & Co. KG

GREECE ABA SYSTEMS SA

GREENLAND MONACOR DANMARK A/S

HUNGARY MONACOR HUNGÁRIA Kft.

ICELAND MONACOR DANMARK A/S

IRELAND MONACOR UK Ltd

ITALY MONACOR ITALIA s.r.l.

KIRGHIZIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LATVIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LIECHTENSTEIN MONACOR SCHWEIZ AG

LITHUANIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LUXEMBURG MONACOR BELGIUM N.V.

MONACO MONACOR FRANCE S.A.R.L.

NETHERLANDS MONACOR NEDERLAND B.V.

NORWAY MONACOR NORGE

POLAND MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

PORTUGAL MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

ROMANIA S. C. MONACOR ROMANIA s.r.l.

RUSSIA Theatrical Technical Corporation

SAN MARINO MONACOR ITALIA s.r.l.

SLOVAKIA MONACOR SLOVAKIA spol. s.r.o.

SPAIN MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

SWEDEN MONACOR SVERIGE AB

SWITZERLAND MONACOR SCHWEIZ AG

UKRAINE MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

UNITED KINGDOM MONACOR UK Ltd

Technical Information • Before first use of the products please read the instruction manual carefully! • The products correspond to the directive for electromagnetic compatibility 2004/108/EC, the directive 2011/65/EC (RoHS) and where applicable to the low voltage directive 2006/95/EC with the directive 2009/125/EC (ErP). • When operating with voltages of over 42 V, please always observe the respective safety measures. • Before opening any products operated with 230 V mains voltage, disconnect the products from the mains! • Make sure that the supply voltage is disconnected before working on components and modules. Existing capacitors must be discharged. • Mains cables and test cables have to be examined for damage regularly. Never pull on the cable to disconnect the plug from the socket. • Mains cables and fuses must only be replaced by skilled personnel. • Unless otherwise stated: - protect the products from moisture and heat, - always observe the admissible ambient temperature of 0-40 °C. • Do not use a very high volume level when using headphones. Permanent high volume may damage your hearing! • A soldering process which is too long and too hot may cause damage to the corresponding products. Choose a soldering temperature that is suitable for the material used. No liability can be assumed for damage to the product or consequential damage caused by improper handling. • The plugs, jacks, switches rotary switches and potentiometers shown in this catalogue are only suitable for connection to safety extra low voltage (SELV) or signal voltage unless the item is designed for a higher voltage (see text or table). • If the fixing nuts of chassis jacks or chassis plugs are overtightened, this may cause damage to the whole component. In case of improper handling, no liability can be assumed for this or consequential damage. • The heat must be eliminated by air circulation. Therefore, do not cover ventilation slots with anything. Do not put or drop anything through the ventilation slots. Otherwise, there will be danger of an electric shock. • Only use a dry, soft cloth for cleaning the products. Chemicals must not be used in any case.

Information on the German Product Liability Act According to the law dated 15 December 1989 governing product liability which was last amended by the law dated 19 July 2002, manufacturers, importers and dealers are obliged to compensate for damage caused by a faulty product under certain prerequisites. A product can already be considered faulty if its presentation leaves a private, non-commercial end user with a wrong impression as to its safety in use or if it is to be expected that the private end user will not observe the required safety regulations when using the product or will apply an excessive operating voltage to it, except if this user has been informed as to the necessity to observe the safety regulations and specified voltages, etc. In your own interest and for your customers' safety, therefore please draw your non-commercial customers' attention to the following: The products listed in this catalogue may only be used for the stated purpose. If there are any doubts as to the purpose of the goods, questions must be clarified with an authorised expert or with the service department of MONACOR INTERNATIONAL. The following EN standards and VDE (Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker = Association of German Electrical Engineers) regulations must be observed: Electromagnetic compatibility: EN300422, EN301489, EN55013, EN55020, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3, EN61000-6-1, EN61000-6-3 Low voltage directive: DINVDE0100, DINVDE0532, EN60065, EN60742, EN60570, EN60335, EN60598, EN60950, EN61010 Motor vehicles directive: directive 72/245/EEC, changed by the directive 2004/104/EC In Germany, the above-mentioned regulations can be obtained from: VDE-Verlag GmbH VDE-Verlag GmbH Bismarckstraße 33 Merianstraße 29 10625 Berlin 63069 Offenbach Germany Germany Phone: +49 (0)30 / 348001-0 Phone: +49 (0)69 / 840006-0 Fax: +49 (0)30 / 3417093 Fax: +49 (0)69 / 84000655 Notes Regarding the Approval of Wireless Systems The wireless microphone systems in the frequency range 863 MHz to 865 MHz and in the range 2.4 GHz are generally approved and licence-free! These systems are licence-free in the EU! Every wireless system has been examined by a notified body and has been approved in the EU according to the R+TTE directive. However, a frequency assignment for the systems in the frequency range 175 MHz to 223 MHz, 672 MHz to 697 MHz, 740MHz to 767 MHz and 790 MHz to 814 MHz for the corresponding area in which the unit is to be used must be applied for at the respective national authority. These systems require a licence in the EU! In Germany, a licence-free operation of wireless microphones in the frequency range 790 MHz to 814 MHz (see directive 91/2005) is possible until 31 December 2015. From 2016 on, the frequency range 790 MHz to 814 MHz can still be used with a frequency assignment. This assignment is subject to a fee. In Germany, the frequency assignment has to be applied for at the corresponding branch of the Federal Network Agency (BnetzA, Germany). The declaration of conformity can be found on our website: www.imgstageline.de. The forms for the frequency assignment as well as the ruling 91/2005 can be found on the website of the Federal Network Agency: www.bundesnetzagentur.de. For countries outside of Europe, please consult the authorities of the corresponding country. Please observe the notes in the operating instructions!

MONACOR INTERNATIONAL - Your reliable partner - worldwide. valid from March 2013 PA Technology 2013

PA Technology 2013

E 169

Contents

PRODUCTS 100 V A/B Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 86 100 V Ball Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 110 100 V Ceiling Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 87 – 96, E 104 100 V Ceiling Speakers according to EN 54-24 . . . .E 82, E 83 100 V Column Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 122 – E 125 100 V Flush-mount Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 105 100 V Horn Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 133 – E 136 100 V Mixing Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . .E 28 – E 30, E 34 – E 37 100 V Power Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 12 – E 14, E 31, E 32 100 V Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 111 – E 113 100 V Speakers according to EN 54-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 85 100 V Speaker Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 114 – E 116, E 126 100 V Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 100 V Wall Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 106, E 107 100 V Wall Speakers according to EN 54-24 . . . . . . . . . .E 84 100 V Zone Mixing Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 2 – E 7, E 33 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 53 – E 58, E 71, E 156, E 161 Accessories for Portable Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 63 Active Lecterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 73 – E 76 Active Speaker Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 117, E 118 Additional Speaker System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 67 Ambient Noise Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 25 Amplifier Insertions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 8 Audio Exciters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 102 Audio Matrix Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 40 Audio Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 159 Audio Transmission Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 53 – E 58 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160, E 161 CD and MP3 CD Changers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 22 CD and MP3 Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 43 – E 45 CD Player Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 46 Charging Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 15 Conference Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 77 – E 79 Desktop Microphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 9, E 50 Digital Matrix Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 42 Emergency PSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 15 Emergency Sound System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 23 EN 54 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 19 Evacuation Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 16 Feedback Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 22, E 23 Floor Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 156 Flush-mounted Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 147 Garden Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 130, E 131 Gooseneck Microphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 51 Horn Drivers and Trumpets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 141

Inductive Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 49 Infrared Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 71 Line Splitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 24 Loop Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 48, E 49 Low-impedance Ceiling Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 97 – E 101 Low-impedance Horn Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 137 – E 140 Low-impedance Speaker Systems . . . . . . . . . . . .E 119 – E 121 Matrix Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 24 Megaphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 142 – E 145 Microphone Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 38 Microphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 51 Monitor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 24 MP3 Player Insertion Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 47 MP3 Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 45 MP3 Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 43, E 46 Music Horns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 132 Portable Amplifier Systems . . . . . .E 59 – E 62, E 64 – E 69, E 72 Portable Infrared Amplifier System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 70 Portable Mixing Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 38 Power Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 165 Preamplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 39 Programme Selectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 Rack Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 162, E 163 Rechargeable Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 15 Stereo Tuners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 43, E 45 Surface-mounted Housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 153 Switch Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 159 Universal Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 158 Voice Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 146 Volume Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 25, E 151 – E 153 Wall Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 108, E 109 Weatherproof Speaker Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 127 – E 129 Wireless Microphone Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 52 Zone Mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 39 Zone Paging Microphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 41 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 167, E 168 Important Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 169

KNOW-HOW 100 V PA Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 10, E 11 100 V Volume Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 148, E 149 Arrangement of Ceiling Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 80 Complex Systems with EN 54-16 Certification . . . . . . . . . .E 18 Example of Application: PA System for Conference Rooms .E 27 Example of Application: PATL-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 155 Example of Application: MEVAC System (Evacuaton System) E 17 Example of Application: Multizone PA Application . . . . . . .E 21

Example of Application: PA Application for Sports Fields (high-quality) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 103 Flush-mounted Ceiling Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 81 Panel Jacks for ATT-500PD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 Programme Selector Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 150 Remote Volume Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 26 Speaker Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 166 Voice Alarm Systems (VAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 20

Technology for an Excellent Sound PA Technology 2013

100 V Zone Mixing Amplifiers

PA-40120 Order No. 17.3220

4-zone PA amplifier, with 4 active 120 W outputs, for setting up a multi-zone PA system. A switch allows each of the 5 inputs to be assigned to one of the 4 outputs. Thus, it is possible to reproduce varying programmes in different areas. Another advantage is that an announcement in one area will not interrupt the programme in another area. With the optional zone-paging microphone PA-4000RC, the amplifier can be extended to a 4-channel PA system. In combination with the fireman’s microphone PA-4000FMP with integrated voice memory, e.g. an acoustic alarm system can be set up in schools.

• • • • • • • • • •

4 x 120 WRMS 4 zones, can be controlled individually 3 mic/line inputs and 2 line inputs Built-in adjustable monitor speaker Chime and siren can also be activated via external momentary push-button Bass, treble and master controls, level display via LEDs, regulated fan Phantom power for electret microphones Connection for microphone PA-4000PTT Connections for 4 PA fireman’s microphones PA-4000FMP Mains operation and 24 V emergency power operation

Model General information Output power Inputs Mic/line 1-3 Line 4-5 Outputs Speakers

PA-40120 4 x 120 WRMS, 4 x 170 WMAX 2.5 mV/5 kΩ, 0.3 V/15 kΩ 0.3 V/15 kΩ 4 x 4 Ω, 4 x 70 V/100 V 0.775 V/200 Ω 0.775 V/3 kΩ 45-20,000 Hz

Preamplifier Record Frequency range Tone control Bass Treble S/N ratio Mic Line THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply

±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Line Push-to-talk microphone Emergency Outputs Mom. push-button for chime Preamplifier Speakers Monitor Record Power supply 230V~ 24V‡

> 70 dB, A-weighted > 90 dB, A-weighted <1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/1,500 VA, 24 V‡/40 A 482x90x377 mm, 2 RS 22.1 kg 3 x 6.3 mm/XLR (combo) 2 x RCA L/R 1 x RJ-45 4 x RJ-45 screw terminals 4 x screw terminal 4 x screw terminal 1 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x RCA L/R mains cable screw terminals

Matching zone paging microphones on page E 9

PA-4000FMP Order No. 17.3230

PA fireman’s microphone, for PA-40120, wall mounting. • Hand-held microphone with operational monitoring • Alarm input for triggering alarm • Integrated digital voice storage (60 seconds max.) with microphone input or line input (1 x RCA L/R) for recording messages

PA Technology 2013

• Recorded message is also kept without operating voltage • Siren emits an acoustic signal for 10 seconds when alarm is triggered, adjustable volume • RJ-45 jack for the connection to 4-zone PA amplifier PA-40120 • Signal red lacquered metal housing

Model Output level Siren frequency Max. recording time Power supply Dimensions Weight

PA-4000FMP 0.775 V/600 Ω, bal. 800 Hz (continuous sound) 550/1,200 Hz (wailing sound) 60 seconds 24 V‡ via PA-40120 or optional PSU 250x300x77 mm 3.2 kg

AMPLIFIERS

100 V Zone Mixing Amplifiers

PA-12040 Order No. 17.3390

PA-4040 Order No. 17.2520

4-zone mono mixing amplifiers, with professional features for general multiroom PA applications. • 4 x 120 WRMS (PA-12040) • 4 x 40 WRMS (PA-4040) • 100 V and 4/8 Ω operation • Perfect utilisation of the capacity and reliable protection of the connected speakers due to an integrated limiter • 3 inputs microphone/line via comb. jacks • 2 inputs line stereo via RCA jacks • Each input channel with gain control, 2-way tone control, channel mute switch and routing switch for zones • Microphone inputs with +46 V phantom power, can be switched on additionally as desired • Priority function for channels 1-3, switchable • Independent paging input, can be routed to all zones • 4 zone outputs, can be controlled individually • Zone and monitor line outputs for additional amplifiers or recorders • Connection for monitor speakers • Level control via VU meters for zone and monitor • Adjustable headphone output • Fan-cooling • 230 V mains operation

Model General information Output power Inputs Mic/line Line Telephone paging Outputs Speakers Monitor speakers Line (zone) Line (mix out) Frequency range Tone control Bass Treble S/N ratio, mic S/N ratio, line THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Line Paging Priority Outputs Line (zone) Line (mix out) Headphones Speakers (monitor) Speakers (zone) Power supply

PA-12040

PA-4040

4 x 120 WRMS 4 x 170 WMAX

4 x 40 WRMS 4 x 65 WMAX

5 mV/4 kΩ, 100 mV/10 kΩ 100 mV/30 kΩ 40 mV/5 kΩ

5m V/4k Ω, 100 mV/10 kΩ 100 mV/30 kΩ 40 mV/5 kΩ

4 x 25 V/70 V/100 V, 4 Ω/8 Ω 8 Ω/1 W 1.7 V, bal. 3.95 V 50-17,000 Hz

±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 65 dB > 75 dB <1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/1,200 VA 482x133x410 mm, 3 RS 20.5 kg

±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 65 dB > 75 dB <1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/450 VA 482x133x310 mm, 3 RS 15 kg

3 x 6.3 mm/XLR comb. jack, bal. 2 x RCA L/R screw terminal screw terminal

screw terminal screw terminal 3.5mm stereo jack screw terminal screw terminal 3-pin IEC jack

screw terminal screw terminal 3.5 mm stereo jack screw terminal screw terminal 3-pin IEC jack

PA Technology 2013

100 V Zone Mixing Amplifiers

PA-6240 Order No. 17.2180

PA-6480 Order No. 17.2190

PA-6600 Order No. 17.2390

6-zone mono PA mixing amplifiers • 1 x 240 WRMS (PA-6240) • 1 x 480 WRMS (PA-6480) • 1 x 600 WRMS (PA-6600) • 6 zones, can be controlled individually • Chime, continuous sound and wailing sound, automatic mute, 2-tone chime or 4-tone chime (selectable) • Bass, treble and master controls, level display via LEDs, regulated fan • Insertions for various functions are available at option • 17 V phantom power for electret microphones • Connection for zone paging microphone PA-6000RC • 1 insertion compartment at the front for automatic alarm message insertion PA-1120DM, a tuner insertion or a CD player insertion, all available at option • 3 insertion facilities at the rear side for optional modules with the following features: - PA-6FD: fault detection - PA-6FM: fault monitoring - PA-6FR: anti-feedback • Mains operation and 24 V emergency power operation • Removable mounting brackets

PA-6FD Order No. 17.2300

Fault detection module, for the PA amplifiers PA-6240, PA-6480, PA-6600 and PA-1960. In order to monitor the functions of the PA amplifier, the module transmits a 20 kHz pilot tone and checks this at the amplifier output. In case of a fault, a floating relay contact will be opened. The sensitivity can be adjusted.

PA Technology 2013

Model General information Output power Inputs Mic/line 1-3 Line 4-5 Preamplifier Outputs Speakers Preamplifier Record Frequency range Tone control Bass Treble S/N ratio Mic Line THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Line Zone paging microphone Push-to-talk microphone Telephone system Ext. amplifier Outputs Mom. push-button for chime 1 x preamplifier Speakers Record Power supply 230V~ 24V‡

PA-6240

PA-6480

PA-6600

240 WRMS 340 WMAX

480 WRMS 680 WMAX

600 WRMS 850 WMAX

2.5 mV/5 kΩ, 0.3 V/5 kΩ 0.3 V/15 kΩ 0.775 V/10 kΩ

100 V/70 V 0.775 V/100 Ω 0.775 V/3 kΩ 55-16,000 Hz

±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz

> 70 dB, A-weighted > 80 dB, A-weighted < 1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/750 VA, 24 V‡/20 A 430x133x352 mm, 3 RS 17 kg

> 70 dB, A-weighted > 80 dB, A-weighted <1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/1,500 VA, 24 V‡/40 A 430x133x352 mm, 3 RS 19.5 kg

> 70 dB, A-weighted > 80 dB, A-weighted <1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/1,700 VA, 24 V‡/50 A 430x133x352 mm, 3 RS 20 kg

3 x 6.3 mm/XLR (Combo) 2 x RCA L/R 2 x RJ-45, optional 1 x 7-pole DIN screw terminals 1 x 6.3 mm jack

1 x 6.3 mm jack screw terminals 1 x RCA L/R

3-pin IEC jack screw terminals

PA-6FM Order No. 17.2310

Fault monitoring module, for the PA amplifiers PA-6240, PA-6480, PA-6600 and PA-1960. • Indication of mains voltage failure and operating voltage failure • Indication in case of fan failure • 3 independent, floating relay outputs (NO/NC)

PA-6FR Order No. 17.2320

Anti-feedback module, for the PA amplifiers PA-6240, PA-6480 and PA-6600. The module uses the frequency shift method. The frequency shift of 2-6 Hz is almost noiseless and provides the highest possible protection against acoustic feedback. Beside the activation of the anti-feedback function and the frequency selection (2, 4, 5, 6 Hz), no further adjustments are necessary. Affects mic 1 only.

AMPLIFIERS

100 V Zone Mixing Amplifiers

PA-1120 Order No. 17.0780

PA-1240 Order No. 17.0790

5-zone mono PA mixing amplifiers • 1 x 120 WRMS (PA-1120) • 1 x 240 WRMS (PA-1240) • 5 zones, can be controlled individually • Chime, continuous sound and wailing sound, automatic mute, 2-tone chime or 4-tone chime (selectable) • Bass, treble and master controls, level display via LEDs, regulated fan • Insertions for various functions are available at option • 17 V phantom power for electret microphones • Connection for microphones PA-1120RC • Automatic alarm announcement with insertion PA-1120DM (available at option) • Mains operation and 24 V emergency power operation • Removable mounting brackets

Matching zone paging microphones on page E 9

PA-1120

PA-1240

120 WRMS 170 WMAX

240 WRMS 340 WMAX

2.5 mV/5 kΩ, 0.3 V/5 kΩ 0.3 V/15 kΩ 0.775 V/10 kΩ

2.5 mV/5kΩ, 0.3 V/5 kΩ 0.3 V/15 kΩ 0.775 V/10 kΩ

100 V/70 V 0.775 V/100 Ω 0.775 V/3 kΩ 55-16,000 Hz

±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz

> 70 dB, A-weighted > 80 dB, A-weighted <1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/340 VA, 24 V‡/15 A 482x133x352 mm, 3 RS 13 kg

> 70 dB, A-weighted > 80 dB, A-weighted <1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/630 VA, 24 V‡/27 A 482x133x352 mm, 3 RS 14 kg

3 x 6.3 mm/XLR (combo) 2 x RCA L/R 2 x RJ45, optional 1 x 7-pole DIN screw terminals 1 x 6.3 mm jack

1 x 6.3 mm jack screw terminals 1 x RCA L/R

3-pin IEC jack screw terminals

PA Technology 2013

100 V Zone Mixing Amplifiers

PA-5240 Order No. 24.3140

PA-5480 Order No. 24.3150

5-zone mono PA mixing amplifiers • 1 x 240 WRMS (PA-5240) • 1 x 480 WRMS (PA-5480) • 5 zones, can be controlled individually • Chime, wailing sound, automatic mute, chime and siren can also be activated via external momentary push-button, 2-tone chime or 4-tone chime (selectable) • Bass, treble and master controls, level display via LEDs, regulated fan • Insertions for various functions are available at option • Phantom power for electret microphones • Connection for microphone PA-5000PTT • Alarm announcement with insertion PA-1120DM (available at option) • Mains operation and 24 V emergency power operation • Removable mounting brackets

Matching zone paging microphones on page E 9

PA Technology 2013

Model General information Output power Inputs Mic 1 Mic/line 2-4 Line 5-7 Preamplifier Outputs Speakers Preamplifier Frequency range Tone control Bass Treble S/N ratio Mic Line THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Line Zone paging microphone Push-to-talk microphone Telephone Preamplifier Outputs Mom. push-button for chime Preamplifier Speakers Power supply 230 V~ 24 V‡

PA-5240

PA-5480

240 WRMS 340 WMAX

480 WRMS 680 WMAX

2.5 mV/2 kΩ 2.5 mV/2 kΩ, 0.3 V/200 kΩ 0.3 V/5 kΩ 0.775 V/10 kΩ

2.5 mV/2 kΩ 2.5 mV/2 kΩ, 0.3 V/200kΩ 0.3 V/5 kΩ 0.775 V/10 kΩ

100 V/70 V 0.775 V/100 Ω 55-16,000 Hz

±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz

> 70 dB > 80 dB <1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/750 VA, 24 V‡/20 A 482x133x352 mm, 3 RS 16.5 kg

> 70 dB > 80 dB < 1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/1,500 VA, 24 V‡/40 A 482x133x352 mm, 3 RS 20 kg

2 x 6.3 mm/XLR (combo), 1 x 6.3 mm jack screw terminals, 3 x RCA L/R screw terminal screw terminal 1 x 6.3 mm jack

screw terminals 1 x 6.3 mm jack screw terminals

screw terminals 1 x 6.3mm jack screw terminals

3-pin IEC jack screw terminals

AMPLIFIERS

100 V Zone Mixing Amplifiers

PA-1200 Order No. 17.0710

4-zone mono PA mixing amplifier • 1 x 120 WRMS • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • Chime, continuous sound and wailing sound, automatic mute, chime can also be activated via external momentary pushbutton, 2-tone chime or 4-tone chime (selectable) • Bass, treble and master controls, level display via LEDs • 15 V phantom power for channels 2 and 3 • Insertions for various functions are available at option • 482 mm (19") rack installation with mounting frame PA-1200RM, available at option • Mains operation and 24 V emergency power operation

Model General information Output power Inputs Mic Line Phono Outputs Speakers Preamplifier Frequency range Tone control Bass Treble S/N ratio Mic Line THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic Mic/line Line Phono/line Telephone input Outputs Tuner Mom. push-button for chime 1 x preamplifier Speakers Power supply 230V~ 24V‡

PA-1200 120 WRMS 170 WMAX 1.5 mV/600 Ω 150 mV/47 kΩ 1 mV/47 kΩ (RIAA) 1 x 4 Ω, 1 x 8 Ω, 4 x 70/100 V 1 V/1 kΩ 80-15,000 Hz ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 60 dB > 70 dB <1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/280 VA, 24 V‡/11 A 420x122x350 mm 13 kg 1 x 6.3 mm jack 3 x XLR, bal. 1 x RCA L + R 1 x RCA L + R 1 x twin spring-load. term. 1 x twin spring-load. term. 1 x twin spring-load. term. 1 x 6.3 mm jack 7 x screw terminal 1 x 3-pin IEC jack screw terminals

PA-1200RM Order No. 12.6740

Mounting frame, for the installation of PA mixing amplifier PA-1200 into a 482 mm (19") rack, black lacquered. Inside dimensions: 420x290 mm, 3 RS

PA Technology 2013

Amplifier Insertions

PA-1140RCD

PA-1200RDS

Order No. 17.3530

Order No. 17.2770

RDS tuner/CD player insertion with USB interface, for the PA mixing amplifiers with insertion compartment at the front. • USB flash drive can be connected directly FM/AM tuner section: • RDS function for FM • 24 memory places (18 x FM, 6 x AM) • Digital display • Station scanning CD player section: • Anti-shock system • Slot-in mechanism • Random play, scan and repeat functions • Display of track/time • Shock-proof due to oil shock absorber • Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD

FM/AM RDS tuner insertion, for the PA mixing amplifiers with insertion compartment. • RDS feature for FM • 24 memory places (18 x FM, 6 x AM) • Digital display • Station scanning • Automatic switching-on after power failure

PA-1120DM

PA-1200C

Order No. 17.0830

Order No. 17.1160

Digital message insertion, for the PA mixing amplifiers with insertion compartment. • 16 Mbits SRAM, 4.5 minutes max. (upgradable to 32 Mbits) • 6 memory places for announcements or similar • Automatic start of alarm announcement

Timer insertion, with DCF77 radio-controlled clock receiver for the PA mixing amplifiers with insertion compartment. • 40 memory places, to be programmed and edited as desired • 3 selectable chimes, remote controllable • 3 relay contacts (NO/NC) for switching external units • A combination with digital message insertion PA-1120DM allows time-controlled announcements

PA-1204EX Order No. 24.0250

4-way module extension, for all insertion modules of the PA series. • For accepting up to 4 insertions, 2 max. with CD player mechanism • Opening for using insertions with radio reception module • XLR connections • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation • 482 mm (19") rack installation with fitted mounting brackets

PA-1200EX Order No. 24.8160

Dual module extension, for all insertion modules of the PA series. • For accepting up to 2 insertions • Opening for using insertions with radio reception module

PA Technology 2013

• Dimensions without brackets (WxHxD): 425x135x380 mm, 3 RS • Weight: 7.7 kg

• Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/55 VA or 24 V‡/2 A

• XLR connection • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation • 482 mm (19") rack installation with fitted mounting brackets • Dimensions without brackets (WxHxD): 425x88x380 mm, 2 RS

• Weight: 4.5 kg • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/55 VA or 24 V‡/2 A

PA-6000RC

PA-1120RC

PA-4000RC

Order No. 23.5370

Order No. 23.2440

Order No. 23.6010

PA zone paging desktop microphone, for the connection to PA-6240, PA-6480 and PA-6600. • Selector buttons for speaker zones 1-6 • Start function/pause function for 6 selectable announcements which are stored in the digital module PA-1120DM • Automatic chime via microphone announcement button • Adjustable line input (RCA L/R) for the connection of a signal source, e.g. CD player or tape deck • LED display for transmission mode • Power supply via PA-6240, PA-6480, PA-6600 • RJ45 jack for connecting additional PA-6000RC microphones with slave/priority switch • Supplied with connection module for PA-6240, PA-6480 and PA-6600

PA zone paging desktop microphone, for the connection to PA-1120 and PA-1240. • Selector buttons for speaker zones 1-5 • Start function/pause function for 6 selectable announcements which are stored in the digital module PA-1120DM • Adjustable line input (RCA L/R) for the connection of a signal source, e.g. CD player or tape deck • LED display for transmission mode • Automatic chime via microphone announcement button • Power supply via PA-1120, PA-1240 • RJ45 jacks for connecting additional PA-1120RC microphones with slave/priority switch • Supplied with connection module for PA-1120 and PA-1240 Ten PA-1120RC max. can be connected to each amplifier!

PA-5000PTT

PA-4000PTT

Order No. 23.3260

PA desktop microphone (push-to-talk), especially suitable for the connection to PA-5240, PA-5480. • Push-to-talk button with switching contact for activating the chime at the amplifier • Connection via screw terminal • Output for priority function Three PA-5000PTT can be connected to each amplifier!

PA zone paging desktop microphone, for the connection to PA-40120. • Selector buttons for 4 zones, for activating one or several zones • ALL CALL button for activating each of the 4 zones • Automatic chime via microphone announcement button (talk) • LED status indication for the zone buttons (busy, emergency), power, mic fault, signal and talk • Built-in gooseneck electret microphone • Adjustable microphone sensitivity • Chime can additionally be switched on or off • 24 V power supply via PA-40120 • Two RJ-45 jacks for the connection to PA-40120 and additional PA-4000RC • Supplied with connection module for PA-40120 • Up to 32 PA-4000RC can be connected to PA-40120 via bus • Supplied with 3 m connection cable (Cat. 5e)

SOURCE UNITS ACCESSORIES MICROPHONES

Desktop Microphones

Order No. 23.6000

PA desktop microphone (push-to-talk), for the connection to PA-40120 or PA-1120, PA-1240, PA-1412MX and the PA-6000 series. • Automatic chime via microphone announcement button (talk) • Chime can additionally be switched on or off • Power supply via connected amplifier • RJ-45 jack for the connection to PA-40120 or PA-1412MX • Supplied with 3 m connection cable (Cat. 5e) • 7-pole DIN jack for the connection to PA-1120, PA-1240 and the PA-6000 series, supplied with 2 m connection cable Only one PA-4000PTT can be connected to each amplifier!

PAC-1120 Order No. 17.2540

Connection cable, for PA desktop microphone PA-4000PTT, for the connection to the PA amplifiers PA-1120, PA-1240 and the PA-6000 series. • Fitted with 2 x 7-pole DIN plug • Length: 50 m

PA Technology 2013

KNOW-HOW: 100 V PA Technology Introduction to the 100 V PA Technology The following pages show the planning and setting-up of PA systems for easy rebuilding, give some basic information and useful hints. The 100 V PA technology includes PA systems for background music, for announcement systems or for PA applications at events. These PA systems have become indispensable.

Some of the Applications are: • Sports fields and gyms • Department stores • Workshops and warehouses • Office buildings • Churches and chapels • Restaurants and hotels Basic Characteristic In a 100 V PA system, the output signal for the speakers following an amplifier is transformed to the higher 100 V value by a transformer. This corresponds to the rated power of the amplifier. This transformer is usually integrated into the amplifier. On the other side, ahead of the speakers, there is also a transformer which transforms this 100 V signal down to the voltage which is suitable for the speaker. This transformer, too, is usually mounted in or at the speaker.

Example: A furniture shop. Furniture shops have large areas so that there must be an even distribution of sometimes up to 20 speakers or more to be mounted over the area. In the following text we regard a system with 16 speakers to be connected to an 8 Ω amplifier. If 8 Ω speakers are used, it must be ensured that the output impedance of the amplifier does not fall below the minimum value. Therefore, it is not possible to connect all 16 speakers in parallel. This would result in a total impedance of 0.5 Ω by which the amplifier would be totally overloaded and destroyed. Thus, the speakers must be wired in series and in parallel so that the impedance of the amplifier does not fall below the minimum value. Our example shows this as follows:

Mono Contra Stereo If 100 V PA systems are regarded in detail, you can notice that most of them are mono systems. Why? To use a stereo signal, 2 speaker systems must not only be driven by 2 power amplifiers but the listener must be at the same distance from both speakers and must stay there. If he leaves this position, there is no stereo perception any more. However, this is always the case e.g. with PA background applications because people move freely through the room. Thus, a genuine mono transmission is the absolutely right choice in this case.

KNOW-HOW

By the way, this mono/stereo consideration is not a question of quality because a mono signal is not inferior to a stereo signal regarding the technical values. The quality is solely determined by the components and especially by the speaker systems used. The sound of a horn speaker is of course not as good as that of a HiFi system. This is, however, due to the speaker type and not due to the 100 V transformer. Nowadays, a modern transformer can achieve a frequency response of 20 to 20,000 Hz. What is the basic difference between a 100 V PA system and the standard HiFi stereo system? To simplify the matter, in case of a HiFi system it is tried to arrange a place or a suite and the speakers in the room in such a way, that an optimum sound quality will be obtained. This can also be achieved by rearranging the furniture. This is not possible, e.g. for background PA applications in a shop. In this case, the furniture cannot be rearranged and the speakers have to be placed where people are gathering. To make this possible, a great number of different speaker types is available, e.g. flush mount speakers, wall speakers, column speakers or horn speakers. The real advantage of a 100 V PA system can be noticed when wiring the speakers. With PA systems or systems for PA background applications, the number of speaker systems is sometimes very high.

E 10

PA Technology 2013

According to the drawing it looks very easy but it means a considerable effort of cabling in a 1,000 m2 large hall because all speaker cables must be laid to a central point or the wiring has to be made directly at the speaker. Due to this type of connection, the cabling becomes very complex which means more effort in case of repair. The actual weak point of this kind of speaker arrangement is that all speakers must have the same power values, otherwise individual speakers will be overloaded. Failure of one speaker also means failure of 3 further speakers at the same time. Besides, such a speaker system can only be extended with great difficulty.

KNOW-HOW: 100 V PA Technology How to Solve these Problems? If speaker systems are used with a transformer which is built in or connected ahead, all speakers can be connected in parallel. Each speaker only picks up the power from the 100 V line which is adjusted at the transformer. Thus, it is possible to interconnect speakers of different power ratings without any problems. The total power is calculated from the total of all connected speakers.

EAn Example: A PA system for a sports facility. The following speakers are selected for this purpose: 2 x 4 x 6 x

15 W 15 W 2W

When choosing the amplifier, please ensure that the value indicated as output power is higher than the required total power. In our calculation example a PA-1200 with an output power of 120 W could be used.

for the outdoor facility for the gym for the changing rooms and sanitary rooms

This results in a required total power of 102 W.

NOTE!

We recommend to plan a reserve for the amplifier output power so that subsequent extensions can be made with out any problems.

Laying Speaker Cables as a Ring Line

However, if the line is fed from the last speaker back to the amplifier (indicated in red) and then connected to the line coming from it with the right polarity, the operating reliability is increased considerably. An interruption at one of the points would not result in a failure of a speaker, anymore.

Configuration with Different Speakers It frequently happens that both 100 V speakers and low-impedance speakers are to be connected to a 100 V PA system at the same time.

speaker and the 100 V speaker would each require the maximum amplifier power.

This has to be avoided in any case, as the amplifier will be overloaded. In case of optimum level control, both the low-impedance

A destruction of the amplifier will be the result. It is better to switch a 100 V transformer ahead of the low impedance speaker.

PA Technology 2013

KNOW-HOW

The speakers are generally connected in parallel to a line coming from the amplifier. The line ends at the last speaker. From a technical point of view, this is not a problem. With regard to the operating reliability, however, this method is not the perfect solution. In case the line is interrupted anywhere along A or B, every speaker situated behind that point will no longer operate.

E 11

100 V Power Amplifiers

PA-4240 Order No. 17.0820

PA-4120 Order No. 17.0810

PA power amplifiers • 4 x 240 WRMS (PA-4240) • 4 x 120 WRMS (PA-4120) • Routing switches for parallel operation on 2 channels each • Temperature-controlled fan • Connection for external on/off switch • LED display for clip, protect, overtemperature and output level • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

PA-2240 Order No. 17.0800

PA power amplifier • 2 x 240 WRMS • Routing switch for parallel operation on both channels • Switchable 400 Hz high-pass filter 6 dB/oct. • Soft start • Temperature-controlled fan • LED display for clip, protect, overtemperature and output level • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

E 12

PA Technology 2013

Model Output power Input sensitivity Output impedance Frequency range S/N ratio THD High-pass filter Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight Connections Signal input Speaker output Other features

PA-4240 4 x 240 WRMS 1.2 V, bal. 31 V/4 Ω, 50 V/10.4 Ω, 70 V/20 Ω, 100 V/42 Ω 55-17,000 Hz, -3 dB > 90 dB, A-weighted <1%

PA-4120 4 x 120 WRMS 1.2 V, bal. 22 V/4 Ω, 50 V/21 Ω, 70 V/41 Ω, 100 V/83 Ω 55-17,000 Hz, -3 dB > 90 dB, A-weighted <1%

0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/2,720 VA, 24 V‡/113 A 483x133x370 mm, 3 RS 28 kg

0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/1,400 VA, 24 V‡/60 A 483x133x370 mm, 3 RS 25 kg

4 x XLR screw terminals

PA-2240 2 x 240 WRMS 1.2 V, bal. 25 V/2.6 Ω, 44 V/8 Ω, 70 V/20 Ω, 100 V/42 Ω 35-20,000 Hz, -3 dB > 100 dB, A-weighted <1% 400 Hz, 6 dB/oct. 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/1,300 VA, 24 V‡/55 A 483x88x374 mm, 2 RS 18 kg 2 x XLR / screw terminals screw terminals

AMPLIFIERS

100 V Power Amplifiers

PA-1960 Order No. 17.2550

High-power mono PA amplifier • 1 x 960 WRMS • Additional, adjustable priority input with switchable priority function • 100 V slave input for inserting the amplifier into a 100 V speaker line • Switchable 400 Hz high-pass filter 6 dB/oct. • 2 insertion facilities at the rear side for

optional modules with the following features: - PA-6FD: fault detection module - PA-6FM: fault monitoring module • Connection for external on/off switch (remote start) • Temperature-controlled fan, continuously adjustable • LED display for fault, protect, clip, signal, priority • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

PA-1480 Order No. 17.1110

Mono PA power amplifier • 1 x 480 WRMS • Switchable 400 Hz high-pass filter 6 dB/oct. • Temperature-controlled fan, continuously adjustable • LED display for clip, protect, overtemperature and output level • Feed-through output (link) • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

PA-1960 1 x 960 WRMS 0.775 V/60 kΩ, bal. 75 V/5.6 Ω, 85 V/7.2 Ω, 100 V/10 Ω 35-20,000 Hz > 100 dB, A-weighted < 0.4 % 400 Hz, 6 dB/oct. 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/2,600 VA, 24 V‡/80 A 483x133x374 mm, 3 RS 25 kg screw terminals screw terminals

PA-1480 1 x 480 WRMS 1.2 V, bal. 62 V/8 Ω, 70 V/10 Ω, 100 V/21 Ω 35-20,000 Hz, -3 dB > 100 dB, A-weighted <1% 400 Hz, 6 dB/oct. 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/1,400 VA, 24 V‡/40 A 483x88x374 mm, 2 RS 17.5 kg XLR / screw terminals screw terminals

PA Technology 2013

E 13

100 V Power Amplifiers

PA-1242 Order No. 17.2780

PA-1122 Order No. 17.1020

Mono PA power amplifiers • 1 x 240 WRMS (PA-1242), 1 x 120 WRMS (PA-1122) • Switchable 400 Hz high-pass filter 6 dB/oct. • Temperature-controlled fan, continuously adjustable • LED display for clip, protect, overtemperature and output level • Feed-through output (link) • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

Model Output power Input sensitivity Output impedance Frequency range S/N ratio THD High-pass filter Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight Connections Signal input Speaker output

PA-1242 1 x 240 WRMS 1.2 V, bal. 25 V/2.6 Ω, 70 V/20 Ω, 100 V/42 Ω 35-20,000 Hz, -3 dB > 100 dB, A-weighted <1% 400 Hz, 6 dB/oct. 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/750 VA, 24 V‡/20 A 483x88x374 mm, 2 RS 12.5 kg

PA-1122 1 x 120 WRMS 1.2 V, bal. 25 V/5 Ω, 31 V/8 Ω, 70 V/41 Ω, 100 V/83 Ω 35-20,000 Hz, -3 dB > 100 dB, A-weighted <1% 400 Hz, 6 dB/oct. 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/340 VA, 24 V‡/10 A 483x88x374 mm, 2 RS 12 kg

XLR / screw terminals screw terminals

PA-1250D Order No. 17.3860

Digital mono PA power amplifier, with an energy-saving effect. • 1 x 250 WRMS • Class D concept with a high efficiency of more than 90% to reduce energy costs • Additional integrated energy saving functions, e.g. unit automatically goes to standby mode when no input signal is present (as soon as an input signal is detected, the amplifier is automatically switched on again) • Requires a significantly lower rechargeable battery capacity for emergency power operation than 100 V analogue amplifiers • Clearly reduced cooling requirements due to low heat dispersion

E 14

PA Technology 2013

• Maintenance-free cooling and silent operation due to fanless cooling concept, thus especially suitable for noise-sensitive areas, e.g. offices, conference rooms or churches • Special protective circuits protect against short circuit, undervoltage or overheating • Extensive, menu-controlled settings • Switchable 200 Hz high-pass filter, 6 dB/oct. • Additional priority input • LCD for the operating parameters • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

Model Output power Input sensitivity Output impedance Frequency range S/N ratio THD High-pass filter Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply

Dimensions Weight Connections Signal input Speaker output

PA-1250D 250 WRMS, 350 WMAX 1.2 V, bal. (line) 100 V/40 Ω 50-18,000 Hz, ±3 dB > 100 dB, A-weighted < 0.5 % 200 Hz, 6 dB/oct. 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/350 VA, 8 W (standby mode), 24 V‡/20 A, 280 mA (standby mode) 482x88x410 mm, 2 RS 7.5 kg screw terminals screw terminals

AMPLIFIERS

Charging Controller, Rech. Battery, Emergency PSU

EVA-24/54 Order No. 17.4190

Certified charging controller for evacuation systems, for setting up a standardised emergency power supply according to EN 54-4. • Suitable for PA components with 24 V connection • Output voltage: 24 V‡ • Output current: 6 x 40 A max., 3 x 5 A max., total output: 960 W max. • Charging current: 12 A max. • Constant monitoring of all primary and secondary input voltages

• Permanent monitoring of the fuses • Monitoring of the battery charging current • Indication of the discharge status of the rechargeable batteries • LED indication of every relevant operating status • Floating contacts for retransmission of errors • Admissible battery capacities: 65 Ah to 225 Ah (2 x 12 V‡ each)

EVA-24CON

AKKU-12/120

Order No. 17.4200

Cable set, for connecting 2 rechargeable lead batteries AKKU-12/120 to the charging controller EVA-24/54.

• Cable set EVA-24CON for connecting 2 x AKKU-12/120 is available at option • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/390 VA • Dimensions: 325x170x220 mm • Weight: 5.1 kg

Matching rechargeable lead batteries AKKU-12/20 (2x) are available at option.

Order No. 17.4180

Rechargeable lead battery, 12 V, for charging controller EVA-24/54. • Power rating: 12 V/120 Ah • Gas-tight sealed, maintenance-free

• Dimensions: 32.5x17x22 mm • Weight: 32 kg • 2 rechargeable batteries AKKU-12/120 are required for an operation with EVA-24/54

• Max. charging current: 2.5 A • Electronic charging control with overload protection, protection against total discharge and trickle charge • 1 x output 24 V‡/1 A (unswitched) • 2 x output 24 V‡/32 A

• • • •

PA-24ESP Order No. 24.3120

24 V emergency PSU, for our PA components with 24 V connection. • Installation of 2 x rechargeable lead battery NPA-12/24 possible • Screw connection for external 24 V rechargeable batteries

3 x output 24 V‡/16 A Power supply: 230V~/50Hz/110 VA Dimensions: 482x135x405 mm Weight: 11.7 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 15

Evacuation Controller, Line Monitoring

MEVAC-4 Order No. 17.2670

Evacuation controller, for voice alarm systems according to EN 60849 (VDE 0828). As a central controller, the MEVAC-4 can carry out numerous functions: • Monitoring of the speaker lines • Monitoring of the amplifiers with emergency switching (for 4 amplifiers and 1 spare amplifier) • Digital voice storage for alarm announcements • Monitoring of fireman’s microphones • Distributor for audio input signals like microphone and background music • 4 independently addressable announcement circuits in A/B wiring • Fault signalling via relay contacts Additional features: • Connection for any number of emergency announcement microphones (1-channel or 4-channel)

• Extensive inputs and outputs for monitoring and signalling • Modern DSP technology, updatable • Programming simply done via mom. pushbuttons and built-in display • Input for background music • Aux input to be activated via external contact • Tone control and volume control for each amplifier channel • Background music is turned off automatically with 24 V operation • Bass attenuation in case of an alarm • RS-232 connection for programming and updating • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA or 24 V‡/500 mA • Dimensions: 482x44x315 mm (1 RS) • Weight: 5 kg • Mains operation and 24 V emergency power operation

MEVAC-4PTT

MEVAC-1PTT

Order No. 23.5600

Order No. 23.5570

MEVAC-1FT Order No. 23.5590

PA desktop microphone (push-to-talk), for the connection to evacuation controller MEVAC-4. • 4 call zone push-buttons • Push-button for all-call function • Ready to call indication via LED • Gooseneck with dynamic microphone cartridge • 1.8 m connection cable with 9-pole D-SUB plug

PA desktop microphone (push-to-talk), for the connection to evacuation controller MEVAC-4. • Programmable push-button for all-call function or individual zone • Ready to call indication via LED • Gooseneck with dynamic microphone cartridge • 1.8 m connection cable with 9-pole D-SUB plug

PA desktop microphone, for emergency announcements according to EN 60849. • For the connection to evacuation controller MEVAC-4 • Monitored microphone cartridge and request line • Push-to-talk button • Gooseneck with dynamic mic. cartridge • Red metal housing (fireman’s microphone) • 1.8 m connection cable with 5-pole DIN plug

MEVAC-1FH

MEVAC-1CON

MEVAC-2CON

Order No. 23.5580

Hand-held PA microphone, for emergency announcements according to EN 60849. • For the connection to evacuation controller MEVAC-4 • Monitored microphone cartridge and request line • Push-to-talk button • Red plastic housing (fireman’s mic.) with dynamic mic. cartridge and steel clip • 1 m helix connection cable with 5-pole DIN plug

E 16

PA Technology 2013

Order No. 17.2750

Connection outlet, for hand-held PA microphone MEVAC-1FH or PA desktop microphone MEVAC-1FT. • 5-pole DIN jack • Flush mounting in standard 60 mm wall sockets • Surface mounting with supplied surfacemount housing • Dimensions: 80x80x37 mm

Order No. 17.2760

Connection outlet, for PA desktop microphone (push-to-talk) MEVAC-1PTT or MEVAC-4PTT. • 9-pole D-Sub jack • Flush mounting in standard 60 mm wall sockets • Surface mounting with supplied surfacemount housing • Dimensions: 80x80x37 mm

KNOW-HOW

KNOW-HOW: Example of Application MEVAC System

PA Technology 2013

E 17

KNOW-HOW: Complex Systems with EN 54-16 Certification

Complex Systems with EN 54-16 Certification The standards requirements made on modern voice alarm systems are becoming increasingly complex. Thus, standardised systems can hardly be found anymore. Nowadays, these systems are mainly configured according to the requirements of the application and the structural conditions. The individual components are compiled to meet with the regulations of the fire-prevention concept. At the same time, the system also includes additional features to meet with the customer’s requirements regarding background music or announcements to be made. In order to comply with the regulations, the voice alarm system must solely be equipped with EN 54-certified components. These include the management system itself, the power amplifiers and the emergency PSUs as well as the rack which accommodates these components. The new product line around the audio management controller EVA-16MEN will allow for completely new possibilities. With the use of master and slave units, it is possible to cascade up to 10 systems. Thus, more complex applications can be realised. The 4 audio inputs which can be routed to the 4 audio outputs as desired provide great flexibility for the user. The certified SINUS power amplifier series with power capabilities of 120 W, 240 W and 480 W provides sufficient power reserves. Extensive accessories, e.g. 80-channel desktop microphone station, fireman’s microphone stations or relay units complete this product range which also includes further speaker systems with EN 54-24 certification. In order to fully implement the requirements of your future applications, we will offer two different ways of delivery: • As usual, all components required for the system are available as individual items for self-assembly. The certification will be done at your premises after completion of installation. • Alternatively, we will deliver a 19" case made to your individual specifications and already fitted with the required system components which comply with EN 54-16. In this case, you specify the respective requirements and products and we will provide you with a complete offer for a voice alarm system including installation into a rack.

KNOW-HOW E 18

EN 54 - with our products, it’s not your emergency!

PA Technology 2013

EN 54 Systems EVA-16MEN

EN 60849

• Monitoring of up to 8 speaker lines in A/B cabling (16 testing circuits) • 2 x fireman’s microphone can be connected (MEVAC-1FT) at the rear side of the unit or a hand-held microphone (MEVAC-1FH) directly at the front panel • Up to 8 monitored system microphone stations (EVA-16TER) can be connected • 4 audio inputs with free assignment/distribution of the audio input signals • 2 additional audio inputs (AUX) • 4 transformer-balanced AF outputs + 1 output for emergency amplifier with free assignment of the different music sources • Digital voice memory for alarm announcements • Tone control and volume control for each amplifier channel

• Easy programming via mom. push-buttons and two-line display • Extensive inputs and outputs for controlling and signalling • RS-232 interface for programming or updating via a PC • 482 mm (19") rack installation • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/25 VA or 24 V‡/600 mA • Dimensions: 483x88x248 mm (19", 2 RS) • Weight: 6 kg • Mains operation and 24 V emergency power operation

AMPLIFIERS MICROPHONES

Order No. 17.3970

Audio management controller (master), with EN 54-16 certification for voice alarm systems (VAS) according to DIN EN 60849 (VDE 0828) and DIN VDE 0833-4. As the central controller, EVA-16MEN is used for managing and monitoring microphone announcements, emergency announcements and stored evacuation announcements, possible music feeds and for the secure reproduction of chimes and sirens. Furthermore, the EVA-16MEN is also monitoring power amplifiers connected as well as a possible emergency power supply. Connected speaker lines are also monitored for interruption, impedance deviations as well as for short-circuit and fault to earth. This unit can be used as a master for individual projects and in master/slave (EVA-16MEN + EVA-16SEN) for more complex projects, can be cascaded to up to 10 systems. • Monitoring of the amplifiers with emergency switching (8 amplifiers and 1 spare amplifier)

EN 54-16

EVA-16TER Order No. 23.0020

System microphone station, according to DIN EN 60849 (VDE 0828) for announcements in up to 80 speaker circuits, to be selected as desired. • Microprocessor-controlled system microphone station, especially for the connection to EVA-16MEN • For announcements in up to 80 speaker circuits, to be selected as desired • Built-in two-line LCD for indicating the respective operating status • Separate emergency button

• Individual programming of single, group, collective and emergency announcements with the respective priority level • Concealed buttons for safety-related system functions • Connection via RJ45 jack • Dimensions: 350x75x210 mm • Weight: 3.15 kg

Further products of the EVA-16 series as well as additional information can be found on our website www.monacor.com.

EVA-16FP Order No. 17.0210

PA fireman’s microphone, for the audio management system EVA-16... This fireman’s microphone station has especially been developed according to the standards DIN EN 60849 (VDE 0828), EN 54-16 or DIN 14661. Thus, it allows emergency services to organise a safe and systematic evacuation of the people in case of an alarm. • Supplied with hand-held PA microphone MEVAC-1FH

• • • • • • • •

4 alarm zones 4 fireman’s microphone stations Robust red sheet steel wall-mount housing Relay fire alarm control panel (FACP): 24 V/2 kΩ Relay contact ERROR: 120 V~/2 A max. Power supply: 18-30 V‡/60 mA Dimensions: 305x235x140 mm Weight: 4.5 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 19

KNOW-HOW: Voice Alarm Systems (VAS) Voice Alarm Systems (VAS) PA systems are no longer merely applied as intercom systems or for background music. Nowadays, they are also an essential component in an extensive security concept. In this case, it is assumed that a building has to be evacuated in case of an emergency. For example, a fire alarm system ensures that all relevant rooms are monitored. However, the system itself could only activate sirens and flashlights in case of an alarm. Attention is definitely drawn to the sirens, but there are no specific instructions given to the people on how to act. Alerting the people via a voice message allows to specifically pass on information and to evacuate the people who are staying in the danger zone at that time. In order to achieve a uniform standard, the European standard EN 60849 and the standards included within which have been effective since 1998 state that certain buildings must be equipped with a voice alarm system to allow for an evacuation of the people in case of an emergency. The EN 60849 is a system standard and thus contains general standards which the ready fitted system must comply with. The included standards state the minimum requirements made on the individual products as well as the objective speech intelligibility.

Nowadays, this standard still applies to voice alarm systems (VAS) which are not automatically activated by a fire alarm system. In this case, the alarm is usually activated via a house alarm signalling device.

With the implementation of the standard EN 60489, voice alarm systems are compulsory for buildings which exceed a certain size or for place of public assembly which exceed a certain number of people. In Germany, this applies to e.g. • Shops with a size of more than 2,000 m² • Places of public assembly exceeding 200 people • Hospitals • Schools • Hotels

(Type and size of such a building may vary slightly, because national regulations of the individual EU Member State have to be complied with in addition to these standards.)

The requirements made on the VAS have become increasingly complex in the last few years. Additionally, the connection to a fire alarm system (FAS) had to be standardised. Thus, an advanced DIN 0833 part 4 was elaborated to regulate the integration of a VAS into the fire alarm system.

KNOW-HOW

The main change to the EN 60849 is that each of the applied components must have its own test certificate from the approved test laboratory. These tests are defined in the series of standards EN 54. Different standards are applicable to the different components. EN 54-4 EN 54-24 EN 54-16

Emergency PSUs Speakers Evacuation Controllers

These standards are constantly adapted to the conditions as required. Thus, the standard EN 54-16 now often describes the entire remaining technology, too, e.g. power amplifiers and 19" racks. In addition, it should be ensured, of course, that the cables are laid according to standards. Depending on the individual German state, this is regulated in the directive MLAR or LAR. These clarify e.g. where and when cables with increased level of fire resistance (E-30 cables) must be used. A modern VAS can only be integrated into an existing fire protection concept if it meets all these requirements. Thus, it is essential to already include all participants in the planning stage of the fire protection concept. This is the only way to ensure a smooth operation of all components.

E 20

PA Technology 2013

In future, only DIN 14675-certified personnel should be able to install voice alarm systems. This is to ensure that the installers are always kept up-to-date with the regulations. Currently, this directive only regulates the set-up and operation of fire alarm systems. An extension is currently in progress and should become effective by the end of 2013. Why Make the Effort? Due to the integration into the security concept of a building, a faultless operation of all the applied components has to be ensured at all times, of course. Thus, all relevant components and connections must be monitored continuously. In case of a serious fault, an error message must indicate the problem. This is usually done by a NO relay contact. This contact may activate a dialling unit, for example, in order to alert the appropriate security personnel. The main points of the monitoring are: A/B-Speaker Circuits In case of a failure, the sound pressure in one section may only decrease by 3 dB at the most. This means, that only half of the speaker capability is allowed to fail. The speaker circuits are monitored for short circuit, fault to earth, interruption, impedance deviations and thus failure of the speakers. With the A/B wiring, the speakers of one circuit are divided into two individual paths. Both paths are connected individually with the controller and monitored for faults. Thus, it is ensured that in case one path fails to operate, it does not result in a total failure of the complete circuit. In order to achieve this, it is assumed that the load for both output paths (A/B) within one circuit is almost equal when dividing the power rating of the speakers.

Monitoring the Amplifiers with Emergency Switching The applied amplifiers are monitored by means of a pilot tone. This tone is outside the audible range and will be mixed to the useful signal. In case, this tone is missing at the output of the amplifier, it will automatically be switched to the spare amplifier. The spare amplifier must be as big as the individual amplifier with the highest power capability of the system. Digital Voice Storage for the Alarm Messages The alarm messages must in any case be stored in a non-volatile memory. These memories must also be tested automatically. Monitoring of a Fireman's Microphone The fire brigade usually requires a separate microphone directly at the access of the fire brigade. To ensure this function, the microphone must specifically be monitored. In addition to the connected leads, the microphone cartridge itself has to continuously be monitored, too. The fireman's microphone thus features the highest priority. An Emergency Power Supply is Compulsory In order to ensure an operation also in case the main power supply fails, a 24 V emergency power supply is compulsory. The capacity must ensure that the complete system can be operated at full power for a minimum of 30 minutes. Due to requirements of the underlying fire protection concept, this time may be even longer. MEVAC-4 as a Controller With the MEVAC-4 as a central controller, a very compact PA system for voice alarm systems can be realised. The features of the MEVAC-4 are according to the requirements EN 60849 and VDE 833-4. In case no malfunction occurs, such an intended system is also allowed to be operated as a sole PA system. Thus, the MEVAC-4 can also be used as a solution for background music and for making announcements for up to 4 channels. Furthermore, the unit also features inputs for background music, a switchable aux input as well as inputs for recalling a previously stored message.

The basic set-up is illustrated in the diagram on the opposite page.

KNOW-HOW: Example of Application Multizone PA Application An example of PA application in restaurants and bars. Sports bars have become more and more popular. Mainly, in separate areas, sports events are shown on large screens. In most cases, these events are received via TV. The following example does not only show a PA application in this area, but a restaurant and bar area and an outside area are also added. Although, a PA application of the individual areas at different volume levels is possible with standard PA systems, attenuators in the speaker cables will then have to be used. However, different programmes are not possible.

EUL-30/WS

Even though, individual amplifiers are available for the individual areas, each of the mixers only features one output. This can now be changed by using a multizone mixer. For this purpose, the multizone mixer MPX-4PA features 3 equal zone outputs, each with a master control and tone control. The routing switches under each input channel are actually the special feature. This allows to choose as desired which input is assigned to which output zone. Only these allow to run an individual programme in each zone. Thus, the different programmes can be distributed to the zones within seconds. In the sports area, for example, a football match can be shown, quiet background music can be listened to in the restaurant/bar area and a speech can be held in the outside area via a microphone. At a touch of a button, the individual areas can be combined without delay.

ESP-230/WS

PA-900S

PAB-506/WS

STA-Serie

PDM-302

KNOW-HOW

MPX-4PA

CD-112TRS

PA Technology 2013

E 21

CD and MP3 CD Changer, Feedback Controller

PA-2460CD Order No. 21.2780

6 CD and MP3 CD changer • Folder navigation • 24-track programming • Repeat function • Random play • Track or disc scan function • Optional 24 V emergency power operation • LCD

• Cheque-card-sized infrared remote control • Outputs: - Stereo XLR, bal. - Mono XLR, bal. - Stereo RCA - Digital output, coaxial and optical • Audio CD/CD-R/MP3 CD

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Output, digital Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions, player mech. Dimensions, control panel Weight Connections Analogue output Digital output

PA-24FR Order No. 17.2580

2-channel anti-feedback controller • Efficient protection against acoustic feedback due to frequency shift method • Selectable frequency shift 3-15 Hz, adjustable in 13 steps via DIP switches • Integrated noise gate (mute when input level is too low) • Bypass function

E 22

PA Technology 2013

• LED display for operation, input signals and activated frequency shift function • XLR connections and screw connections for line inputs and outputs

Model Inputs Outputs Frequency range S/N ratio THD Power supply Dimensions Weight

PA-2460CD changer, 6 CDs 20-20,000 Hz, ±3 dB < 0.03 % > 70 dB > 70 dB > 85 dB not measurable 0.775 V 0.5 Vpp S/PDIF 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA or 24 V‡/1.5 A 0-40 °C 482x88x260 mm, 2 RS 7.1 kg 1 x RCA L/R 3 x XLR, bal. 1 x RCA 1 x Toslink

PA-24FR 0.775 V, 60 kΩ, bal. 0.775 V, 50 Ω, bal. 20-20,000 Hz > 70 dB < 0.05 % 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA 482x44x230 mm, 1 RS 2.4 kg

MFE-212 Order No. 25.4520

Stereo DSP feedback controller • Prevents acoustic feedback appearing in PA systems • 12 steep-edged precision notch filters for each stereo channel • Editable filter parameters (supplied with software) • 4 factory presets, 16 user presets • Mono operation or 2-channel operation possible • AD/DA resolution: 24 bits • 45 dB attenuation (with gradual reduction in variable mode) • Optionally continuous signal monitoring (auto notch) or manual setting of the required filters (manual notch) • Backlit 2 x 20 dot matrix display • Adjustable input level and output level • Bypass function • Clip LED

• Balanced inputs and outputs: XLR and 6.3 mm jack • USB A port • MIDI input and output • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS

PA-24FMU

• Siren emits an acoustic signal for 10 seconds when alarm is triggered, volume control • Built-in signal light FIRE flashes when alarm is triggered • Balanced line output via springloaded terminal • 24 V power supply via PSS-3000SV, available at option

Order No. 17.2570

PA emergency sound system, for integrating into PA systems according to EN 60849. • Hand-held microphone with monitored functionality • Alarm input for triggering alarm • Integrated digital voice storage (60 seconds max.) with microphone input or line input for recording messages • Recorded message is also kept without operating voltage

Model General information Frequency range Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Foot pedal Outputs Mic/line

Model Output level Siren frequency Max. recording time Power supply Dimensions Weight

MFE-212 20-20,000 Hz 2.2 V max. 2.2 V max. > 90 dB < 0.01 % 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x193 mm, 1 RS 2 kg

AMPLIFIERS

Feedback Controller, Emergency Sound System

1 x XLR L/R, bal. 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R 1 x XLR L/R, bal. 1 x 6.3 mm jack L/R

PA-24FMU 1.23 V/600 Ω, bal. 800 Hz 60 seconds 24 V‡/200 mA 482x88x200 mm, 2 RS 3 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 23

Monitor Unit, Matrix Router, Line Splitter

PA-1200M Order No. 24.0260

Monitor unit, 10 + 1 channels • Audio sources can be selected via rotary switch • 10 monitor inputs 1-100 V/10 kΩ • 1 aux input 0 dB (0.775 V)/600 Ω • Level control, LED VU meter and clip LED for each monitor input

• • • • •

Built-in 2 W speaker, volume control Headphone output: ≥ 8 Ω, 0.1 W Frequency range: 100-20,000 Hz THD: < 0.3 % Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/15 VA or 24 V‡/0.5 A • Dimensions: 482x88x200 mm, 2 RS

ARM-88 Order No. 17.3050

Audio matrix router, matrix with 8 inputs and 8 outputs. • Each input can be routed to any output as desired • Processor-controlled • Easy-to-use • 8 presets can be stored and recalled • Adjustable output level

• Balanced XLR inputs and XLR outputs • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS

PA Technology 2013

Output impedance

S/N ratio Power supply Dimensions Weight

Order No. 17.1890

E 24

Model Input voltage Output voltage Input impedance

Amplification factor

PA-24AD 10-way PA line splitter • 2 separate inputs • Stereo operation or mono operation • Balanced XLR connection for each input and output

• Weight: 4.7 kg • Mains operation and 24 V emergency power operation

• Gain control for each output • Peak indication for each input • Mains operation and 24 V emergency power operation

Model Line inputs, mono Line outputs, mono Frequency range THD S/N ratio Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

ARM-88 7 V max. 7 V max. 30 kΩ bal., 15 kΩ unbal. 200 Ω bal., 100 Ω unbal. 0-2 continuously adjustable 64 dB 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 482x45x240 mm, 1 RS 2.6 kg

PA-24AD 0.775 V/15 kΩ 0.775 V/600 Ω 20-20,000 Hz < 0.05 % > 68 dB 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA 24 V‡/0.2 A 0-40 °C 482x45x235 mm, 1 RS 3.1 kg

PA-100ANC Order No. 17.2280

Ambient noise controller, for automatically matching the signal in case of ambient noise. The wanted audio signal is held at a fixed distance to a second audio signal. The second audio signal is usually the ambient noise which normally appears in shopping centres, hotels, train stations, airports or restaurants. The supplied noise detector and a microphone (available at option) monitor the ambient noise and the wanted signal (e.g. announcement or music) is boosted or attenuated accordingly. Thus, the signal for announcements or music is, at the set level, always at a higher volume than the ambient noise. • Supplied with noise detector for the connection of an electret microphone or a dynamic microphone with XLR jack or 6.3 mm jack

• Adjustable limiter for setting the low output level • Adjustable Q-factor • Adjustable band filter for measuring (30-15,000 Hz) • Bypass switch for deactivating the noise detector • Phantom power can be switched on additionally via noise detector • LED display for output level and clipping • 24 V emergency power supply

Matching microphones DM-2500, ECM-302B/WS, ECM-10/SW or ECM-10/WS are available at option.

VCA-202 Order No. 17.1880

Voltage-controlled 2-channel VCA volume control • 2-channel mono operation or stereo operation • Remote control for each channel via optional wall-mount volume control VCA-202RN or via lin. 10 kΩ potentiometer (not supplied), control voltage: 0-10 V‡ • 10 V voltage output for potentiometer • Servo-balanced inputs and outputs • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS

For the remote volume control of PA systems in large areas (e.g. churches, workshops). The volume control VCA-202 is inserted between pre-amplifier and power amplifier. The surface-mount housing ATT-300 can be used for universal mounting of the potentiometers.

Model Input Output S/N ratio Frequency range THD Phantom power Power supply Dimensions Weight

PA-100ANC 0.775 V, 30 kΩ, bal., XLR 0.775 V, 600 Ω, bal., XLR > 60 dB 20-20,000 Hz < 0.3 % 20 V‡ 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA 24 V‡/150 mA 482x44x230 mm, 1 RS 80x60x180 mm (noise detector) 3.5 kg (in total)

AMPLIFIERS

Ambient Noise Controller, Volume Controls

including noise detector

Model Line input, mono Input control voltage Line output, mono Output control voltage Frequency range THD S/N ratio Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Line input, mono Input control voltage Line output, mono Output control voltage

VCA-202 1 V/30 kΩ 0-10 V‡/100 kΩ 1 V/600 Ω 10 V‡/5 mA 20-20,000 Hz 0.1 % 70 dB 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA 0-40 °C 482x48x105 mm, 1 RS 1.5 kg 2 x XLR, bal. plug-in screw connection 2 x XLR, bal. plug-in screw connection

VCA-202RN Order No. 17.3000

Wall-mount volume control, for the use with VCA-202 or similar. • Linear 10 kΩ potentiometer, mono • Built-in relay (24 V‡) for priority circuit • Flush mounting in standard 60 mm wall socket

• Surface mounting with matching housing ATT-300, available at option • Mounting depth: 27 mm • Plug-in screw terminal

PA Technology 2013

E 25

KNOW-HOW: Remote Volume Control The Role of Insert Jacks Time and again it is necessary to insert additional units like equalizers into a signal way. This is not a problem with systems set up separately with individual mixers and power amplifiers. In this case, the signal cables are simply connected to the units. This is different with compact full amplifiers, as they are customary for PA applications. In this case, the separation is done by special jacks. With these combination jacks, it is possible to separate the preamplifier with the inputs (PRE OUT) from the mere power amplifier (AMP IN). The illustration shows the outputs by example of the PA-1120 amplifier. Due to the ability to separate, it is now possible to insert additional units into the signal way. Two examples of such additional units and their features are shown below.

Automatic Volume Control with PA-100ANC By using this ambient noise controller, it is possible to achieve a signal volume depending on the ambient noise. To put it more simple, the louder the surrounding, the more signal is fed to the speakers. In practical application it is possible, e.g. to match the volume of the background music in a restaurant automatically to the noise level of the rooms. This adjustment is usually slightly delayed and attenuated, so that short noise peaks will not have any effect on the volume control.

PA-100ANC

A microphone is additionally required for the PA-100ANC.

ECM-302B/WS

Remote Volume Control with VCA-202

KNOW-HOW

VCA-202RN

The remote volume control is a further requirement which often has to be met. This is always the case, if the system is not set up at a location where staff is nearby. For this purpose, previous solutions included the adjustment of the speaker outputs. With the VCA-202 and VCA-202RN, the amplifier output power can now easily be adjusted remotely. The VCA-202 is also inserted between preamplifier and power amplifier. This could be a compact PA amplifier, a mixer with separate power amplifier or also a CD player and a power amplifier. A basic cable with a minimum of 3 wires connects the control unit and the VCA-202. Because this cable does not carry an AF signal, shielding is not compulsory. If both inputs of the VCA-202 are used, the volume adjustments can either be done together via one control or separately via two controls.

E 26

PA Technology 2013

VCA-202

KNOW-HOW: Example of Application A PA System for Conference Rooms In larger hotels, conference rooms are frequently provided. It is required to adjust the volume in the individual rooms separately, with the option to switch off the background music and announcements of the PA system completely. This can be done at the amplifier itself which is equipped with 5 adjustable output groups. In case of an alarm, e.g. fire, the announcements have to reach the switched-off areas as well. This is realised by the the emergency

priority function of the amplifier. If this function is activated, every output will be adjusted to max. volume. The message module PA-1120DM can be built into the amplifier. Thus, a contact-controlled replay of individually recorded alarm messages is possible.

EDL-11TW

EUL-30/WS

EDL-11TW

EUL-30/WS

KNOW-HOW

PA-1120 PA-1120DM

PDM-302

List of materials

PA-2460CD

Units 1 x PA-1120 . . . . . . . . 5-zone amplifier 1 x PA-1120DM. . . . . . message module 1 x PDM-302 . . . . . . . desktop microphone 1 x PA-2460CD . . . . . CD changer 1 x ADRW-900 . . . . . . CD and MP3 recorder + tape deck

ADRW-900

Speakers 6 x EUL-30/WS . . . . . wall speakers . . . . . each 15 W 4 x EDL-11TW . . . . . . deiling installation . . each 5 W Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 W

PA Technology 2013

E 27

100 V Mixing Amplifiers

PA-980 Order No. 17.2900

Mono PA mixing amplifier • 1 x 480 WRMS • 4 balanced mic/line inputs • Mic 1 with priority circuit and automatic talkover • Additional connection for desktop microphone via screw terminal • 1 aux input

• • • • • • •

Speaker outputs via screw terminals Line output Insert facility for pre-amplifier Input and output level controls 2-way tone control for the output 21 V phantom power, selectable Temperature-controlled fan, continuously adjustable • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

Model Output power Mic input Aux input Phono input Speaker output Frequency range Equalizer bass Equalizer midrange Equalizer treble S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature Inputs

PA-940 Order No. 17.2090

Mono PA mixing amplifier • 1 x 240 WRMS • 4 balanced mic/line inputs • Mic 1 with priority circuit and automatic talkover • Additional connection for desktop microphone via screw terminal • 1 aux input • Speaker outputs via screw terminals

• • • • • •

Line output Insert facility for pre-amplifier Input and output level controls 2-way tone control for the output 21 V phantom power, selectable Temperature-controlled fan, continuously adjustable • Mains operation or 24V emergency power operation • Removable mounting brackets

Microphone Aux, phono

4 x XLR 1 x RCA L/R (aux)

Model Output power Mic input Aux input Phono input Speaker output Frequency range Equalizer bass Equalizer midrange Equalizer treble S/N ratio THD Power supply

PA-940 240 WRMS, 340 WMAX 1.5 mV 300 mV 4 Ω, 70/100 V 50-15,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 92 dB <2% 230 V~/50 Hz/520 VA, 24 V‡/18 A 0-40 °C 482x135x380 mm, 3 RS 19.5 kg

Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature Inputs Microphone Aux, phono

E 28

PA Technology 2013

PA-980 480 WRMS, 680 WMAX 1.5 mV 300 mV 4 Ω, 70/100 V 50-15,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 92 dB <2% 230 V~/50 Hz/1,350 VA, 24 V‡/14 A 0-40 °C 482x135x410 mm, 3 RS 26 kg -

4 x XLR 1 x RCA L/R (aux)

AMPLIFIERS

100 V Mixing Amplifiers

PA-906 Order No. 17.3170

Mono PA mixing amplifier • 1 x 120 WRMS • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 6 inputs via comb. jacks mic (XLR)/line (6.3 mm) • 6 inputs via stereo RCA jacks • Mic 1 and mic 2 with priority circuit • Additional connection for desktop microphone via screw terminal • Chime feature for input channel 1

PA-900WP Order No. 17.3190

Drip-water protected mono PA mixing amplifier • Protected against damage caused by dripping water (IP21) due to coated PCBs, sealed potentiometers, transformers with protective coating, galvanised metal parts and screws made of stainless steel • 1 x 120 WRMS • 4 balanced mic/line inputs • Mic 1 with priority circuit and automatic talkover

• Speaker outputs via screw terminals • Additional 6.3 mm jack connections for low-impedance speakers • Slave output • Insert facility for preamplifier • Input and output level controls • 2-way tone control for the output • Phantom power: 48 V, can be switched for each input • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

Model Output power Mic input

• Additional connection for desktop microphone via screw terminal • 1 aux input • Speaker outputs via screw terminals • Line output • Insert facility for preamplifier • Input and output level controls • 2-way tone control for the output • 21 V phantom power, selectable • Metal housing with white powder coating • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

Model Output power Mic input Aux input Phono input Speaker output Frequency range Equalizer bass Equalizer midrange Equalizer treble S/N ratio THD Power supply

Line input Speaker output Frequency range Equalizer bass Equalizer midrange Equalizer treble S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Inputs

Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature Inputs Microphone Aux, phono

PA-906 120 WRMS, 160 WMAX 1.5 mV/5 kΩ (bal.) 26 mV/5 kΩ (unbal.) 270 mV/10 kΩ (bal.) 300 mV/10 kΩ (unbal.) 8/16 Ω, 70/100 V 100-15,000 Hz, ± 3 dB ± 10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 92 dB <2% 230 V~/50 Hz/320 VA, 24 V‡/7 A 0-40 °C 430x88x340 mm, 2 RS 12 kg 6 x XLR, bal. (mic./line) 6 x 6.3 mm jack, unbal. (mic./line) 6 x RCA L/R (line)

PA-900WP 120 WRMS, 160 WMAX 1.5 mV 300 mV 4 Ω, 70/100 V 50-15,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 92 dB <2% 230 V~/50 Hz/300 VA, 24 V‡/9 A 0-40 °C 430x88x275 mm, 2 RS 11.2 kg

4 x XLR 1 x RCA L/R (aux)

PA Technology 2013

E 29

100 V Mixing Amplifiers

PA-900 Order No. 17.1190

Mono PA mixing amplifier • 1 x 120 WRMS • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 4 balanced mic/line inputs • Mic 1 with priority circuit and automatic talkover • Additional connection for desktop microphone via screw terminal

• • • • • • • •

1 aux input Speaker outputs via screw terminals Line output Insert facility for preamplifier Input and output level controls 2-way tone control for the output 21 V phantom power, selectable Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation • Removable mounting brackets

PA-930CD Order No. 17.2920

Mono PA mixing amplifier, with integrated CD player. • 1 x 120 WRMS • CD player with MP3 reproduction and USB interface, slot-in mechanism, random play, repeat function and track programming, reproduction of audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD • CD autostart after switching on, selectable • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 4 balanced mic/line inputs • Mic 1 with priority circuit and automatic talkover • Additional connection for desktop microphone via screw terminal

E 30

PA Technology 2013

• • • • • • •

1 aux input Speaker outputs via screw terminals Line output Insert facility for preamplifier Input and output level controls 2-way tone control for the output 21 V phantom power for electret microphones • Supplied with remote control for the CD player • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

PA-900 120 WRMS, 160 WMAX 1.5 mV 300 mV 4 Ω, 70/100 V 50-15,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 92 dB <2% 230 V~/50 Hz/300 VA, 24 V‡/9 A 0-40 °C 482x88x275 mm, 2 RS 10 kg

4 x XLR 1 x RCA L/R (aux)

PA-930CD 120 WRMS, 160 WMAX 1.5 mV 300 mV 4 Ω, 70/100 V 50-15,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 92 dB 1 % (120 WRMS) 230 V~/50 Hz/300 VA, 24 V‡/9 A 0-40 °C 430x95x380 mm, 2 RS 11.7 kg

4 x XLR (mic, line) 1 x RCA L/R (aux)

AMPLIFIERS

100 V Power Amplifiers

PA-980S Order No. 17.2910

Mono PA power amplifier • 1 x 480 WRMS • 2-way tone control • Switchable low cut filter • Speaker outputs via screw terminals

• Temperature-controlled fan, continuously adjustable • Feed-through output (link) • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

Model Output power Input sensitivity Speaker output Frequency range Equalizer bass Equalizer treble S/N ratio THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight Connections Signal input Speaker output

PA-940S Order No. 17.2100

Mono PA power amplifier • 1 x 240 WRMS • 2-way tone control • Switchable low cut filter • Speaker outputs via screw terminals • Temperature-controlled fan, contin. adjustable

• Feed-through output (link) • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets

PA-980S 480 WRMS, 680 WMAX 0.765 mV/10 kΩ, bal. 4 Ω, 70/100 V 50-15,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 80 dB <2% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/1,350 VA, 24 V‡/14 A 482x135x410 mm, 3 RS 25.5 kg XLR / screw terminals screw terminals

PA-940S 240 WRMS, 340 WMAX 0.765 mV/10 kΩ, bal. 4 Ω, 70/100 V 50-15,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 80 dB <2% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/520 VA, 24 V‡/18 A 482x135x380 mm, 3 RS 19 kg XLR / screw terminals screw terminals

PA Technology 2013

E 31

100 V Power Amplifiers

PA-900S Order No. 17.2080

Mono PA power amplifier • 1 x 120 WRMS • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 2-way tone control • Switchable low cut filter • Speaker outputs via screw terminals • Feed-through output (link)

• Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets

Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature Inputs Aux, phono

STA-850D Order No. 25.2360

8-channel digital amplifier • Class D concept • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 8 Ω bridge operation possible

E 32

PA Technology 2013

Model Output power Mic input Aux input Phono input Speaker output Frequency range Equalizer bass Equalizer midrange Equalizer treble S/N ratio THD Power supply

• Mute function for each channel • 8 level controls • 1 LED per channel for indicating overload (clip) • Protected against short circuit

Model Output power RMS power Stereo 4 Ω Stereo 8 Ω 8 Ω bridge operation Max. power General information Inputs Frequency range S/N ratio Crosstalk attenuation THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Connections

PA-900S 120 WRMS, 160 WMAX 765 mV (line) 4 Ω, 70/100 V 50-15,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 80 dB <2% 230 V~/50 Hz/300 VA, 24 V‡/9 A 0-40 °C 482x88x275 mm, 2 RS 9.5 kg low cut filter (signal input) 1 x XLR, 1 x screw terminal

STA-850D

8 x 50 WRMS 8 x 30 WRMS 4 x 100 WRMS 600 WMAX 1 V/20 kΩ unbal. 550 mV/20 kΩ bal. 10-20,000 Hz > 45 dB 230 V~/50 Hz/600 VA 0-40 °C 483x90x330 mm, 2 RS 10.5 kg 8 x XLR, bal. 8 x RCA, 8 x spring-load. speaker term. L/R

AMPLIFIERS MICROPHONES

100 V Zone Mixing Amplifier

PA-1206 Order No. 17.2480

6-zone mono PA mixing amplifier • 1 x 120 WRMS • Processor-controlled zone selection • 6 zones, can be switched individually • Emergency priority circuit for input channel 1, switchable • Chime, automatic mute • Bass, treble and master controls, level display via LEDs

PA-1206RC Order No. 23.5480

PA-1206

Model General information Output power

• Phantom power for electret microphones can be switched on additionally • Connection for zone paging microphone PA-1206RC • Up to 8 x PA1206RC can be connected to each bus • 5 balanced inputs, switchable mic/line • Mains operation and 24 V battery operation

120 WRMS 170 WMAX

Inputs Mic/line 1-3 Preamplifier Outputs Speakers

1.4 mV/8 kΩ, 290 mV/17 kΩ 1V 6 x 100 V (zones), 1 x 4 Ω (direct output) 1V 45-20,000 Hz

Preamplifier Frequency range Tone control Bass Treble S/N ratio Mic Line THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply

±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz

Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line PA desktop microphone Mom. push-button for chime Ext. amplifier Outputs Preamplifier Speakers Emergency Power supply 230 V~ 24 V‡

> 60 dB, A-weighted > 62 dB, A-weighted <1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/300 VA, 24 V‡/10 A 482x88x360 mm, 2 RS 12 kg 5 x XLR, bal. 1 x RJ45 plug-in screw terminals 1 x RCA 1 x RCA plug-in screw terminals plug-in screw terminals 3-pin IEC jack plug-in screw terminals

PA zone paging desktop microphone, for the connection to PA-1206. • Processor-controlled • Selector buttons for 6 zones, for activating one zone or several zones • ALL CALL button for activating all of the 6 zones • EMERGENCY button for starting an emergency broadcast • Automatic chime via microphone announcement button (talk) • LED status indications for the zone buttons, ALL CALL, EMERGENCY, POWER, BUSY and TALK • Emergency priority circuit • Built-in gooseneck electret microphone • Adjustable microphone sensitivity • Chime can additionally be switched on or off • Power supply via PA-1206 • Two RJ45 jacks for the connection to PA-1206 and additional PA-1206RC microphones • Up to 8 x PA-1206RC can be connected to PA-1206 via bus • Connection cable (CAT-5...) is available at option

PA Technology 2013

E 33

100 V Mixing Amplifiers

PA-8120RCD Order No. 17.3040

Mono PA mixing amplifier, with integrated CD/MP3 player and radio. • 1 x 120 WRMS • CD player with drawer mechanism, repeat function and random play, reproduction of audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW, MP3 CD, USB interface, separate on/off switch • AM/FM radio module with 5 programmable station buttons, scan buttons, volume control and separate on/off switch • 4 mic/line inputs, to be configured via DIP switches (mic/line, phase, high-pass filter, 48 V phantom power)

• 2 aux inputs, to be configured via DIP switches (aux1/aux2, 10 dB attenuation, high-pass filter) • Siren function and chime function • Priority circuit • Speaker outputs via screw terminals • Line output • Insert facility for preamplifier • Input and output level controls • 2-way tone control for the output • 482 mm (19") rack installation

Aux, phono

PA-890RCD Order No. 17.3030

Mono PA mixing amplifier, with integrated CD/MP3 player and radio. • 1 x 80 WRMS • CD player with drawer mechanism, repeat function and random play, reproduction of audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW, MP3 CD, USB interface, separate on/off switch • AM/FM radio module with 5 programmable station buttons, scan buttons, separate on/off switch • 3 mic inputs, 1 of which can be switched mic/line • Siren function • Speaker outputs via screw terminals • Input level control • 2-way tone control for the output • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

E 34

PA Technology 2013

PA-890RCD 80 WRMS 1.5 mV 300 mV 4 Ω, 70/100 V 50-15,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 52 dB 1% 230 V~/50 Hz/265 VA 0-40 °C 400x340x110 mm, 2 RS 9.5 kg USB 3 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x 6.3 mm jack

PA-8120RCD 120 WRMS 1.8 mV 300 mV 4/8/16 Ω, 70/100 V 50-16,500 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz > 65 dB 0.5 % (1 W) 230 V~/50 Hz/365 VA 0-40 °C 483x110x450 mm, 2 RS 10.5 kg USB mic/line: 4 x XLR/6.3 mm (combo) 4 x plug-in screw terminal 2 x RCA L/R (aux 1/2) 2 x plug-in screw terminal

AMPLIFIERS

100 V Mixing Amplifiers

PA-312Z Order No. 17.3650

5-zone mono PA mixing amplifier • 1 x 120 WRMS • 5 zones, can be switched individually • 1 unbalanced microphone input • 2 balanced microphone inputs, can optionally also be used as line inputs • 2 aux inputs • 1 emergency input with adjustable automatic talkover • Speaker outputs via screw terminals • 1 line output • Input and output level controls • 2-way tone control for the output

• 48 V phantom power supply for channels 2 and 3, can be switched on additionally • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets

Model Output power Mic input Line input Aux input Telephone input Speaker output Frequency range Equalizer bass Equalizer, treble S/N ratio THD Power supply Dimensions Weight Inputs

Outputs

PA-312 Order No. 17.3640

Mono PA mixing amplifier • 1 x 120 WRMS • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 3 microphone inputs, one of which is a balanced input • Mic 1 with priority circuit and adjustable automatic talkover • 2 aux inputs • 1 telephone input for telephone systems with audio output

• • • • •

Speaker outputs via screw terminals 1 line output Input and output level controls 2-way tone control for the output 48 V phantom power supply for channel 1, can be switched on additionally • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets

Model Output power Mic input Line input Aux input Telephone input Speaker output Frequency range Equalizer bass Equalizer, treble S/N ratio THD Power supply Dimensions Weight Inputs

Outputs

PA-312Z 120 WRMS, 160 WMAX 5 mV/600 Ω (XLR, bal.) 2.5 mV/2 kΩ (6.3 mm jack) 775 mV/10 kΩ 350 mV/10 kΩ 775 mV/10 kΩ (EMC) 4-16 Ω, 70/100 V 50-16,000 Hz ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz 66 dB (mic) 80 dB (aux) < 0.5 % 230 V/50 Hz/420 VA 430x88x335 mm, 2 RS 9.7 kg 1 x 6.3 mm jack (mic 1) 2 x 6.3 mm jack, 2 x XLR (mic 2-3) 2 x RCA L/R (line 2-3) 2 x RCA L/R (aux 1-2) screw terminals (emergency) 2 x RCA L/R (mix out)

PA-312 120 WRMS, 160 WMAX 5 mV/600 Ω 350 mV/10 kΩ 1 V/10 kΩ 4-16 Ω, 70/100 V 50-16,000 Hz ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz 66 dB (mic) 80 dB (aux) < 0.5 % 230 V/50 Hz/450 VA 430x88x335 mm, 2 RS 7.8 kg 1 x 6.3 mm/XLR (combo) 1 x 6.3 mm jack (mic 1) 2 x 6.3 mm jack (mic 2-3) 2 x RCA L/R (aux 1-2) screw terminals (telephone) 2 x RCA L/R (line out)

PA Technology 2013

E 35

100 V Mixing Amplifiers PA-802USB Order No. 17.3870

Mono PA mixing amplifier, with integrated MP3 player. • 1 x 15 WRMS • Adjustable MP3 player with USB interface and SD card slot, illuminated display • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 2 microphone inputs • Mic 1 with automatic talkover • 1 aux input, 1 phono input, switchable • Speaker outputs via spring-loaded terminals • Insert facility for preamplifier • Level control for each input

• Tone control for the output • Mains operation or 12 V battery operation • Supplied with mounting brackets

PA-802CD Order No. 17.3020

Mono PA mixing amplifier, with integrated CD and MP3 player. • 1 x 15 WRMS • CD player with drawer mechanism, LCD, repeat function and random play, reproduction of audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW, MP3 CD, USB interface • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 2 mic inputs • Mic 1 with automatic talkover • 1 aux input • Speaker outputs via screw terminals • Siren function and chime function

• Level control for each input and CD player • Mains operation or 12 V emergency power operation

PA-888 Order No. 17.0430

Mono PA mixing amplifier • 1 x 45 WRMS • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 2 microphone inputs, 1 aux input • Chime, siren and fog horn, adjustable level • Tone control • 7-step LED level display • Protective circuit with protection LED display • Mains operation or 12 V battery operation

E 36

PA Technology 2013

PA-802USB 15WRMS 3mV 500mV 3mV 4/8/16Ω, 100V 80-18,000Hz, ±3dB > 75dB < 1% 230V~/50Hz/60VA, 12V‡/2A 0-40 °C 240x75x230mm 3.2kg USB, SD card

PA-802CD 15 WRMS 5.6 mV 80 mV 4 Ω, 70/100 V 100-20 Hz, ±3 dB > 80 dB <1% 230 V~/50 Hz/80 VA, 12 V‡/5 A 0-40 °C 282x100x300 mm 5.6 kg USB

PA-888 45 WRMS, 100 WMAX 2.8 mV/10 kΩ 40 mV/47 kΩ 4/8/16 Ω, 70/100 V 40-20,000 Hz

0-40 °C 280x100x280 mm 6.38 kg -

2 x 6.3mm jack 1 x RCA L/R

2 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x 6.3 mm jack (aux)

-15 dB/5 kHz > 55 dB <2% 230 V~/50 Hz/150 VA or 12 V‡/4 A

100 V Mixing Amplifiers PA-702 Order No. 17.1330

AMPLIFIERS

Mono PA mixing amplifier • 1 x 35 WRMS • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 2 low-impedance microphone inputs • 1 aux input, 1 phono input, switchable • Speaker outputs via spring-loaded terminals • Input and output level controls • 3-way equalizer for the output • Connection for a microphone talk button to switch off the other sources during announcements • Mains operation

PA-402 Order No. 17.1320

Mono PA mixing amplifier • 1 x 20 WRMS • Silent operation due to fanless cooling concept • 2 low-impedance microphone inputs, front input jacks • 1 aux input, 1 phono input, switchable • Speaker outputs via spring-loaded terminals • Input and output level controls • Tone control for the output • Mains operation or 12 V battery operation

Model Output power Mic input Aux input Phono input Speaker output Frequency range Equalizer bass Equalizer midrange Equalizer treble S/N ratio THD Power supply

PA-702 35 WRMS, 70 WMAX 2 mV 150 mV 3 mV 4/8 Ω, 100 V 65-16,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/150 Hz ±10 dB/1 kHz ±10 dB/6 kHz > 55 dB <2% 230 V~/50 Hz/92 VA

Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature Inputs Microphone Aux, phono

0-40 °C 320x85x230 mm 4.5 kg

PA-402 20 WRMS, 40 WMAX 3 mV 150 mV 3 mV 4/8 Ω, 100 V 100-15,000 Hz, ±3 dB ±10 dB/10 kHz > 55 dB <2% 230 V~/50 Hz/47 VA 12 V‡/2.5 A 0-40 °C 320x85x230 mm 3.8 kg

2 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x RCA L/R each

2 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x RCA each

PATEL-1 Order No. 17.4170

PA telephone announcement adapter, for connecting to a telephone system as an analogue AB extension line. • Announcement facility for each telephone connected to the telephone system • Automatic call acceptance • Automatic disconnection • Chime can be switched on additionally • Analogue telephone connection (RJ11) • RJ45 jack for control output NO/NC and mono audio output for the connection to the supplied screw terminal adapter box • Supplied with Cat. cable and TAE cable • Power supply: 9 V‡/670 mA via supplied plug-in PSU

PA Technology 2013

E 37

Portable Mixing Amplifiers, Microphone Amplifier

PA-100

PA-302

Order No. 17.0040

Order No. 17.1270

Mono PA mixing amplifier, 10 WMAX. • 1 microphone input, 1 aux input • Supplied with hand-held microphone • Siren • 12 V battery operation Model Output power Mic input Aux input Output Frequency range S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic Aux Outputs Speakers Ext. speaker Power supply

Mono PA mixing amplifier, 20 WMAX. • 1 microphone input, 1 aux input • 2 speaker outputs, switchable • Built-in speaker • Can also be operated as an intercom system • Siren and fog horn, automatic fog horn • Supplied with hand-held microphone • 12/24 V battery operation, automatic switching

PA-100 6.5 WRMS, 10 WMAX 2 mV 100 mV 4+8 Ω 130-24,000 Hz 65 dB <3% 12 V‡/2 A 0-40 °C 150x40x145 mm 1.2 kg

PA-302 14 WRMS, 20 WMAX 3 mV 50 mV 4-16 Ω 20-20,000 Hz 65 dB < 0.5 % 12-15 V‡/2 A, 24 V‡/1 A 0-40 °C 175x60x170 mm 1.5 kg

1 x 5-pole DIN jack 1 x 5-pole DIN jack

1 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x RCA

1 x 5-pole jack 1 x 5-pole jack

2 x 2-pole plug-in screw terminal 1 x 3-pole plug-in screw terminal with jumper 1 x 2-pole plug-in screw terminal

ICM-20 Order No. 17.3110

PAM-10 Order No. 17.0150

PA amplifier, with zone paging microphone. • Integrated amplifier 10 WRMS • Talk button and volume control, speaker connection 4-16 Ω

E 38

PA Technology 2013

• Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/12 VA • Dimensions: 167x65x130 mm • Mains operation

Intercom system, cableconnected, consisting of a desktop microphone and separate call station. Ideally suited e.g. for reception desks and sales desks. Desktop microphone: • 300 mm gooseneck, removable (XLR connection) • Electret microphone cartridge, cardioid characteristic • Built-in amplifier and speaker • Volume control • Push-to-talk button • Power supply 9 V‡/300 mA via supplied PSU • Dimensions console housing: 115x65x170 mm Call station: • Built-in speaker and microphone • Call button (buzzer)

• 3 m connection cable for connecting to a desktop microphone • Supplied with mounting accessories for the attachment to glass panels • Power supply via desktop microphone • Dimensions: ø 85 mm x 35 mm

Zone Mixers, Preamplifiers PA-4040MPX

AMPLIFIERS

Order No. 17.3450

4-zone mixer, for general multiroom PA applications. • 4 zones with routing facility of all input channels as desired • 3 inputs microphone/line via comb. jacks • 2 inputs line stereo via RCA jacks • Each input channel with gain control, 2-way tone control and zone routing switch • Microphone inputs with +15 V phantom power, to be switched on as required • Priority function for channels 1-3, switchable

• Independent paging input, can be routed to each zone • 4 zone outputs, can be adjusted individually • Connection for monitor speaker

• Level control via zone VU meter and monitor VU meter • Adjustable headphone output • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

MPX-4PA Order No. 20.2070

3-zone mixer • 3 zones with routing facility of all input channels as desired • XLR and RCA zone outputs • 6 input channels (4 stereo ways, 2 microphone ways) • Both microphone ways can only be routed together • Recessed gain control for each input channel • Microphone ways, each with 2-way tone control, talkover and PAD switch • Switchable stereo channels: 2 x phono/line and 2 x line/line • Zone outputs, each with 3-way equalizer, LED level display of the stereo master, balance control, pre-fader listening (PFL) and mono/stereo selector switch

PA-1412MX Order No. 17.3440

10-channel PA preamplifier • 5 XLR input channels, switchable mic/line • 4 input channels, switchable XLR mic/RCA line • 2 XLR master outputs • 1 record output (master 1, master 2) • Input channels with level control and output selector switch (master 1, master 1+2, master 2) • Each master output with 2-way tone control • Chime button with priority circuit, remote control possible, 2-tone chime or 4-tone chime, siren (selectable)

• Adjustable headphone output with prefader listening (PFL) to the stereo input channels and the zone outputs • Connection for gooseneck light GNL-204 or GNL-205

• 1 push-to-talk connection, RJ45, with priority circuit (suitable e.g. for PA-4000PTT) • Low cut filter to be switched on additionally for each microphone input • Priority circuit for channels 2-3 • Phantom power for electret microphones can be switched on additionally for each XLR input channel • Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

Model Mic input Phono input CD input Line input Master output Record output Headphones Frequency range THD S/N ratio Equalizer, bass Equalizer, midrange Equalizer, treble Talkover Gooseneck light Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

MPX-4PA 1.5 mV 3 mV 150 mV 150 mV 1 V/600 Ω ≥8Ω 20-20,000 Hz 0.1 % 61 dB, unweighted +12 dB, -12 dB/50 Hz +12 dB, -12 dB/1 kHz +12 dB, -12 dB/10 kHz -16 dB 12 V/5 W, BNC 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 0-40 °C 482x177x105 mm, 4 RS 3.75 kg

Model Frequency range Input sensitivity Mic Line XLR Line RCA Outputs S/N ratio Mic Line THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply

PA-1412MX 20-20,000 Hz (-0.5 dB)

Dimensions Weight

2.5 mV, bal. 250 mV, bal. 250 mV, unbal. 1.2 V/200 Ω, bal. > 60 dB > 75 dB < 0.05 % 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/15 VA, 24 V‡/0.5 A 482x45x240 mm, 1 RS 3.9 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 39

Audio Matrix Router Audio Matrix System The system ARM-880... from MONACOR is an extra flexible PA solution for multiroom applications. It is ideally suited for the application in hotels, in restaurants and bars, in conference rooms, schools, sport and fitness centres. Eight different audio sources, e.g. CD players, SAT receivers, radio programmes can be distributed to 8 output zones and assignment as required. The audio matrix router ARM-880 is the heart of the system. For the operation, one amplifier is required for each output used. This may be an individual power amplifier or an active speaker system. Matching wall modules ARM-880WP1, ARM-880WP2 and ARM-880WP3 for the remote control of ARM-880 and with additional local inputs for the zone are available at option. With a master/slave connection, it is possible to extend the system to up to 32 output zones. Connections for the various alarm signals and a local microphone are available. Announcements can be made via 2 optional zone paging microphones ARM-880RC with zone selection.

ARM-880 Order No. 17.3800

Audio matrix router • 8 audio inputs and 8 audio outputs • Inputs 1-4, line, with gain control • Inputs 5-8, switchable line/mic • 2 zone paging microphones ARM-880RC and 1 local microphone (for all zones) can be connected • 1 additional audio input for each zone, cannot be routed, with gain control

• 8 wall modules ARM-880WP... can be connected as remote control • Extendable to up to 32 zones • Microphone, music and master volume control for each zone • 2-way tone control for each zone • Priority management • Emergency announcement with priority for each zone, even when extended • 3 different alarm signals • 7-segment LED display for each zone

• • • •

Clipping indicator Monitoring function with built-in speaker 482 mm (19") rack installation Mains operation or 24 V emergency power operation

Model General Information Frequency range Input sensitivity Mic 1 Zone paging mic. line 1-4 line 5-8 zone 1-8 Emergency ann. Outputs zone 1-8 Equalizer bass Equalizer treble S/N ratio THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight Connections Mic 1 Zone paging mic. Line 1-4 Linie/Mic 5-8 Zone 1-8 Wall modules Fire alarm Emergency ann. 24V‡ Alarm EVAC Extension

E 40

PA Technology 2013

ARM-880 20-20,000 Hz (line) 80-18,000 Hz (mic) 300 mV/660 Ω 500 mV/10 kΩ 195 mV-2 V/47 kΩ 350 mV (line) 5 mV (mic) 300 mV-1.1 V/10 kΩ 775 mV/10 kΩ 775 mV/600 Ω ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz >65 dB (mic) >85 dB (line) < 0.07 % 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/30 VA 482x142x325 mm, 3 RS 6 kg 1 x XLR 2 x RJ45 4 x RCA L/R 4 x plug-in screw terminal 8 x plug-in screw terminal (IN) 8 x plug-in screw terminal (OUT) 8 x RJ45 9-pole plug-in screw terminal 1 x plug-in screw terminal 1 x plug-in screw terminal 1 x plug-in screw terminal 1 x plug-in screw terminal 2 x D-Sub DC37 (IN/OUT)

AUDIO MATRIX SYSTEM ACCESSORIES

Zone Paging Microphone, Wall Modules

ARM-880RC Order No. 17.3810

PA zone paging microphone, for the audio matrix router ARM-880. • 8 zones • Zones can individually be controlled, group call • Replaceable zone lettering • Plug-in electret gooseneck microphone • 2-tone or 4-tone chime, can be switched off • Volume control for microphone and chime • LEDs for operation, output level and selected zone • 8 additional zones with each extension module (available at option), 32 zones in total with a maximum of 3 extension modules, connection via available flat cable • Connection to ARM-880 via RJ45 jack and Cat. 5 network cable (supplied w/o cable) • Power supply via ARM-880, with cable lengths of more than 50 m via supplied PSU

ARM-880WP1 Order No. 17.3830

Wall module, for the remote control of audio matrix router ARM-880. • Range of application: remote control of one zone, local feed of audio signals • 2 RCA jacks for line signals • 3-pole XLR microphone connection • Source selector switch • Level controls for line, microphone and source • 15V phantom power • 7-segment LED display • Connection to ARM-880 and power supply via RJ45 jack and Cat. 5 network cable. For cable lengths of more than 50 m, a separate PSU is required for operation • Dimensions front panel: 146x86 mm • Supplied with robust flush-mount metal housing

ARM-880WP2 Order No. 17.3840

Wall module, for the remote control of audio matrix router ARM-880. • Range of application: remote control of one zone • Source selector switch • Level control • 7-segment LED display • Connection to ARM-880 and power supply via RJ45 jack and Cat. 5 network cable. For cable lengths of more than 50 m, a separate PSU is required for operation • Dimensions front panel: 86x86 mm • Supplied with robust flush-mount metal housing

ARM-880RCE Order No. 17.3820

8-zone extension module, for the PA zone paging microphone ARM-880RC. • 8 zones can individually be controlled • Replaceable zone lettering • LED display for selected zone • Addressing via DIP switches • Connection to ARM-880RC or additional ARM-880RCE via flat cable • Power supply via ARM-880RC

ARM-880WP3 Order No. 17.3850

Wall module, for remote control of the audio matrix router ARM-880. • Range of application: local connection of 2 microphones in one zone • 2 x 3-pole XLR jack • 2-way tone control and level control for each microphone channel • 15 V phantom power • Priority switch • Connection to ARM-880 and power supply via RJ45 jack and Cat. 5 network cable. For cable lengths of more than 50 m, a separate PSU is required for operation • Dimensions front panel: 146x86 mm • Supplied with robust flush-mount metal housing

PA Technology 2013

E 41

Digital Matrix Router

DRM-880LAN Order No. 17.3750

Digital 8x8 matrix router • 8 inputs and 8 outputs (plug-in screw terminals, switchable mic/line, balanced) • +48 V phantom power • Routing matrix for routing the inputs to the outputs as desired • The level of each routed input can be adjusted per assigned output (individual output mix) • Set-up of a matrix router network possible with up to 32 units • DSP array: DREAM SAM3716, 24 bits (data) x 96 bits (coeff.) • A/D converter: 4 x 24 bits, D/A converter: 1 x 24 bits • Extensive signal processing and monitoring, e.g. frequency shift feedback eliminator, parametric 5-band equalizer with peak and shelving filters, variable lowpass/high-pass filters - optionally with Bessel, Butterworth or Linkwitz-Riley characteristics, RMS compressor, peak limiter, selectable phase, delay • 6-fold LED status cluster for each channel • 6 user presets in the direct access mode • Graphical user interface, PC editing software (up to 32 DRM-880LAN can be administered) • Link feature for simultaneously changing the settings of several channels • Dot matrix display with 2 x 24 characteristics • Remote control via USB, RS-485 or TCP/IP LAN. With the optional USB/RS-485 converter DA-70157, it is possible to connect a PC or notebook with USB interface to the serial RS-485 interface and to address and configure several units connected to each other • Real-time remote control via software

• Individual room control via wall-mounted remote control panel DRM-880WP, available at option • Robust steel housing with aluminium front panel • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS Input (data for each channel): • Gain control with 0 dB bypass function • Mic/line switching • Parametric 3-band equalizer (peak, lowpass shelving, high-pass shelving) • Frequency shift feedback eliminator • Selectable phase (180°) Output (data for each channel): • Low-pass filter/high-pass filter with Butterworth, Linkwitz-Riley and Bessel characteristics (to -24 dB/oct.). Even higher slopes possible in combination with equalizer • Parametric 5-band equalizer with peak or low-pass/high-pass shelving filters • Peak limiter and RMS compressor with a ratio of up to 32:1 and continuously adjustable soft/hard knee characteristics. Threshold: 18 dBu to -12 dBu, release time: 0.1-3 sec., attack time: 5-200 ms

DRM-880WP Order No. 17.3760

Wall-mounted remote control panel, for the digital matrix router DRM-880LAN. • The first 4 presets of the DRM-880LAN can be activated at the touch of a button • Preset status display • Individual adjustment of the room volume

E 42

PA Technology 2013

• Protected from unauthorised access via key switch • Connection to DRM-880LAN via RS485 interface

• Peak limiter and RMS compressor with bypass function • Switchable delay between time (ms) and distance (m): 380.998 ms max. in steps of 21µsec or 129.539 m max. in steps of 6.8 mm • Selectable phase (180°) • Gain control

Model General information Frequency range Inputs Outputs S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. amb. temp. Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic/line Foot pedal Outputs Mic/line Other features

DRM-880LAN 20-20,000 Hz 6.2 V max. 6.2 V max. > 104 dB < 0.005 % 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x250 mm, 1 RS 2.5 kg 8 x plug-in screw terminal, bal. -

line: 8 x plug-in screw term., bal. USB, RS-485, TCP/IP

CDP-650 Order No. 21.3040

CD and MP3 player, with USB interface on the front panel. • Supports iPod and iPhone (with charging feature) • Reproduction of CD-DA, CD-R/RW, MP3 CDs as well as MP3 files via USB port • Record function for recording MP3 files onto a USB storage medium • Fast forward and reverse

• Track programming • Folder navigation • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, repeat album) • Random play • Adjustable headphone output • Analogue output and optical digital output

• Remote control connections for the system remote control in combination with AR-650 • Supplied with infrared remote control • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/25 W • Dimensions: 435x85x285 mm • Weight: 4 kg Supplied without iPod and iPhone.

MATRIX ROUTER SOURCE UNITS

CD and MP3 Player, Stereo Tuner, MP3 Recorder

TR-650 Order No. 21.2710

RDS stereo tuner • 2-band tuner (FM/AM) • RDS text (PS/PTY/RT/TA/CT) • 50 programmes can be stored (30 FM, 20 AM) • Dimmable display • Digital display of signal strength • Automatic station scanning • Timer function and sleep function • Antenna connection: 75 Ω

• Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/10 VA • Dimensions: 435x87x294 mm • Weight: 2.9 kg

ADRW-900 Order No. 21.2920

CD and MP3 recorder, with USB interface and integrated tape deck. For direct dubbing from audio cassettes, CDs or via the analogue audio input onto external USB storage media in MP3 format. CD recorder/player: • Random play • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, programme, A-B) • Shuffle • Intro play • New track number (automatic/manual)

Tape deck: • Auto reverse (rec./play) • Pitch control • Dolby B noise suppression • Timer recording, timer play • Manual level control with visual indicator Reproduction: • Audio CD, CD-R/RW and MP3 CD • Compact cassettes • USB storage media (MP3) Recording options: • CD to tape and USB • Tape to CD and USB • Line in (aux) to tape, CD and USB

• Digital in to tape, CD and USB • USB output for connecting CD, tape, digital input and aux directly to a PC General information: • Analogue audio input and output • Digital audio input • Adjustable headphone output • Infrared remote control • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz • Dimensions: 435x145x288 mm • Weight: 5.3 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 43

CD and MP3 Players

CD-122 Order No. 21.2820

Dual CD and MP3 player, with USB 2.0 interface and SD/MMC card slot. • USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards up to 32 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Anti-shock system • Supports ID3 tags • Folder navigation • Autoplay function • Fast forward and reverse • Track programming

• • • •

Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all) Random play Supplied with infrared remote control 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 1 RS • Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dim., player mech. Weight Connections Analogue output

CD-122 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 70 dB not measurable, quartz precision 1.2 V 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x265 mm, 1 RS 4.3 kg 2 x RCA L/R

CD-112TRS Order No. 21.2810

CD and MP3 player, with USB 2.0 interface, RS-232 interface, SD/MMC card slot and FM/AM tuner. • USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards up to 32 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Tuner with 100 memory places (60 x FM, 40 x AM) • Anti-shock system • Supports ID3 tags • Folder navigation • Autoplay function • Fast forward and reverse

• Track programming • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, repeat folder) • Random play • Balanced XLR outputs for tuner and CD • RS-232 interface for remote control • Supplied with infrared remote control and antennas for FM/AM reception • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 1 RS • Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD

CD-112TRS 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 70 dB not measurable, quartz precision 1.2 V 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x265 mm, 1 RS 4.1 kg 1 x XLR L/R, bal. (CD) 1 x XLR L/R, bal. (tuner)

CD-112 Order No. 21.2800

CD and MP3 player, with USB interface and SD/MMC card slot. • USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards up to 32 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Anti-shock system • Supports ID3 tags • Autoplay function • Fast forward and reverse • Track programming • Folder navigation

E 44

PA Technology 2013

• Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, random repeat) • Random play • Supplied with infrared remote control • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 1 RS • Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD

CD-112 20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 70 dB not measurable, quartz precision 1.2 V 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x265 mm, 1 RS 4 kg 1 x RCA L/R

DMP-130MIX Order No. 21.3090

MP3 player and microphone line mixer With this unit combination, 3 audio signal sources can be mixed. The integrated MP3 player can be switched between SD card and USB port. • For USB and SD storage media • Supports ID3 tags • Repeat function • Preprogrammed sound adjustments • 3 inputs channels with level control (mic, AUX/MP3, line) • AUX input and microphone input via front panel connection

• 2-way tone control and level control for the master output • Blue backlit LCD • 482mm (19") rack installation

DMP-130MIX

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Wow and flutter Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions, player mech. Dimensions, control panel Weight Connections

Analogue output

SOURCE UNITS

MP3 Players, Stereo Tuners

20-20,000 Hz < 0.1 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 70 dB 2 V (XLR, bal.) 1 V (RCA) 230 V~/50 Hz/20 VA 0-40 °C 482x44x160 mm, 1 RS 2.23 kg 1 x USB A jack 1 x jack/6.3 mm 1 x 3.5 mm jack 1 x RCA L/R 1 x RCA L/R 1 x XLR L/R, bal.

FM-100DAB Order No. 17.3700

Digital stereo tuner for the reception of FM and DAB+ • FM radio reception (87.5-108 MHz) with RDS function • Interference-free reception of digital radio via digital audio broadcasting (DAB+, band III, 174.928-239.2 MHz) • Display of additional broadcasting information, e.g. frequency, name of radio station, genre, track name, artist • Large backlit dot matrix display • Field intensity display

• 10 memory places each for FM mode and DAB mode • 5 station keys with double assignment • Manual frequency adjustment and station adjustment • Autoscan • Mono/stereo selection • 75Ω antenna input • Stereo output via RCA jack L/R • 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1 RS, removable mounting brackets

• Supplied with infrared remote control and telescopic antenna • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA • Dimensions: 482x44x185 mm • Weight: 3.35 kg

• USB host input for playing MP3 files directly • Easy operation via jog dial • Large illuminated dot matrix display • 12 menu languages • 75 Ω FM antenna input, coaxial • SMA RP antenna connection • 1 x RCA input jacks L/R (for external auxiliary devices) • 1 x RCA output jacks L/R

• 482 mm (19") rack installation, 1RS, removable mounting brackets • Supplied with infrared remote control, rod antenna and FM wire antenna • Power supply: 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA • Dimensions: 482x44x195 mm • Weight: 3.5 kg

WAP-100 Order No. 38.6190

Internet radio, FM RDS tuner and MP3 player • Network connection via LAN jack or WLAN • Access to more than 10,000 radio stations worldwide • Station scan by genre, station name, location • FM RDS reception function (87.5-108 MHz)

PA Technology 2013

E 45

MP3 Recorders, CD Player Modules

DPR-110 Order No. 21.2320

MP3 recorder, with USB interface and SD/MMC card slot. • USB storage media can be connected directly (e.g. USB flash drive) • For SD/MMC cards up to 8 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Recording from USB medium, SD/MMC card or external source (aux) onto USB medium or SD/MMC card • Selectable recording bit rate: 96/128/192 kbps • Supports MP3 • Supports ID3 tags

• • • • • • • •

Fast forward and reverse Track programming Folder navigation Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, repeat album) Random play Intro play Supplied with infrared remote control 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets, 1 RS

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions, player mech. Weight Connections Analogue output

DPR-110 20-20,000 Hz < 0.3 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 60 dB 1.2 V 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 0-40 °C 430x44x265 mm, 1 RS (w/o mounting brackets) 3.4 kg 1 x RCA L/R (aux input) 1 x RCA L/R

DPR-10 Order No. 17.2740

Compact MP3 recorder, with USB interface and SD/MMC card slot. • USB storage media can be connected directly (e.g. USB flash drive) • For SD/MMC cards up to 8 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Recording from USB medium, SD/MMC card or external source (aux) onto USB medium or SD/MMC card • Selectable recording bit rate: 96/128/192 kbps • Supports MP3 • Supports ID3 tags • Fast forward and reverse • Track programming

• Folder navigation • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, repeat album) • Random play • Intro play • Supplied with infrared remote control • 12 V power supply via plug-in PSU, available at option

Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions, player mech. Weight Connections Analogue output

M-34CDP Order No. 17.3590

CD player module with pitching function, USB 2.0 interface and SD/MMC card slot. • Adjustable reproduction speed (pitching) • Slot-in mechanism • USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards up to 32 GB (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Anti-shock system • Supports ID3 tags • Folder navigation

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation Dynamic range S/N ratio Output, analogue Power supply

• Single play function • Autoplay function (selectable via jumper) • Random play, repeat function • Track programming • Supplied with infrared remote control • Power supply: 12 V‡/800 mA • Dimensions: 174x52x160 mm

DPR-10 20-20,000 Hz < 0.3 % > 60 dB > 96 dB > 60 dB 1.2 V via optional PSU, e.g. PSS-600E 0-40 °C 175x52x110 mm 545 g 1 x RCA L/R (aux input) 1 x RCA L/R

• Mounting cutout: 155x50x150 mm • Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD

M-32CD Order No. 17.3350

CD player module, with anti-shock system and MP3 reproduction. • Slot-in mechanism • USB port for external storage media • Random play, repeat function • Track programming

E 46

PA Technology 2013

• Supplied with remote control • Power supply: 12 V‡/800 mA • Dimensions: 174x52x160 mm • Mounting cutout: 155x50x150 mm

• Audio CD/CD-R/CD-RW/MP3 CD

DMP-250

DMP-200

Order No. 17.3610

Order No. 17.3600

MP3 player insertion module, with USB interface and SD/MMC card slot. • USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • 12 one-touch buttons for announcements or jingles • Numerical keys for direct track selection • Folder navigation • Autoplay function (selectable via jumper) • Fast forward and reverse • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, album) • Volume control • Green backlit LCD • Supplied with infrared remote control

Compact MP3 player insertion module, with USB interface and SD/MMC card slot. • USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Folder navigation • Autoplay function (selectable via jumper) • Fast forward and reverse • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all, album) • Volume control • Green backlit LCD • Supplied with infrared remote control

DMP-100

DMP-100T

Order No. 17.3510

Order No. 17.3520

Compact MP3 player insertion module, with USB interface and SD/MMC card slot. • USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • Autostart function • Fast forward and reverse • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all) • Green backlit LCD • Supplied with infrared remote control

Model General information Frequency range THD Channel separation S/N ratio Output, analogue Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions, player mech. Weight

SOURCE UNITS

MP3 Player Insertion Modules

Compact MP3 player insertion module with FM tuner, USB interface and SD/MMC card slot. • USB storage media can be connected directly • For SD/MMC cards (FAT16/FAT32), available at option • FM tuner with 30 memory places • Autostart function • Fast forward and reverse • Repeat function (repeat 1, repeat all) • Green backlit LCD • Supplied with infrared remote control

DMP-250

DMP-200

DMP-100

DMP-100T

20-20,000 Hz < 0.2 % > 60 dB > 75 dB 500 mV 12 V‡/100 mA 0-40 °C 175x52x82 mm 420 g

20-20,000 Hz < 0.2 % > 60 dB > 75 dB 500 mV 12 V‡/100 mA 0-40 °C 100x52x85 mm 190 g

20-20,000 Hz < 0.2 % > 60 dB > 75 dB 500 mV 12 V‡/100 mA 0-40 °C 120x22x58 mm 48 g

DMP-12CC Order No. 21.2930

Connection cable for the insertion modules of the DMP-... series as well as M-32CD and M-34CDP • Ready fitted adapter cable for connecting DMP-100, DMP-100T, DMP-200, DMP-250, M-32CD and M-34CDP to an amplifier or mixer • 5-pin multipoint connector to RCA jack L/R and low-voltage jack 5.5/2.1 mm • Total cable length: approx. 40 cm PA Technology 2013

E 47

Loop Amplifiers

LA-400 Order No. 17.3790

Active loop amplifier, in constant current technology with dynamic compressor for setting up an inductive sound reproduction system in rooms up to 400m2. The inductive transmission of audio signals allows users of hearing aids with a T-coil or inductive receivers, e.g. the LR-200, to receive audio signals. The wireless transmission is an advantage of inductive sound reproduction systems which makes it possible for the user to move freely within the loop. Inductive sound reproduction systems are used for various applications, e.g. as a hearing aid for the hearing impaired in churches, theatres, cinemas, waiting rooms and lounges, as interpreting systems, for lectures in museums, exhibitions, etc. With inductive sound reproduction systems, an inductive loop made of a wire winding is

laid on the floor, the wall or along the ceiling and is controlled by a constant current amplifier. Thus, a magnetic field is created within the loop which induces a voltage into the T-coil of the hearing aid or into the inductive receiver. In the receivers, this voltage is then converted again into an audio signal. • Dynamic compressor • Automatic talkover • Metal loss correction 0-(+3) dB/oct. • Phantom power can be switched on additionally • 482 mm (19") rack installation with supplied mounting brackets

Model Loop current Loop resistance Room size Inputs Mic/line

Outputs Equalizer Bass Treble Frequency range THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight

LA-400 10 AS 0.2-2 Ω up to 400m2 mic 1.6 mV/2.6 kΩ, combo, bal. switchable to line 630 mV/6.5 kΩ, combo, bal. line 630 mV/9 kΩ, RCA, unbal. alarm: 2 screw terminals for connecting a switch loop: 2 screw terminals ±8 dB, 100 Hz ±10 dB, 6 kHz 50-7,500 Hz, ±3 dB 1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/250 VA 482x88x280 mm, 2 RS 9 kg

LA-200 Order No. 17.2110

Active loop amplifier, in constant current technology with dynamic compressor for setting up an inductive sound reproduction system in rooms up to 200 m2. The inductive transmission of audio signals allows users of hearing aids with a T-coil or inductive receivers, e.g. the LR-200, to receive audio signals. The wireless transmission is an advantage of inductive sound reproduction systems which makes it possible for the user to move freely within the loop. Inductive sound reproduction systems are used for various applications, e.g. as a hearing aid for the hearing impaired in churches, theatres, cinemas, waiting rooms and lounges, as interpreting systems, for lectures in museums, exhibitions, etc. With inductive sound reproduction systems, an inductive loop made of a wire winding is

E 48

PA Technology 2013

Outputs Equalizer Bass Treble Frequency range THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight

LA-200 7 APEAK 0.2-2 Ω up to 200 m2 mic 1.6 mV/2.6 kΩ, combo, bal. switchable to line 630 mV/6.5 kΩ, combo, bal. line 630 mV/9 kΩ, RCA, unbal. alarm: 2 screw terminals for connecting a switch loop: 2 screw terminals ±8 dB, 100 Hz ±10 dB, 10 kHz 50-7,500 Hz, ±3 dB 1% 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/150 VA 482x88x280 mm, 2 RS 8 kg

Loop Amplifier, Inductive Receiver LA-40

THD Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight

AMPLIFIERS

Order No. 17.2330

Active loop amplifier, with dynamic compressor, specifically for setting up an inductive sound reproduction system in domestic locations. The loop amplifier LA-40 transmits the audio signals from a TV, audio system and/or microphone to the induction loop which is laid on the floor, the wall or along the ceiling. Thus, a magnetic field is created within the loop which is received by the T-coil of the hearing aid or the inductive receiver and is then converted again into an audio signal. The wireless transmission is an advantage of inductive sound reproduction systems. It makes it possible for the user to move freely within the loop and to adjust the volume of the hearing aid or receiving unit (LR-200) as desired, without disturbing the other occupants. The LA-40 can be connected directly to the SCART jack of a TV (via supplied SCART adapter) or to an audio system. Talks of the other occupants can be heard via the connection of a microphone which is available at option. The integrated signal generator of the LA-40 allows to create an alarm signal via an optional switch. • Supplied with 35 m loop wire for setting up an induction loop, SCART adapter, PSU • Integrated alarm signal can be switched on Model additionally Loop current Loop resistance • Dynamic compressor Room size • Adjustable input sensitivity for line and Inputs microphone Mic/line • 2-way tone control • Adjustable loop current • LEDs for power, signal/PEAK and loop current Outputs • Headphone connection on the front panel • Built-in phantom power for electret microEqualizer Bass phones Treble • Recommended microphone: ECM-300LA Frequency range

LA-40 2.8 APEAK 0.4-2 Ω up to 40 m2 mic: 2 mV/660 Ω (phantom voltage: 7.2 V) 6.3 mm jack line: 48 mV/11 kΩ, 2 x RCA alarm: 2 terminals for connecting a switch loop: connection of the supplied loop via 2 terminals headphones: ≥ 32 Ω, 3.5 mm jack ±8 dB, 100 Hz ±10 dB, 10 kHz 75-7,500 Hz, ±3 dB 0.44 % 0-40 °C 12 V~/1.5 A via supplied PSU 175x102x45 mm 510 g

LR-200 Order No. 17.2120

Inductive receiver, for receiving audio signals in inductive sound reproduction systems. The electromagnetic field which is created by an induction loop is received by the inductive receiver and converted into an audio signal. Any number of receivers can be operated within one induction loop. The unit is suitable for people with and without hearing problems and can be used for various applications: Hearing aid for the hearing impaired Operational test of inductive sound reproduction systems

Detection of stray radiation within a loop Interpreting systems Lectures in museums, exhibitions, etc. • 3.5 mm mono connection for headphones ≥ 32 Ω • Volume control • Low cut switch • Belt clip • Power supply via 9 V battery • Dimensions: 63x100x29 mm • Weight: 100 g

NL-90 Order No. 17.3090

Induction loop, for wireless transmission of audio signals to hearing aids via optional pocket transmitter. • Comfortable to wear around the neck (loop diameter approx. 26 cm)

• Matching the pocket transmitters ATS-10R, ATS-16R, ATS-40R, TXA-800R • 3.5 mm stereo jack connection

PA Technology 2013

E 49

Desktop Microphones

ECM-500

ECM-310P

Order No. 23.2550

ECM-200

Order No. 23.2430

Order No. 23.0280

PA desktop microphone, with gooseneck. • Electret, cardioid characteristic • Indicating light for microphone operation • ON/OFF switch • Removable gooseneck (XLR connection) • Solid version

PA desktop microphone, with gooseneck. • Electret, cardioid characteristic • Phantom power • ON/OFF switch • 3 m connection cable with XLR plug, balanced

PA desktop microphone, with gooseneck. • Electret, omnidirectional characteristic • Push-to-talk button and lock button

ECM-450

PDM-300

PDM-302

Order No. 23.3370

Order No. 23.1200

PA desktop microphone, with gooseneck. • Electret, cardioid characteristic • Volume control for speech and chime • Different types of chimes can be selected • Automatic chime activation (can be switched off) • Power supply via supplied PSU or batteries (not supplied) • 1.5 m connection cable with 6.3 mm connector (on both ends)

Order No. 23.5560

PA desktop microphone, with gooseneck. • Dynamic, cardioid characteristic • Low-noise push-to-talk switch, latching or non-latching • 1 m helix cable, balanced, with 6.3 mm mono plug

PA desktop microphone, with gooseneck. • Dynamic, cardioid characteristic • Low-noise push-to-talk switch, latching or non-latching • 5 m connection cable with XLR plug, balanced

Model General information Frequency range Sensitivity Impedance S/N ratio Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply

ECM-500

ECM-310P

ECM-200

ECM-450

PDM-300

PDM-302

100-16,000 Hz 3.9 mV/Pa/1 kHz 600 Ω > 40 dB 0-40 °C 2 x 1.5 V batt. AA size

80-14,000 Hz 8 mV/Pa/1 kHz 250 Ω > 55 dB 0-40 °C 22-48 V‡, phantom

60-12,000 Hz 6 mV/Pa/1 kHz 1 kΩ > 40 dB 0-40 °C 1 x 1.5 V batt. AA size

100-12,000 Hz 3.2 mV/Pa/1 kHz 600 Ω > 40 dB 0-40 °C 3 V‡/500 mA via suppl. PSU or 2 x 1.5 V batt. C size

60-12,000 Hz 3.2 mV/Pa/1 kHz 600 Ω 0-40 °C -

Dimensions console housing only Total length of gooseneck Weight Connections

135x60x145 mm 450 mm 1.5 kg 1 x XLR

ø 80 mm x 25 mm 200 mm 372 g XLR, bal.

75x25x110 mm 200 mm 380 g 6.3 mm plug

180x50x130 mm 210 mm 925 g 6.3 mm jack low-voltage jack

120x60x160 mm 310 mm 1,100 g 6.3 mm plug

120x60x160 mm 310 mm 1,100 g XLR, bal.

E 50

PA Technology 2013

MICROPHONES

Microphones, Gooseneck Microphones

DM-5000LN Order No. 23.0400

DM-2500 Order No. 23.0050

ECM-925P Order No. 23.1990

Dynamic microphone, for stage and vocals. Highly sensitive neodymium magnet version. Supplied with microphone holder, cable and case.

Dynamic microphone, for stage, speech, vocals and DJ applications. POP noise head. Supplied with microphone holder, cable and case.

Electret phantom directional microphone, switchable directional characteristic, from normal to supercardioid with high sensitivity, especially suitable for outdoor recordings, e.g. film productions. Microphone windshield.

ECM-302B/WS

ECM-304BD/WS

EMG-330P

Order No. 23.3630

Order No. 23.3270

Order No. 23.4270

Boundary microphone • Integrated electronics for the direct connection to phantom power 9-48 V‡ • Transformer-balanced AF output • With 6 m connection cable 3-pole mini XLR/XLR

Boundary microphone • Switchable between cardioid characteristic and omnidirectional characteristic • Voltage supply via 1.5 V button cell (not supplied). Phantom power via mixer not required • With 4 m connection cable and 3.5/6.3 mm plug

Miniature electret directional microphone with gooseneck • Transformer-balanced • Hypercardioid/lobe characteristic • Foam windshield • 3-pole XLR plug • With optional desktop microphone base DMS-1, especially suitable as PA desktop microphone

DMG-400

DMG-600

EMG-400P

Order No. 23.1550

Dynamic gooseneck microphone • Excellent sound characteristics • Balanced version • Cardioid characteristic • M10 threaded part (length: 8 mm) • For console and front mounting • Total length: 385 mm

Order No. 23.1560

Dynamic gooseneck microphone • Balanced version • Cardioid characteristic • 3-pole XLR plug • Total length: 565 mm

Order No. 23.1620

Electret gooseneck microphone • Cardioid characteristic • Microphone windshield • 3-pole XLR plug • Total length: 455 mm

Further specifications can be found in the main catalogue or on our website www.monacor.com.

PA Technology 2013

E 51

Wireless Microphone Systems TXS-871 Order No. 25.3600

TXS-872 Order No. 25.2770

Multifrequency receiver units, with UHF PLL technology. • TXS-871: 15 selectable UHF frequencies (863-865 MHz), TXS-872: 193 selectable UHF frequencies (740-764 MHz) • True diversity system with removable antennas (BNC connection) • Automatic scan • Pilot tone squelch, noise mute • Selectable lock mode • LCD for frequency, antenna A/B, RF transmitting level, AF audio level, battery status of the transmitter • XLR output and 6.3 mm output • Supplied with PSU • Supplies operating voltage to TXS-872BOOST (TXS-872)

TXS-871HT Order No. 25.3610

TXS-872HT Order No. 25.2790

Hand-held microphones with integrated multifrequency transmitter, with UHF PLL technology. • Dynamic microphone cartridge • Diecast aluminium body • TXS-871HT: 15 selectable UHF frequencies (863-865 MHz), transmitting power: < 10mW (EIRP) • TXS-872HT: 193 selectable UHF frequencies (740-764 MHz), transmitting power: 10 mW (EIRP) • Adjustable sensitivity (0dB, -10dB, -20dB, -30dB) • LCD for frequency and battery status

TXS-871HSE Order No. 25.3620

TXS-872HSE Order No. 25.2780

Multifrequency pocket transmitters, with UHF PLL technology. • Suitable for the combination with headband microphone or earband microphone with 3-pole mini XLR connector • TXS-871HSE: 15 selectable UHF frequencies (863-865 MHz), transmitting power: < 10 mW (EIRP) • TXS-872HSE: 193 selectable UHF frequencies (740-764 MHz), transmitting power: 10 mW (EIRP)

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range THD Dynamic range Audio signal Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight

• Selectable lock mode • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • Supplied with plastic case, microphone holder and 7 coloured caps to be pushed on TXS-871HT: licence-free system in the EU. TXS-872HT: licence required for this system in the EU. Please read the notes regarding wireless systems in the section "IMPORTANT INFORMATION"! Replacement cartridge available: MD-872: condenser cartridge with an even more brilliant sound, supercardioid characteristic

• • • •

Adjustable sensitivity LCD for frequency and battery status Selectable lock mode Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • Suplied in a plastic case TXS-871HSE: licence-free system in the EU. TXS-872HSE: licence required for this system in the EU! Please read the notes regarding wireless systems in the section "IMPORTANT INFORMATION"!

RCB-870 Order No. 24.2830

482 mm (19", 1 RS) unit holder, for the installation of two multifrequency receiver units TXS-871, TXS-872 or TXS-852. Supplied with dummy cover. Dimensions: 482x44x108 mm

E 52

PA Technology 2013

TXS-871 863.125-864.875 MHz 40-18,000 Hz < 0.6 % > 105 dB 900 mV/1 kΩ (jack) 150 mV/150 Ω (XLR, bal.) 0-40 °C via suppl. PSU 211x40x130 mm 1,100 g

TXS-872 740-764 MHz 40-18,000 Hz < 0.6 % > 105 dB 900 mV/1 kΩ (jack) 150 mV/150 Ω (XLR, bal.) 0-40 °C via suppl. PSU 211x40x130 mm 1,100 g

Audio Transmission System and Accessories • Compatible with the portable amplifier systems of the TXA-1000 and TXA-800 series • Suitable as a tour guide system and for any other application in which a certain audio source or voice source is to be distributed to one or more receivers • Wireless transmissions of audio signals with one transmitter and one receiver are also possible • Simultaneous operation of up to 8 transmitters with different frequencies (dep. on distance of transmitter, stationary RF sources of interference and other local conditions) • Licence-free in the EU

ATS-162T Order No. 25.4590

ATS-162R Order No. 25.4580

16-channel PLL transmitter, for microphone operation and line audio signals. • Matching the receivers ATS-162R, TXA-800R and the portable amplifiers of the TXA-1000 and TXA-800 series • Integrated microphone • Microphone input via 3.5 mm mono jack • Audio line input via 3.5 mm stereo jack • Backlit LCD for channel/frequency and battery status • Belt clip, lanyard • Power supply via integrated rechargeable lithium battery (1,200 mAh) or low-voltage jack (5 V) • Transmitting power: ≤ 5 mW (EIRP), operating range: approx. 50 m • Dimensions: 52x88x35 mm • Weight: 88 g Licence-free in the EU.

16-channel PLL receiver • Matching the transmitters ATS-162T, TXA-800ST and the portable amplifier system TXA-1002CD and TXA-802CD with integrated wireless transmitter • Built-in speaker • Including matching earpiece with rubber earband • Audio output via 3.5 mm stereo jack • Pilot tone squelch and noise squelch • Backlit LCD for channel/frequency and battery status • Volume control • Belt clip, lanyard • Power supply via integrated rechargeable lithium battery (1,200 mAh) or low-voltage jack (5 V/1 A) • Dimensions: 52x98x35 mm • Weight: 88 g

ATS-162CORD

ATS-162C

Order No. 22.1230

Lanyard, for the transmitters and receivers of the ATS-162 series. Nylon version.

ACCESSORIES MICROPHONES

Professional 16-channel Mono PLL Audio Transmission System, 863-865 MHz, with Extensive Accessories

ATS-162PS Order No. 25.4600

Intelligent PWM quick-charge station, for simultaneously charging the rechargeable batteries of two units from the ATS-162 series. • Average charging time, depending on capacity and condition of the rechargeable batteries used: approx. 4.5-5.5 hours • Each slot with LED for indicating battery charging status • Mechanical reverse polarity protection • Supplied with plug-in PSU • Dimensions: 85x70x106 mm

Order No. 25.4610

Transport case with intelligent PWM quick-charge function, for the transmitters and receivers of the ATS-162... series. • For simultaneously charging the rech. batteries of up to 30 units • Average charging time, depending on capacity and condition of the rechargeable batteries used: approx. 4.5-5.5 hours • Each slot with LED for indicating battery charging status • Mechanical reverse polarity protection • Transmitter/receiver synchronisation at the push of a button, i.e. all plugged-in units can be adjusted together to one preset transmission channel • Lockable plastic transport case fitted with castors • Supplied with matching switch-mode PSU • Dimensions: 681x332x238 mm

PA Technology 2013

E 53

Audio Transmission System and Accessories Professional 16-channel Mono PLL Audio Transmission System, 863-865 MHz, with Extensive Accessories • Suitable as a tour guide system and for any other application in which a certain audio source or voice source is to be distributed to one or more receivers • Wireless transmissions of audio signals with one transmitter and one receiver are also possible • Simultaneous operation of up to 8 transmitters with different frequencies (dep. on distance of transmitter, stationary RF sources of interference and other local conditions) • Licence-free in the EU

ATS-16R Order No. 24.4680

ATS-16T Order No. 24.4690

ATS-16BAG Order No. 22.0720

16-channel PLL receiver • Built-in speaker • Including matching earpiece with rubber earband • Connection for optional audio tube earphone ET-16 • Audio output via 3.5 mm stereo jack • Pilot tone squelch and noise squelch • Status indication of rech. battery, indication of carrier signal • Volume level control, belt clip • Power supply via 2 x 1.2 V NiMH rech. battery AA size (not supplied) or lowvoltage jack (5 V), dimensions: 66x111x35 mm, weight: 100 g

16-channel PLL transmitter, for microphone operation and line audio signals. • Integrated microphone • Supplied with additional electret tie clip microphone • Audio line input via 3.5 mm mono jack • Status indication of rech. battery, indication of carrier signal • Volume level control, belt clip • Power supply via 2 x 1.2 V NiMH rech. battery AA size (not supplied) or lowvoltage jack (5 V), transmitting power: ≤ 10 mW (EIRP), operating range: approx. 50 m, dimensions: 66x111x35 mm, weight: 85 g Licence-free in the EU.

Artificial leather protective bag, for the transmitters and receivers of the ATS-16 series. With belt clip and hook and loop fastener.

ATS-16CORD

ATS-16PS

ATS-36C

Order No. 22.0730

Lanyard, for the transmitters and receivers of the ATS-16 series. Nylon version.

E 54

PA Technology 2013

Order No. 24.4670

Intelligent PWM quick-charge station, for simultaneously charging the rechargeable batteries (NC, NiMH) of two units from the ATS-16 series. • Average charging time, depending on capacity and condition of the rechargeable batteries used: approx. 3-4 hours, e.g. for 1,300 mAh rech. batteries • Each slot with LED for indicating a fault and battery charging status • Mechanical reverse polarity protection • Supplied with plug-in PSU

The hand-held microphone with integrated transmitter ATS-12HT matches the ATS-16 series and is available at option.

Order No. 24.4700

Transport case with intelligent PWM quick-charge function, for the transmitters and receivers of the ATS-16... series. • For simultaneously charging the rech. batteries (NC, NiMH) of up to 36 units • Average charging time, depending on capacity and condition of the rechargeable batteries used: approx. 5-6 hours, e.g. for 1,300 mAh rech. batteries • Each slot with LED for indicating a fault and battery charging status • Mechanical reverse polarity protection • Lockable plastic transport case fitted with castors • Supplied with matching switch-mode PSU • Dimensions: 860x230x350 mm

Audio Transmission System and Accessories • Suitable as a tour guide system and for any other application in which a certain audio source or voice source is to be distributed to one or more receivers • Wireless transmissions of audio signals with one transmitter and one receiver are also possible • Due to the small frequency spacing in this free frequency range, a simultaneous operation of not more than two transmitters is recommended • Licence-free in the EU

ATS-10R

ATS-10TM

Order No. 24.3500

Order No. 24.3510

Receiver, with 3.5 mm mono jack. • 16 selectable channels • Built-in speaker • Including matching earpiece with rubber earband • Status indication of rech. battery • Operating positions: on/standby/off • Volume level control, belt clip • Power supply via 2 x 1.2 V NiMH rech. battery AA size (not supplied), dimensions: 92x65x25 mm, weight: 80 g

Transmitter, for microphone applications. • 16 selectable channels • Integrated microphone • Supplied with additional electret tie clip microphone • Status indication of rech. battery • Operating positions: on/standby/off • Volume level control, belt clip • Power supply via 2 x 1.2 V NiMH rech. battery AA size (not supplied), transmitting power: ≤ 10 mW (EIRP), operating range: approx. 50 m, dimensions: 92x65x25 mm, weight: 78 g Licence-free in the EU.

ECM-16N

ATS-12HT Order No. 25.3310

Order No. 23.4340

Electret neckband microphone A special microphone, very comfortable to wear due to its ergonomic design. The unusual combination of gooseneck and microphone ensures a secure fit and a good voice transmission. Perfectly matched to the transmitter ATS-16T. • Can also be operated without ATS system via power supply adapter (e.g. EMA-20), available at option • Flexible 48 cm neckband of high-quality metal gooseneck technology • Cardioid characteristic with low acoustic feedback and a voiceoptimised sound • 1.1 m connection cable with 3.5 mm mono plug • Supplied with foam windshield

Model System Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL Power supply

Admiss. ambient temp. Weight Connection

MOBILE SYSTEMS ACCESSORIES

16-channel Mono PLL Audio Transmission System, 863-865 MHz

ECM-16N elecret/cardioid 150-16,000 Hz 680 Ω 3.16 mV/Pa/1 kHz 110 dB 1.5 V via ATS-16T or 1.5-9 V via optional power supply adapter 0-40 °C 160 g 3.5 mm mono plug

Hand-held microphone with integrated transmitter • Matching the 16-channel mono PLL audio transmission system of the ATS-10 series • Electret microphone cartridge, cardioid characteristic • 16 selectable channels • Features pilot tone and is thus also suitable for the operation with ATS-16R • Mute function • Push-to-talk function • Adjustable transmitting power (high: ≤ 10 mW/low: ≤ 1 mW) • LCD for indicating channel and battery status • Integrated charging contacts for charging directly via charging station IRS-200PS • Power supply via 2 x 1.2 V NiMH rech. battery AA size (not supplied), operating range: approx. 50 m, dimensions: ø 35 mm x 200 mm, weight: 100 g Licence-free in the EU.

ATS-10BAG Order No. 23.3910

Protective bag, for the transmitters and receivers of the ATS-10 series. With belt clip.

PA Technology 2013

E 55

Audio Transmission System and Accessories ATS-10PS Order No. 24.3530

Automatic quick-charge station, for simultaneously charging the rechargeable batteries of two units from the ATS-10 series. • Average charging time, depending on capacity and condition of the rechargeable batteries used: approx. 3-4 hours, e.g. for 1,300 mAh rech. batteries • Operating LEDs for "charging" and "charging completed" • Supplied with plug-in PSU

ATS-12C Order No. 24.3930

Transport case with integrated charging function, for the transmitters and receivers of the ATS-10 series. • For simultaneously charging the rech. batteries of up to 12 units • Each slot with LED for indicating battery charging status • Wooden case with black artificial leather cover • Supplied with matching PSU • Dimensions: 300x170x280 mm Supplied without units.

ATS-30C Order No. 24.4320

Transport case with integrated charging function, for the transmitters and receivers of the ATS-10 series. • For simultaneously charging the rech. batteries of up to 30 units • Each slot with LED for indicating battery charging status • Transport case with black artificial leather cover • Supplied with matching PSU • Dimensions: 660x170x300 mm Supplied without units.

ET-16 Order No. 22.0750

Audio tube earphone • Suitable for receiver ATS-16R • The audio signal which is created by the integrated speaker of the ATS-16R is transmitted directly to the ear via the flexible tube. An easy-to-clean silicone ear tip ensures a secure fit in the ear • Tube length: 1 m

ES-16 Order No. 22.0740

Mono earphone • Suitable for the receivers of the ATS-16 or ATS-10 series • Flexible rubber earband for a secure fit to the ear • Dynamic 32 Ω system • 1.2 m connection cable with gold-plated 3.5 mm stereo plug

Model Headphones Driver System Frequency range Impedance Max. input power Sensitivity Cable Plug Weight w/o cable

E 56

PA Technology 2013

ES-16

dynamic 20-20,000 Hz 32 Ω 50 mW 105 dB/1 mW 1.2 m 3.5 mm stereo plug 8g

Audio Transmission System and Accessories 40-channel Mono PLL Voice Transmission System, 863-865 MHz

MOBILE SYSTEMS ACCESSORIES

• Suitable as a tour guide system and for any other application in which a certain voice source is to be distributed to one or more receivers • Due to the narrow-band frequency range which has been perfectly adapted to speech applications, a parallel operation of up to 10 different channels is possible without any interference • Licence-free in the EU

ATS-40R Order No. 25.2320

40-channel PLL receiver • Including matching earpiece with rubber earband • Adjustable headphone output • LCD for channel and battery status • Switches off automatically after not receiving a signal for 30 minutes (energy-saving feature) • Power supply via 2 x 1.2 V NiMH rech. battery AA size (not supplied) • Dimensions: 66x95x24 mm • Weight: 115 g

ATS-40T Order No. 25.2330

40-channel PLL transmitter, for microphone applications. • Integrated microphone • Supplied with additional electret tie clip microphone • LCD for channel and battery status • Transmitting power: ≤ 10 mW (EIRP), operating range: approx. 50 m • Switches off automatically after not receiving an input signal for 30 minutes (energy-saving feature) • Power supply via 2 x 1.2 V NiMH rech. battery AA size (not supplied) • Dimensions: 66x95x24 mm • Weight: 120 g Licence-free in the EU.

40-channel Mono PLL Voice Transmission System, 863-865 MHz

• Economy tour guide system • Due to the narrow-band frequency range which has been perfectly adapted to voice transmissions, a parallel operation of up to 12 different channels is possible without any interference • Licence-free in the EU

Matching chargers TXA-800PS, TXA-12C or TXA-36C are available at option.

ATS-42R Order No. 25.4560

40-channel PLL receiver • Including matching earpiece with rubber earband • Adjustable headphone output • LCD for channel and battery status • Noise squelch • Channel autolock function • With lanyard • Power supply via 2 x 1.2 V NiMH rech. battery AA size (not supplied) • Dimensions: 66x102x26 mm • Weight: 60 g

ATS-42T Order No. 25.4570

40-channel PLL transmitter, for microphone applications. • Supplied with additional electret tie clip microphone • LCD for channel and battery status • Channel autolock function • Lanyard • Transmitting power: ≤ 10 mW (EIRP), operating range: approx. 50 m • Power supply via 2 x 1.2 V NiMH rech. battery AA size (not supplied) • Dimensions: 66x102x26 mm • Weight: 60 g Licence-free in the EU.

PA Technology 2013

E 57

Audio Transmission System and Accessories Professional 16-channel Mono PLL Audio Transmission System, 863-865 MHz, with Extensive Accessories • Compatible with the portable amplifier systems of the TXA-800 series • Can be combined with the TXA-800 series, but also suitable as a tour guide system and for all

other applications in which a certain audio or voice source is to be distributed to one or more receivers • Can be combined with the transmitters and receivers of the ATS-16 series • Simultaneous operation of up to 8 transmitters with different frequencies (dep. on distance of transmitters, stationary RF sources of interference and other local conditions) • Licence-free in the EU

TXA-800R Order No. 17.2590

TXA-800ST Order No. 17.2600

16-channel PLL transmitter, for microphone operation and line audio signals. • Matching the receivers TXA-800R, ATS-16R and the portable amplifiers of the TXA-800 series • 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.1-864.9 MHz) • Audio stereo line input via RCA L/R • Balanced XLR microphone input and 6.3 mm microphone input • Audio mono line output via RCA

• Adjustable headphone output • Backlit LCD for channel/frequency, LEDs for carrier frequency, signal and signal peak • Additional DC voltage output 10-15 V‡ for connecting an additional transmitter • 482 mm (19") rack installation possible with supplied mounting brackets • Power supply via supplied plug-in PSU • Dimensions: 215x50x210 mm • Weight: 1.25 kg Licence-free in the EU.

Order No. 25.2140

Intelligent PWM quick-charge station, for simultaneously charging the rechargeable batteries (NC, NiMH) of two receivers TXA-800R, also suitable for transmitter TXA-800HSE. • Average charging time, depending on capacity and condition of the rechargeable batteries used: approx. 3-4 hours, e.g. for 1,300 mAh rech. batteries • Each slot with LED for indicating a fault and battery charging status • Mechanical reverse polarity protection • Supplied with plug-in PSU

Order No. 25.2160

Transport case with intelligent PWM quick-charge function, for the receiver TXA-800R and transmitter TXA-800HSE. • For simultaneously charging the rech. batteries (NC, NiMH) of up to 36 units • Average charging time, depending on capacity and condition of the rechargeable batteries

E 58

PA Technology 2013

TXA-12C Order No. 25.2150

TXA-800PS

TXA-36C

16-channel PLL receiver • Matching the transmitters TXA-800ST, ATS-16T and the portable amplifier system TXA-802CD with integrated wireless transmitter • 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.1-864.9 MHz) • Adjustable headphone output • Audio line mono output via 3.5 mm stereo jack • Line output level adjustable in 3 steps • Backlit LCD for channel/frequency and battery status • Metal housing • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size or NiMH rech. battery (not supplied) Matching micro• Supplied with earphones with rubber phone transmitter earband TXA-800HT is • Belt clip available at option.

Transport case with intelligent PWM quickcharge function, for receiver TXA-800R and transmitter TXA-800HSE. • For simultaneously charging the rech. batteries (NC, NiMH) of up to 12 units • Average charging time, depending on capacity and condition of the rechargeable batteries used: approx. 5-6 hours, e.g. for 1,300 mAh rech. batteries • Each slot with LED for indicating a fault and battery charging status • Mechanical reverse polarity protection • Wooden case with black artificial leather cover • Supplied with matching PSU • Dimensions: 300x170x280 mm Supplied without units.

used: approx. 5-6 hours, e.g. for 1,300 mAh rech. batteries • Each slot with LED for indicating a fault and battery charging status • Mechanical reverse polarity protection • Lockable plastic transport case fitted with castors • Supplied with matching switch-mode PSU • Dimensions: 860x230x350 mm Supplied without units.

Portable Amplifier Systems TXA-1000 Order No. 17.2790

Order No. 17.2800

TXA-1002CD Order No. 17.2810

Portable high-power amplifier systems, with integrated adjustable multifrequency receiver unit in UHF PLL technology. • High-performance class D version 170 WMAX, with optimum efficiency • Operation via mains connection or built-in rechargeable lead gel battery 2 x 12 V/4.5 Ah (operating time: up to 4 hours), integrated automatic battery charging, discharge protection • For mobile applications, e.g. at sales events, lectures • 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.1-864.9 MHz) with diversity system • 2-way speaker system of high power capability with a 25 cm (10") bass speaker • 1 microphone input via comb. jack (XLR/6.3 mm), 1 microphone input (6.3 mm jack), 1 stereo line input (RCA), 1 aux input (3.5 mm jack), each input can be adjusted • Common master control, 2-way tone control • 1 stereo line output (RCA), 1 aux output (3.5 mm jack) • Switchable microphone priority circuit • Due to the extractable telescopic handle and 2 castors, the amplifier system can easily be pulled like a trolley • Stand sleeve Licence-free in the EU.

Model Output power Frequency range Carrier frequency Operating range Sensitivities Mic inputs Line inputs Link Equalizer, bass Equalizer, midrange Equalizer, treble Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

MOBILE SYSTEMS ACCESSORIES

Matching microphone transmitters or pocket transmitters TXA-800HSE, TXA-800HT or ATS-12HT, ATS-162T are available at option.

TXA-1000CD

TXA-1000: - Amplifier system with 1 wireless receiver TXA-1000CD: - Amplifier system with 1 wireless receiver - CD player with anti-shock system, MP3 reproduction and slot-in mechanism - SD card reader, USB interface - Pitch control function - Supplied with remote control for the CD player TXA-1002CD: - Amplifier system with 2 wireless receivers - CD player with anti-shock system, MP3 reproduction and slot-in mechanism - SD card reader, USB interface - Pitch control function - 1 wireless transmitter for the wireless audio link operation of several TXA-1000 systems or in combination with TXA-800 systems - Supplied with remote control for the CD player

TXA-1000 170 WMAX/120 WRMS 20-20,000 Hz 863.1-864.9 MHz approx. 30 m

TXA-1000CD 170 WMAX/120 WRMS 20-20,000 Hz 863.1-864.9 MHz approx. 30 m

TXA-1002CD 170 WMAX/120 WRMS 20-20,000 Hz 863.1-864.9 MHz approx. 30 m

6 mV 150 mV (incl. aux) ±10 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/170 VA, rech. battery: 2 x 12 V/4.5 Ah 0-40 °C 360x580x320 mm 17.8 kg

6 mV 150 mV (incl. aux) ±15 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/170 VA, rech. battery: 2 x 12 V/4.5 Ah 0-40 °C 360x580x320 mm 18 kg

6 mV 150 mV (incl. aux) ±15 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/170 VA, rech. battery: 2 x 12 V/4.5 Ah 0-40 °C 360x580x320 mm 18.5 kg

tools4music 03/2011 on the TXA-1002CD: "It is almost impossible to provide more comprehensive features. With a power capability of 170 W, the class D power amplifier shows quite a powerful performance ... the 3-way speaker arrangement provides a very detailed sound with noticeable reserves in the bass range and high frequency range. It’s the top dog for large-scale presentations or large-scale PA applications. The system also impresses by the integrated audio link." Audio link operation: The integrated wireless transmitter of the TXA-1002CD transmits audio signals to one or several TXA-1000 or TXA-800 systems. Ideally suited for larger indoor PA applications where the sound has to be radiated as evenly as possible.

PA Technology 2013

E 59

Accessories for Mobile Systems

TXA-800HT

TXA-800HSE

Order No. 17.2260

Order No. 17.2250

Hand-held microphone with integrated multifrequency transmitter, with UHF PLL technology. Matching the portable amplifier systems of the TXA-1000 and TXA-800 series. • Dynamic microphone cartridge, cardioid characteristic • 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.1-864.9 MHz) • Sensitivity to be adjusted in 2 steps • Mute function • Backlit LCD for channel/frequency and battery status • Transmitting power: 10 mW (EIRP) • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • Supplied with 4 coloured caps to be pushed on Licence-free in the EU.

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range Frequency stability Dimensions Weight

TXA-800HT 863.1-864.9 MHz 70-16,000 Hz ±0.005 % ø 46 mm x 265 mm 250 g

Multifrequency pocket transmitter, with UHF PLL technology. Matching the portable amplifier systems of the TXA-1000 and TXA-800 series. • 1 headband microphone (omnidir. char.), 1 tie clip microphone (cardioid char.) • 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.1-864.9 MHz) • Metal housing • Microphone connection via 3-pole mini XLR jack • Audio line input via 3.5 mm stereo jack • Sensitivity to be adjusted in 3 steps • Mute function • Backlit LCD for channel/frequency and battery status • Transmitting power: 10 mW (EIRP) • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) • Belt clip Licence-free in the EU.

Order No. 17.3630

Protective bag, splashproof version, suitable for portable amplifier systems TXA-1000, TXA-1000CD and TXA-1002CD. • Robust synthetic fibre material, black • Sound-transparent front of meshed fabric and with additional water protection cover • The bag can stay on during operation! • Opening for transport handle and trolley handle • 2 lateral pockets, each with hook and loop fastener Supplied without unit.

PA Technology 2013

Order No. 17.3210

Rechargeable lead battery, 12 V, universal rech. battery, also suitable as a replacement for the TXA-1000 series. • Capacity: 12 V/4.5 Ah • Maintenance-free, hermetically sealed • Dimensions: 90x110x70 mm • Weight: 1.8 kg

TXA-800HSE 863.1-864.9 MHz 70-16,000 Hz ±0.005 % 65x95x30 mm 110 g

TXA-1000WPB

E 60

TXA-1015ACCU

TXA-1000BAG Order No. 17.2820

Protective bag, suitable for portable amplifier systems TXA-1000, TXA-1000CD and TXA-1002CD. • Robust synthetic fibre material, black • Sound-transparent front of meshed fabric • The bag can stay on during operation! • Opening for transport handle and trolley handle • 2 lateral pockets, each with hook and loop fastener Supplied without unit.

Portable Amplifier Systems TXA-850CD Order No. 17.3960

MOBILE SYSTEMS ACCESSORIES

Portable amplifier system, with rechargeable NiMH battery, charging status indication and voice priority circuit. • Considerable weight reduction by using a low-maintenance rechargeable NiMH battery • Operation via mains connection or built-in rechargeable NiMH battery 2 x 12 V/4.1 Ah (operating time: up to 6 hours), integrated automatic battery charging with battery status indication • Adjustable multifrequency receiver and CD player with USB port and SD card slot • For mobile applications, e.g. at sales events, lectures • CD player with anti-shock system, MP3 reproduction and slot-in mechanism, SD card reader and USB interface, pitch control function, controllable via supplied infrared remote control • 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.1-864.9 MHz) with diversity system • 2-way speaker system of high power capability • 1 adjustable microphone input via comb. jack (XLR/6.3 mm) with switchable priority function • 1 adjustable stereo line input (RCA) • Master control and 2-way tone control • 1 stereo line output (RCA) • Stand sleeve Licence-free in the EU.

Matching microphone transmitters or pocket transmitters TXA-800HT, TXA-800HSE or ATS-12HT, ATS-162T are available at option.

TXA-850CD 80 WMAX/50 WRMS 70-16,000 Hz 863.1-864.9 MHz approx. 30 m 6 mV 700 mV ±15 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/150 VA, rech. battery: 12 V/4.1 Ah 0-40 °C 300x470x230 mm 9.8 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 61

Portable Amplifier Systems TXA-800

Matching microphone transmitters or pocket transmitters TXA-800HT, TXA-800HSE or ATS-12HT, ATS-162T are available at option.

Order No. 17.2220

TXA-800CD Order No. 17.2230

TXA-802CD Order No. 17.2240

Portable amplifier systems, with integrated, adjustable multifrequency receiver unit in UHF PLL technology. • Operation via mains connection or built-in rechargeable lead gel battery 2 x 12 V/3 Ah (operating time: up to 4 hours), integrated automatic battery charging, discharge protection • For mobile applications, e.g. at sales events, lectures • 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.1-864.9 MHz) with diversity system • 2-way speaker system of high power capability • 1 adjustable microphone input via comb. jack (XLR/6.3 mm), 1 stereo line input (RCA), common master control and 2-way tone control • 1 stereo line output (RCA) • 6.3 mm jack connection (8 Ω) for external speaker • Stand sleeve Licence-free in the EU.

TXA-800: - Amplifier system with 1 wireless receiver TXA-800CD: - Amplifier system with 1 wireless receiver - CD player with anti-shock system, MP3 reproduction and slot-in mechanism - SD card reader, USB interface - Pitch control function TXA-802CD: - Amplifier system with 2 wireless receivers - CD player with anti-shock system, MP3 reproduction and slot-in mechanism - SD card reader, USB interface - Pitch control function - 1 wireless transmitter for the wireless audio link operation of several TXA-800 systems

Audio link operation: The integrated wireless transmitter of the TXA-802CD and TXA-1002CD transmits audio signals to one or several TXA-800 or TXA-1000 systems. Ideally suited for larger indoor PA applications where the sound has to be radiated as evenly as possible.

TXA-800 80 WMAX/50 WRMS 70-16,000 Hz 863.1-864.9 MHz approx. 30 m

TXA-800CD 80 WMAX/50 WRMS 70-16,000 Hz 863.1-864.9 MHz approx. 30 m

TXA-802CD 80 WMAX/50 WRMS 70-16,000 Hz 863.1-864.9 MHz approx. 30 m

6 mV 130 mV ±15 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/150 VA, rech. battery: 2 x 12 V/3 Ah 0-40 °C 300x470x230 mm 11.2 kg

6 mV 130 mV ±15 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/150 VA, rech. battery: 2 x 12 V/3 Ah 0-40 °C 300x470x230 mm 11.9 kg

6 mV 130 mV ±15 dB/100 Hz ±10 dB/10 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/150 VA, rech. battery: 2 x 12 V/3 Ah 0-40 °C 300x470x230 mm 12.3 kg

SD/MMC CARD USB

DIGITAL AUDIO PLAYER

DC208A-XT

E 62

PA Technology 2013

POWER

SD/USB FOLDER CD

F.F

REV

F.WD

NOR PLAY/ PAUSE STOP/EJ LO

VOLUME

MOBILE SYSTEMS ACCESSORIES

Accessories for Mobile Systems

TXA-800HT

TXA-800HSE

Order No. 17.2260

Order No. 17.2250

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range Frequency stability Dimensions Weight

TXA-800HT 863.1-864.9 MHz 70-16,000 Hz ±0.005 % ø 46 mm x 265 mm 250 g

TXA-802MR Order No. 17.2500

Multifrequency receiver module, with UHF PLL technology. As a replacement for the amplifier systems of the TXA-1000 and TXA-800 series or for setting up wireless audio transmission paths. • 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.1-864.9 MHz) with diversity system • Volume control • LCD for selected channel/frequency • LEDs for carrier and audio signals • Power supply: 12 V‡/185 mA

TXA-800HSE 863.1-864.9 MHz 70-16,000 Hz ±0.005 % 65x95x30 mm 110 g

TXA-802MT Order No. 17.2510

Mulitfrequency transmitter module, with UHF PLL technology. As a replacement for the amplifier systems of the TXA-800 series or for setting up wireless audio transmission paths. • 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.1-864.9 MHz) • Volume control • LCD for selected channel/frequency • LEDs for carrier and audio signals • Power supply: 12 V‡/120 mA Licence-free in the EU.

TXA-800BAG Order No. 17.2340

Protective bag, suitable for portable amplifier systems TXA-800, TXA-800CD and TXA-802CD. • Robust synthetic fibre material, black • Sound-transparent front of meshed fabric • The bag can stay on during operation! • Opening for transport handle • 2 lateral pockets, each with hook and loop fastener Supplied without unit.

TXA-800WPB Order No. 17.3620

Protective bag, splashproof version, suitable for portable amplifier systems TXA-800, TXA-800CD and TXA-802CD. • Robust synthetic fibre material, black • Sound-transparent front of meshed fabric and with additional water protection cover • The bag can stay on during operation! • Opening for transport handle • 2 lateral pockets, each with hook and loop fastener Supplied without unit.

TXA-815ACCU Order No. 17.2930

Rechargeable lead battery, 12 V, universal rech. battery, also suitable as a replacement for TXA-110 and the TXA-800 series. • Capacity: 12 V/2.9 Ah • Maintenance-free, hermetically sealed • Dimensions: 79x107x56 mm • Weight: 1.2 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 63

Portable Amplifier System The TXA-900CD is the perfect solution of the TXA series from MONACOR whenever a powerful voice amplification with a perfect sound is required. This rechargeable amplifier system impresses by a distortion-free reproduction at a particularly high volume level.

TXA-900CD Order No. 17.2860

Portable high-power amplifier system, with integrated wireless receiver and CD player with anti-shock system. • Operation via mains connection or built-in rechargeable lead gel battery 12 V/7 Ah (operating time: up to 8 hours), integrated automatic battery charging • For mobile applications, e.g. at speeches, lectures, sales events • High-quality CD player with slot-in mechanism, USB port for external storage media, reproduction of audio CDs, CD-Rs, MP3 CDs, high-speed access • 2-way speaker system with professional PA speakers • Very high efficiency

• 2 inputs (channels 1+2) via comb. jacks mic (XLR)/line (6.3 mm), gain controls, 3-way equalizer, bass boost function • Link connections (2 x 6.3 mm jack) for the combination of several amplifier systems TXA-900CD • Due to the built-in extractable telescopic handle and 2 castors, the amplifier system can easily be pulled like a trolley • Wooden cabinet of perfect workmanship with PU coating (polyurethane) • Lateral recessed carrying handles • Stand sleeve • Supplied with practical protective bag Licence-free in the EU.

tools4music 03/2011 "Clearly more features. Particularly impresses by a clear voice reproduction of high volumes."

tastenwelt 05/2009 "Portable all-rounder. Really suitable for mobile applications due to the builtin rech. battery, integrated wireless receiver, CD/MP3 player with USB port. Provides a pleasant and transparent sound."

Matching microphone transmitters or pocket transmitters are available at option, e.g. TXS-821HT, TXS-820HSE, TXS-820LT or TXS-820SX.

E 64

PA Technology 2013

TXA-900CD 75 WMAX/50 WRMS 60-19,000 Hz 863.05 MHz approx. 30 m 2.5 mV 130 mV 740 mV ±12 dB/40 Hz ±6 dB/1 kHz ±12 dB/12 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/40 VA, rech. battery: 12 V/7 Ah 0-40 °C 310x560x285 mm 13.9 kg

MOBILE SYSTEMS

Portable Amplifier System

TXA-450USB Order No. 17.3950

Portable amplifier system, with rechargeable lithium-ion battery, charging status indication and voice priority circuit. • Considerable weight reduction by using a low-maintenance rechargeable lithium-ion battery and neodymium speaker • Operation via built-in rechargeable lithium-ion battery 14.8 V/4.4 Ah (operating time: up to 6 hours) or supplied switch-mode PSU • Integrated automatic battery charging with charging status indication • Adjustable multifrequency receiver unit in UHF PLL technology and integrated USB/SD card player • For mobile applications, e.g. at sales events, lectures • Adjustable USB/SD card player with illuminated display, adjustable via supplied infrared remote control • 1 wireless microphone channel with 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.050-864.925 MHz) and volume control, diversity system • 1 adjustable microphone input via comb. jack (XLR/6.3 mm) with switchable priority function • 1 adjustable line input via 3.5 mm jack • Volume control and 2-way tone control • 1 line output via 3.5 mm jack • 2-way neodymium speaker • Stand thread: 16 mm (∫") Licence-free in the EU.

Model Output power Frequency range Carrier frequency Operating range Sensitivities Mic inputs Line inputs Mix output Equalizer Power supply

Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

TXA-450USB 50 WMAX/35 WRMS 150-16,000 Hz 863.050-864.925 MHz approx. 30 m 5 mV 700 mV 1V ±15 dB/100 Hz (bass) ±10 dB/10 kHz (treble) rech. batt. 14.8 V/4.4 Ah, 20 V‡/3.2 A via suppl. PSU 0-40 °C 170x345x195 mm 3.5 kg

Matching microphone transmitters or pocket transmitters TXA-800HT, TXA-800HSE or ATS-12HT, ATS-162T are available at option.

PA Technology 2013

E 65

Portable Amplifier System TXA-620CD Order No. 17.1290

Portable amplifier system, with integrated wireless receiver and CD player with antishock system. • Operation via mains connection or built-in rechargeable lead gel battery 12 V/7 Ah (operating time: up to 8 hours), integrated automatic battery charging • For mobile applications, e.g. at sales events, lectures • High-quality CD player with slot-in mechanism, USB port for external storage media, reproduction of audio CDs, CD-Rs, MP3 CDs • 2-way speaker system • 2 inputs (channels 1+2) via comb. jacks mic (XLR)/line (6.3 mm), gain controls, 2-way tone control • 2 stereo line inputs (channels 3+4) via RCA jacks, gain controls, common 2-way tone control • Adjustable talkover • Link connections (2 x 6.3 mm jack) for the combination of several amplifier systems TXA-610CD, TXA-620CD or TXA-600 • 6.3mm jack connection (4 Ω) for external speaker TXB-600 • Stand sleeve • Supplied with remote control • Supplied with practical protective shoulder bag which can stay on during operation Licence-free in the EU.

Matching microphone transmitters or pocket transmitters are available at option, e.g. TXS-821HT, TXS-820HSE, TXS-820LT or TXS-820SX.

tools4music 03/2011 "The volume level provided by the 50 W is simply amazing ... a pleasant reproduction of vocals ... even more awesome with the additional system TXB-600 which is available at option. Great stuff!"

E 66

PA Technology 2013

TXA-620CD 50 WMAX/36 WRMS 60-18,500 Hz 863.05 MHz approx. 30 m 1.5 mV 150 mV 650 mV ±12 dB/40 Hz ±12 dB/12 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/45 VA, rech. battery: 12 V/7 Ah 0-40 °C 235x450x280 mm 9.7 kg

Portable Amplifier System, Additional Speaker System Order No. 17.1200

Portable amplifier system, with integrated wireless receiver. • For mobile applications, e.g. at sales events, lectures • 2-way speaker system • 2 inputs (channels 1+2) via comb. jacks mic (XLR)/line (6.3 mm), gain controls, 2-way tone control • 2 stereo line inputs (channels 3+4) via RCA jacks, gain controls, common 2-way tone control • Cutout (approx. 16x17x3 cm) at the rear panel for a portable CD player (supplied without CD player), with audio cable and power supply cable • Adjustable talkover

• Link connections (2 x 6.3 mm jack) for the combination of several amplifier systems TXA-600 • 6.3 mm connection (4 Ω) for external speaker TXB-600 • Operation via mains connection or built-in rechargeable lead gel battery 12 V/7 Ah (operating time: up to 8 hours), integrated automatic battery charging • Stand sleeve • Supplied with practical protective shoulder bag which can stay on during operation

MOBILE SYSTEMS SPEAKERS

TXA-600

Licence-free in the EU.

Matching microphone transmitters or pocket transmitters are available at option, e.g. TXS-821HT, TXS-820HSE, TXS-820LT or TXS-820SX.

TXA-600 50 WMAX/36 WRMS 60-18,500 Hz 863.05 MHz approx. 30 m 1.5 mV 150 mV 650 mV ±12 dB/40 Hz ±12 dB/12 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/45 VA, rech. battery: 12 V/7 Ah 0-40 °C 235x450x280 mm 9.7 kg

TXB-600 Order No. 13.1460

Speaker system, 50 WMAX, 36W RMS, 4 Ω, suitable for the portable amplifier system TXA-600. • 2-way system • Frequency range: 60-18,500 Hz • Stand sleeve • 6.3 mm jack connection • Supplied with practical protective shoulder bag which can stay on during operation • Dimensions: 235x450x280 mm • Weight: 3.5 kg

Matching speaker cables of the MSC series are available in lengths of 1.5, 3, 6, 10 and 15 m.

PA Technology 2013

E 67

Portable Amplifier Systems TXA-500 Order No. 17.1170

Portable amplifier system, with integrated wireless receiver. • For mobile applications, e.g. at sales events, lectures • 1 input (channel 1) via comb. jack mic (XLR)/line (6.3 mm) • 1 stereo line input (channel 2) via RCA jacks • 1 stereo line input (channel 3) via 3.5 mm jack • Each input with gain control and 2-way tone control • Link connections for the combination of several amplifier systems TXA-500 • Operation via mains connection or built-in rechargeable lead gel battery 12 V/7 Ah (operating time: up to 8 hours), integrated battery charging feature • Stand sleeve • Supplied with practical protective shoulder bag which can stay on during operation Licence-free in the EU.

Matching microphone transmitters or pocket transmitters are available at option, e.g. TXS-821HT, TXS-820HSE, TXS-820LT, TXS-820SX.

TXA-380USB Order No. 17.3740

Portable amplifier system with integrated, adjustable UHF PLL multifrequency receiver unit and integrated USB/SD card player. • For mobile applications, e.g. at sales events, lectures • Supplied with matching hand-held microphone with UHF PLL multifrequency transmitter • Operation via built-in rechargeable lead Model Output power Carrier frequency Operating range Mic input Aux input Record output Equalizer Bass Treble Power supply Amplifier Microphone Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Inputs Mic Aux Outputs Record

E 68

TXA-380USB 20 WMAX/15 WRMS 863.050-864.95 MHz approx. 25 m 3.2 mV 100 mV 850 mV ±6 dB/80 Hz ±6 dB/8 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/45 VA, 12-15 V‡/3.5 A 2 x 1.5 batt. AA size 0-40 °C 210x285x150 mm 4.5 kg 2 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x 6.3 mm jack 1 x 6.3 mm jack

PA Technology 2013

gel battery 12 V/3.5 Ah (operating time: up to 3 hours), 12 V car battery or mains operation • Integrated battery charging feature (1 x 9 V battery, 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size) • Adjustable USB/SD card player with connection for external storage media, recording function, illuminated display • 1 wireless microphone channel with 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.050-864.925 MHz) and volume control

TXA-500 36 WMAX/20 WRMS 60-16,000 Hz 863.05 MHz approx. 30 m 1.5 mV 150 mV (channels 1+2), 100 mV (channel 3) 650 mV ±12 dB/40 Hz ±12 dB/12 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/60 VA, rech. battery: 12 V/7 Ah 0-40 °C 235x355x220 mm 8.2 kg

• 2 microphone inputs, 1 aux input, adjustable • 2-way tone control for the input channels • 1 record output • M8 threaded jack for mounting onto a stand Licence-free in the EU.

Portable Amplifier Systems TXA-140USB

Model Output power Frequency range Carrier frequency Operating range Sensitivities Mic inputs Line inputs Mix output Equalizer Power supply

Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

(863.050-864.925 MHz) and volume control • 1 microphone input via 6.3 mm jack, 1 line input via 3.5 mm jack, common volume control and adjustable echo effect • 1 mix output via 3.5 mm jack • 2-way speaker system • 9 mm (π") stand thread, can be mounted onto a speaker stand with standard diameter with stand adapter EBH-48 (available at option) • Supplied with practical protective shoulder bag which can stay on during operation Licence-free in the EU.

Matching microphone transmitter TXA-140HT is available at option.

MOBILE SYSTEMS

Order No. 17.3570

Portable high-power amplifier system, with integrated adjustable multifrequency receiver unit in UHF PLL technology and integrated USB/SD card player. • For mobile applications, e.g. at sales events, lectures • Robust plastic housing of compact size with carrying handle and carrying strap • Operation via built-in rechargeable lead gel battery 12 V/2.7 Ah (operating time: up to 3 hours) or supplied switch-mode PSU • Integrated automatic battery charging with charging status indication • High-power 50 W digital amplifier • Adjustable USB/SD card player with illuminated alphanumerical display, controllable via supplied infrared remote control • 1 wireless microphone channel with 16 selectable UHF frequencies TXA-140USB 75 WMAX/50 WRMS 60-22,000 Hz 863.050-864.925 MHz approx. 30 m 10 mV 150 mV 1V rech. batt. 12 V/2.7 Ah, 19 V‡/2.6 A via suppl. PSU 0-40 °C 190x235x330 mm 3.5 kg

TXA-140HT Order No. 17.3580

Hand-held microphone with integrated multifrequency transmitter, with UHF PLL technology. Matching the portable amplifier system TXA-140USB. • Dynamic microphone cartridge, cardioid characteristic • 16 selectable UHF frequencies (863.050-864.925 MHz) • Additional audio input via 3.5 mm jack • Backlit LCD for indicating channel and battery status • Transmitting power: < 10 mW (EIRP) • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size (not supplied) Licence-free in the EU.

Model Carrier frequency Audio frequency range Frequency stability Dimensions Weight

TXA-140HT 863.050-864.925 MHz 50-15,000 Hz ±0.005 % 39x193x28 mm 260 g

PA Technology 2013

E 69

Portable Infrared Amplifier System The wireless infrared transmission system IRS-200... allows for a parallel operation of several systems in different rooms, eg. in schools or conference centres. Unlike with standard wireless systems, no interference caused by frequency overlaps will occur here. Visual contact of transmitter and receiver is required for the transmission. The components of the infrared transmission system are licence-free, irrespective of changes to the frequency assignments.

IRS-200TXA Order No. 17.3250

Portable amplifier system, with integrated 2-channel infrared receiver unit. • Infrared receiver with 2 wireless microphone channels (2.3 MHz/2.8 MHz), volume can be adjusted for each channel • Large infrared detection angle • Ideally suited for the use in schools, at conferences and lectures IRS-200TXA 45 WMAX/30 WRMS 2.3 MHz (channel A) 2.8 MHz (channel B) 850 nm approx. 15 m

Model Output power Carrier frequency Wavelength Operating range Sensitivity Mic inputs Line inputs Mix output Equalizer bass Equalizer, treble Power supply

Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

10 mV 300 mV 1V 0-10 dB/100 Hz 0-10 dB/10 kHz rech. batt. 12 V/2.9 Ah, 18 V‡/2.7 A via suppl. PSU 0-40 °C 190x320x195 mm 4.3 kg

• Operation via built-in rechargeable lead gel battery 12 V/2.9 Ah (operating time: up to 3 hours) or supplied switch-mode PSU • Integrated automatic charging of rechargeable batteries with visual charging indication • 1 adjustable microphone input via 6.3 mm mono jack, 1 adjustable line input via 3.5 mm stereo jack, common tone control • 1 mix output via 3.5 mm stereo jack • 2 standard F jacks for connecting infrared sensors IRS-200IR, available at option • 16 mm stand thread for wall bracket IRS-200PAST, available at option

INFRARED

INFRARED 2 CHANNELS

INFRARED INFRARED

IRS-200HT

IRS-202HT

Order No. 17.3290

Order No. 17.3300

Hand-held microphone with integrated infrared transmitter, channel A, matching the 2-channel infrared receivers IRS-200TXA, IRS-200AMP and IRS-200R. • Condenser microphone cartridge, cardioid characteristic • Mute function • Adjustable transmitting power (high/low) • 3.5 mm jack input for connecting an optional tie clip microphone/headband microphone or a line source, e.g. MP3 player • Power supply via 2 x 1.5 V battery AA size or NiMH rechargeable battery (not supplied) • Integrated charging contacts for directly charging the batteries via charging station IRS-200PS Licence-free in the EU. Model Carrier frequency Wavelength Operating range Audio freq. range Operating time Line input Dimensions Weight

E 70

IRS-200HT 2.3 MHz 850 nm approx. 15 m 50-15,000 Hz >8h 200 mV ø 36 mm x 200 mm 100 g

PA Technology 2013

IRS-202HT 2.8MHz 850nm approx. 15m 50-15,000Hz > 8h 200mV ø 36mm x 200mm 100g

Hand-held microphone with integrated infrared transmitter, channel B, matching the 2-channel infrared receivers IRS-200TXA, IRS-200AMP and IRS-200R. • Condenser microphone cartridge, cardioid characteristic • Mute function • Adjustable transmitting power (high/low) • 3.5mm jack for connecting an optional tie clip microphone/headband microphone or a line source, e.g. MP3 player • Power supply via 2 x 1.5V battery AA size or NiMH rechargeable battery (not supplied) • Integrated charging contacts for directly charging the batteries via charging station IRS-200PS Licence-free in the EU.

IRS-200R Order No. 17.3340

2-channel infrared receiver unit, with line output. • Infrared receiver with 2 wireless microphone channels (2.3 MHz/2.8 MHz), volume can be adjusted for each channel • 1 line output via 6.3 mm jack, switchable low/high • 2 standard F jacks for connecting infrared sensors IRS-200IR, available at option • The infrared sensor IRS-200IR (available at option) is required for operation

Model Carrier frequency Wavelength Operating range Line output Frequency range Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Connections

IRS-200R 2.3 MHz (channel A) 2.8 MHz (channel B) 850 nm approx. 15 m 1 V/100 mV 70-10,000 Hz 12 V‡/1 A via suppl. PSU 0-40 °C 118x50x210 mm 750 g 6.3 mm jack

Infrared Amplifier, Accessories

INFRARED

IRS-200AMP Order No. 17.3260

Mono mixing amplifier, with integrated 2-channel infrared receiver unit. • Infrared receiver with 2 wireless microphone channels (2.3 MHz/2.8 MHz), volume can be adjusted for each channel • Large infrared detection angle • 2 adjustable line inputs via stereo RCA jacks, with recessed common 2-way tone control • PA announcement input (25 V/70 V/100 V) with priority, connection via screw terminal

• Aux output via 3.5 mm stereo jack, with adjustable 3-way equalizer • 2 standard F jacks for connecting infrared sensors IRS-200IR, available at option • Connection for power supply via external charging station IRS-200PS • Short-circuit protection and overtemperature protection

Model Output power Carrier frequency Wavelength Operating range Sensitivities Aux input PC input Aux output Frequency range Equalizer bass Equalizer midrange Equalizer treble S/N ratio THD Power supply Admiss. amb. temp. Dimensions Weight Inputs Outputs

IRS-200AMP 40 WMAX/30 WRMS/4 Ω 2.3 MHz (channel A) 2.8 MHz (channel B) 850 nm approx. 15 m

MOBILE SYSTEMS AMPLIFIERS

2 CHANNELS

300 mV 300 mV 1V 20-20,000 Hz ±10 dB/100 Hz (master, aux output) ±10 dB/1 kHz (aux output) ±10 dB/10 kHz (master, aux output) 80 dB 0.1 % 18 V‡/2.1 A via suppl. PSU 0-40 °C 266x66x230 mm 2 kg 2 x RCA L/R (PC, aux) 1 x screw terminal 4 x spring-load. speaker term. L/R 1 x 3.5mm stereo jack

INFRARED

IRS-200IR Order No. 17.3310

Infrared sensor, for increasing the operating range. • Suitable for the amplifiers/receivers IRS-200AMP, IRS-200R and IRS-200TXA • Detection angle: 150° (hor.) x 80° (vert.) • Operating range: approx. 15 m • Power supply via IRS-200AMP, IRS-200R or IRS-200TXA • Metal housing with movable mounting bracket for wall mounting or ceiling suspension • Including 10 m connection cable with standard F plugs • Dimensions: 90x40x90 mm • Weight: 250 g

IRS-200PS

IRS-200BAG

Order No. 17.3330

Order No. 17.3270

Intelligent PWM quick-charge station, for simultaneously charging the rechargeable batteries (NiMH) of two hand-held microphones IR-200HT, IRS-202HT or ATS-12HT. • Average charging time, depending on capacity and condition of the rechargeable batteries used: approx. 6-8 hours, e.g. for 2,500 mAh rech. batteries • Microprocessor-controlled charging control for each slot (-∆V control and timer-controlled) • Each slot with LED for indicating a fault and battery charging status • Supplied with plug-in PSU • Dimensions: 120x57x120 mm • Weight: 455 g

Transport and protective bag, suitable for the portable amplifier system IRS-200TXA. • Robust synthetic fibre material, black • Sound-transparent front of meshed fabric • The bag can stay on during operation! • 2 lateral pockets with hook and loop fastener • Adjustable carrying strap Supplied without unit.

Safety Note To be installed by experts only! Pay attention to precise screw connection! Please use suitable safety ropes!

IRS-200PAST Order No. 17.3320

Wall bracket for IRS-200TXA Black lacquered metal version. With 16 mm stand thread for mounting IRS-200TXA.

IRS-200H Order No. 17.3280

Carrying strap, matching the hand-held microphone IRS-200HT, IRS-202HT or ATS-12HT. • Adjustable strap length • With additional removable belt clip Supplied without hand-held microphone.

PA Technology 2013

E 71

Portable Amplifier System PAS-250 Order No. 17.2730

Portable amplifier system, suitable for processions and other mobile applications. • Very comfortable to wear and great mobility due to rucksack method • 2 horn speakers for a powerful reproduction • Integrated wireless receiver • Built-in rechargeable lead gel battery 12 V/7.2 Ah (operating time: up to 8 hours) • Integrated automatic charging of rechargeable battery • Charge socket for supplied 12 V PSU • 2 inputs (channels 1+2) via comb. jacks mic (XLR)/line (6.3 mm), gain controls • 2 stereo line inputs (channels 3+4) via RCA jacks, gain control • Limiter function • 6.3 mm connection for external speaker • Nylon rucksack with storage pockets Licence-free in the EU.

E 72

PA Technology 2013

Matching microphone transmitters or pocket transmitters are available at option, e.g. TXS-821HT, TXS-820HSE, TXS-820LT or TXS-820SX.

Model Output power Frequency range Carrier frequency Operating range Sensitivities Mic inputs Line inputs Mix output Equalizer Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

PAS-250 50 WMAX/35 WRMS 350-12,000 Hz 863.05 MHz approx. 30 m 1 mV 150 mV rech. batt. 12 V/7.2 Ah 0-40 °C total length: 130 cm 7.7 kg

The SPEECH-500 is equipped with innovative technology and thus the professional solution for voice and music transmissions of high requirements. The lectern features a variable electric height adjustment. A laptop can space-savingly be inserted underneath the transparent glass plate on the top part of the lectern in a 2-step illuminated compartment which has especially been designed for this purpose. The built-in audio system as well as the UHF PLL wireless technology with transmitter module and receiver module perfectly meet every requirement. In audio link operation, this allows for a wireless control of further active speaker systems which are equipped with respective wireless receivers, e.g. TXA-800 and TXA-1000 series.

SPEECH-500 Order No. 17.3400

Professional lectern with electric height adjustment and integrated wireless amplifier system • Built-in 4-channel mixing amplifier with limiter, 100 WMAX, 50 WRMS • Variable electric height adjustment of the lectern, 85-125 cm • Top part of the lectern with a transparent safety glass plate and illuminated compartment for a laptop • Built-in UHF PLL receiver (TXA-802MR) with 16 selectable frequencies (863.1-864.9 MHz) with diversity system, matching transmitters are available at option, e.g. TXA-800HSE or TXA-800HT • Built-in UHF PLL transmitter (TXA-802MT) with 16 selectable frequencies (863.1-864.9 MHz) for setting up audio link transmission • 3 inputs via comb. jack mic (XLR)/line (6.3 mm jack), stereo line input (RCA), gain controls, 3-way equalizer for the comb. inputs • 2 shock-absorbing XLR jacks on the top part of the lectern for 2 optional gooseneck microphones (each one uses a microphone input), matching microphone EMG-650P is available at option • Additional XLR jack for LED gooseneck light (e.g. GNL-304, available at option) • 12 V phantom power for mic input 1 and 2 • 1 stereo line output via RCA jacks • 30 cm (12") full range speaker of high power capability providing a powerful sound • High-quality wooden cabinet in a wood and lacquer combination • Standard wood decor: Red Oak • Holder for name of speaker to be mounted with terminal screw • 3 additional storage compartments for documents and other utensils • 2 swivel castors with brakes, 2 fixed castors Licence-free in the EU. Supplied without laptop.

MOBILE SYSTEMS

Active Lectern

ELECTRIC HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WIRELESS TRANSMISSION AMPLIFIER LIMITER

Note: List of colours in the main catalogue 2013. Model Output power Carrier frequency Operating range Frequency range Sensitivities

Outputs Equalizer

(Supplied w/o laptop)

Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

SPEECH-500 100 WMAX/50 WRMS 863.1-864.9 MHz 30 m max. 50-20,000 Hz mic1: 2 mV mic2-3: 4.5 mV line1-3: 150 mV (6.3 mm jack) line: 400 mV (RCA) line: 320 mV (RCA) bass: ±12 dB/60 Hz mid: ±7 dB/1 kHz treble: ±12 dB/15 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/135 VA 0-40 °C 800x1,250x570 mm 45 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 73

Active Lectern The SPEECH-200: Even more powerful, with more features and easier to transport due to integrated castors. Set it up, connect the power supply - ready to use!

SPEECH-200 Order No. 17.3160

Professional lectern with integrated wireless amplifier system • Built-in, powerful mixing amplifier and speaker system, 75 WRMS • Integrated limiter • 3 inputs via comb. jack mic (XLR)/line (6.3 mm jack), each with 3-way equalizer and gain control • 1 stereo line input via RCA jacks with gain control • 2 shock-absorbing XLR jacks on the top part of the lectern for 2 optional gooseneck microphones (each one uses a microphone input), with phantom power • 1 stereo line output via RCA jacks • 2-way speaker system • Integrated light in the top part of the lectern • High-quality, two-coloured wooden cabinet • Column with 2 document compartments and 2 storage compartments • 2 castors Licence-free in the EU.

Model Output power Carrier frequency Operating range Frequency range Sensitivities

Outputs Equalizer

Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 74

SPEECH-200 100 WMAX/75 WRMS 863.05 MHz 25 m max. 60-20,000 Hz mic1: 15 mV mic2-3: 5 mV line1-3: 220 mV (6.3 mm jack) line: 250 mV (RCA) line: 390 mV (RCA) bass: ±12 dB/60 Hz mid: ±7 dB/1 kHz treble: ±12 dB/15 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/180 VA 0-40 °C 540x1,140x430 mm 33 kg

PA Technology 2013

Supplied without gooseneck microphone. Matching microphone EMG-650P is available at option. Matching microphone transmitters or pocket transmitters are available at option, e.g. TXS-821HT, TXS-820HSE, TXS-820LT or TXS-820SX.

Active Lectern The SPEECH-100 active lectern from MONACOR perfectly combines sound quality, volume capability and convenience. It is rechargeable battery-operated and thus perfectly mobile. The SPEECH-100 turns any area of PA application into an auditorium all by itself. It also fits perfectly into any surrounding area where a temporary or permanent talking point is required. The integrated amplifier and the speaker technology not only allow for voice transmissions, but can also easily be used for music reproductions and e.g. dubbings of films or presentations with quite good results. Simply plug-in a gooseneck microphone and/or connect a signal source - switch on - ready to use.

SPEECH-100 Order No. 17.2880

Professional lectern with integrated wireless amplifier system • Built-in mixing amplifier and speaker system, 36WRMS • Operation via built-in rechargeable lead gel batteries: 2 x 12 V/7 Ah (operating time: up to 16 hours) • Integrated charging feature for rechargeable batteries, supplied with charger • 2 inputs via comb. jack mic (XLR)/line (6.3mm jack) • 1 stereo line input via RCA jacks • Each input with gain control • 2 shock-absorbing XLR jacks on the top part of the lectern for 2 optional gooseneck microphones (each one uses a microphone input) or one microphone and one LED gooseneck light, available at option • 12 V phantom power • 1 stereo line output via RCA jacks • 6.3 mm jack connection (8 Ω) for external speaker • 2-way speaker system • High-quality wooden cabinet with replaceable black or wood coloured bottom plates • Top part of the lectern with folding document compartment Licence-free in the EU. Model Output power Carrier frequency Operating range Frequency range Sensitivities

Outputs Equalizer Power supply

Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

MOBILE SYSTEMS

An innovative and high-quality solution for PA speech and music applications of high requirements:

BATTERY-OPERATED

Supplied without gooseneck microphone and without gooseneck light. Matching microphone EMG-650P and matching LED gooseneck light GNL-304 are available at option. Matching microphone transmitters or pocket transmitters are available at option, e.g. TXS-821HT, TXS-820HSE, TXS-820LT or TXS-820SX.

SPEECH-100 50 WMAX/36 WRMS 863.05 MHz 25 m max. 70-20,000 Hz mic: 8 mV line: 60 mV (6.3 mm jack) line: 400 mV (RCA) line: 650 mV (RCA) rech. batt. 2 x 12 V/7 Ah, 12 V‡/1.5 A via suppl. charger 0-40 °C 525x1,120x440 mm 29 kg

PROSOUND 04/2009 "An extraordinary unit which fully meets every requirement. For the benefit of the customers, such a lectern should be included in the product range of each audio supplier."

XLR-703JSM Order No. 34.8810

Shock-mount base with XLR socket, for the installation into lecterns, for gooseneck microphones. • Attenuation of impact noise and structureborne noise due to rubber-cushioned 3-pole XLR socket • 1.2 m connection cable with 3-pole XLR plug

AV-views 03/2009 "Lectern of an appealing design. With the power capability, it will certainly be suitable for PA applications in larger rooms."

PA Technology 2013

E 75

Active Lectern

ETS-840TXS Order No. 17.2400

Lectern with integrated wireless amplifier system • Built-in mixing amplifier and speaker system, 60 WRMS • 1 cable-connected input channel via comb. jack mic (6.3 mm)/line (XLR) • 1 aux input channel via RCA jack L/R, switchable aux/tape/tuner/CD • Controls for input level, tone and output level • Record output via 6.3 mm jack • Output for external speaker via springloaded terminal • Supplied with hand-held transmitter, gooseneck microphone and gooseneck light Licence-free in the EU.

Matching pocket transmitters TXS-820HSE, TXS-820LT or TXS-820SX are available at option.

Model Output power Carrier frequency Operating range Frequency range Sensitivities

Outputs Equalizer Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 76

ETS-840TXS 90 WMAX/60 WRMS 863.05 MHz 25 m max. 60-17,000 Hz mic1: 2 mV mic2: 1 mV line: 120 mV aux1: 100 mV aux2: 200 mV aux3: 300 mV aux4: 800 mV 1.2 V (record out) 760 mV (line out) bass: ±10 dB/100 Hz treble: ±10 dB/10 kHz 230 V~/50 Hz/135 VA 0-40 °C 580x1,140x420 mm 17.5 kg

PA Technology 2013

Conference Systems The control unit CS-50CU, the microphone station for the chairperson CS-50CH and the microphone station for conference delegates CS-50DU together form a conference discussion system with extensive configuration facilities for maximum flexibility.

MOBILE SYSTEMS CONFERENCE SYSTEM

CS-50CH Order No. 17.3410

Microphone station for the chairperson

CS-50DU Order No. 17.3430

CS-50CU Order No. 17.3420

Control unit The control centre of the conference discussion system. The CS-50CU allows to set up a system with up to 50 microphone stations and at the same time supplies their operating voltage. • Adjustable discussion modes (e.g. number of simultaneous speakers, speaking time limits, sole activation for the chairperson) • Built-in speaker and connection for optional headphones • Keypad lock • Test function for connected microphone stations

Microphone station for the conference delegates • Back electret cartridge of cardioid characteristic optimised for voice transmissions • Built-in speaker and connection for optional headphones • Convenient operation due to large function button • Status displays on the microphone and desktop station • Priority button with chime (CS-50CH)

Conference Management with a System With the conference system CS-100, MONACOR provides the ideal solution for medium-sized conference rooms, because the system can be extended to up to 128 delegates. It consists of a main control unit CS-100MU, the microphone station for the chairperson CS-100CU and the microphone station for the individual conference delegates CS-100DU. The system can be integrated into an existing PA system with corresponding power amplifiers without any problems. A particularly user-friendly operation and a modern design complete the attractive and comprehensive system. Further products for the conference systems as well as additional information can be found on our website www.monacor.com

CS-100MU Order No. 17.3980

Main control unit for conference system CS-100 • Adjustable discussion modes (e.g. number of simultaneous speakers, sole activation for the chairperson) • Automatic connection detection • Built-in amplifier, 2 x 40 WRMS • Built-in preamplifier (mixer)

• Central power supply of the microphones • Dimensions: 430x88x260 mm (w/o device feet, w/o mounting brackets) • 482 mm (19", 2 RS) rack installation with supplied mounting brackets

CS-100CU

CS-100DU

Order No. 17.3990

Microphone station for hosts • Priority button • Built-in speaker • Connection for external recorders • Frequency range: 100-16,000 Hz • Power supply via main control unit CS-100MU • Matching microphones: CS-48DMG and CS-56DMG (page E79)

Order No. 17.4000

Microphone station for conference delegates • Built-in speaker • Connection for external recorders • Frequency range: 100-16,000 Hz • Power supply via main control unit CS-100MU • Matching microphones: CS-48DMG and CS-56DMG (page E79)

PA Technology 2013

E 77

Conference Systems Every Voice Counts! With the CS-200 system, MONACOR offers a professional solution for conferences with up to 1,000 delegates. The system can be integrated into existing PA systems without any problems. Beside the particularly easy and convenient operation for the chairperson and delegates, the CS-200 system impresses by an exceptionally clear voice reproduction. The modern design is both unobtrusive and elegant. The system supports the use of cameras which allows to manage even larger events and ensures that they run smoothly and efficiently. The individual microphone stations are assiged to camera positions, thus the delegates are able to see the speaker at all times. The voting function is a further feature of the CS-200 conference system which completes this impressive solution for conferences.

CS-200MU Order No. 17.4060

Main control unit for conference system CS-200 The CS-200MU allows to set up a system with up to 1,000 microphone stations, a voting function and to integrate a camera. • For up to 1,000 microphone stations and 10 hosts • Voting function with 5 selection buttons • Video interface for transmitting the name of the speaker, the voting results and a camera image • Adjustable discussion modes, e.g. number of simultaneous speakers, sole activation for the chairperson • Large multi-purpose LCD at the unit • Addressing of microphone stations for an easy administration • Automatic connection detection • Automatic deactivation of unused microphones • Storing of the settings

CS-200CU

CS-200DU

Order No. 17.4070

Order No. 17.4080

Desktop microphone station for hosts • Priority button • Built-in speaker • LCD • Voting function via 5 selection buttons • 5 multi-purpose control buttons • Connection facility for external recorder and for headphones with volume control, available at option • Power supply via main control unit

E 78

PA Technology 2013

• • • • • •

Echo suppression Test function for the connected microphone stations Activation and deactivation of voice circuits as required Central power supply of the microphones Plug-and-play solution for a quick set-up Extensive PC software for an easy configuration

Further specifications on the units and matching installation accessories, e.g. connection cables and extension cables can be found at www.monacor.com

Desktop microphone station for conference delegates • Built-in speaker • LCD • Voting function via 5 selection buttons • Connection facility for external recroder and for headphones with volume control, available at option • Power supply via main control unit

CS-200DUB Order No. 17.4090

Desktop microphone station for conference delegates • Built-in speaker • Voting function via 5 selection buttons • Connection facility for external recorder and for headphones with volume control, available at option • Power supply via main control unit

CS-200CUF

CS-200DUF

Order No. 17.4100

Order No. 17.4110

Desk-mount microphone station for hosts • Priority button • Voting function via 5 selection buttons • Connection facility for external recorder and for headphones with volume control, available at option • Power supply via main control unit • Dimensions: 320x43x87 mm • Required mounting cutout: 292x27 mm

Desk-mount microphone station for conference delegates • Voting function via 5 selection buttons • Connection facility for external recorder and for headphones with volume control, available at option • Power supply via main control unit • Dimensions: 320x43x87 mm • Required mounting cutout: 292x27 mm

Model System Frequency range Impedance Sensitivity Max. SPL Power supply Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Connection

CONFERENCE SYSTEM

Conference Systems

CS-48EMG Order No. 17.4040

CS-56EMG Order No. 17.4050

Gooseneck microphones • Red lighting ring • Cardioid characteristic • 5-pole DIN plug • Matching microphone stations: CS-100CU, CS-100DU, CS-200CU, CS-200DU, CS-200DUB, CS-200CUF and CS-200DUF CS-48EMG = total length: 48 cm CS-56EMG = total length: 56 cm

CS-48EMG electret, cardioid 100-16,000 Hz 1,000 Ω 70 mV/Pa/1 kHz 126 dB 12-18 V‡, via microphone station 0-40 °C ø 11/30 mm x 480 mm 105 g 5-pole DIN plug

CS-56EMG electret, cardioid 100-16,000 Hz 1,000 Ω 70 mV/Pa/1 kHz 126 dB 12-18 V‡, via microphone station 0-40 °C ø 11/30 mm x 560 mm 145 g 5-pole DIN plug

CS-200CCD Order No. 17.4140

High-speed colour dome camera for conference system CS-200 • Zoom lens: 3.4-102 mm • 30-fold optical zoom, 12-fold digital zoom • Wide dynamic range (WDR) • Automatic white balance • Backlight compensation (BLC) • Analogue video output • Additional network compatibility with compression methods H.264 and MJPEG • Multilingual on-screen menu (OSD) • 360° pan (endless), -10° to +190° tilt • Auto pan function and cruise function • Matching main control unit: CS-200MU • Matching camera control unit: CS-200CCDC

Model Image sensor Number of pixels Resolution Lens Min. illumination Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions Weight Other features

CS-200CCD 6.35 mm (∑") CCD, SONY hor. 720 x vert. 576 650 lines 3.4-102 mm 0.1 lx (colour) 0.01 lx (B/W) 0-40 °C 24 V~/12 V‡/20 W ø 131mm x 226mm 1.6 kg AGC, BLC, RS-485

CS-200CCDC Order No. 17.4160

Camera control unit for high-speed dome camera CS-200CCD • Operation via 8 control buttons • LCD • 128 positions can be stored for each camera • 4 cameras can be connected • USB data interface • Power supply via supplied PSU • Connections: - 4 x BNC input - 6 x BNC output - 1 x RS232/RS485 (input of the main control unit) - 1 x RS232/RS485 (output to the camera)

• Power supply: 20 V‡/6 A via supplied PSU • 482 mm (19", 2 RS) rack installation with supplied mounting brackets • Dimensions: 432x88x165 mm (without brackets and device feet) • Weight: 3 kg • Matching main control unit: CS-200MU • Matching camera: CS-200CCD

Further products for the conference systems as well as additional information can be found on our website www.monacor.com

PA Technology 2013

E 79

KNOW-HOW: Arrangement of Ceiling Speakers Arrangement of Ceiling Speakers When installing speakers into a ceiling, the question frequently arises where to place the speakers and at what distance. "WHERE" can easily be answered, always where people are staying.

The answer regarding the distance is not as easy. The shorter the distance of the speakers, the lower the individual power can be selected, which will result in a more uniform sound distribution. Supposed that the persons are sitting down, an average height of the ears of approx. 1.3 m will be obtained. The basic distance can be determined with the following general rule.

Speaker distance = 2 x (H â&#x20AC;&#x201C;1.3 m) H = ceiling height With a ceiling height of 4 m, we get a distance of 2 x (4 m â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1.3 m) = 5.4 m

The actual distance depends on the basic volume in the room. In a quiet environment a distance which is by 50 % larger can be selected, that is approx. 8 m.

quiet

KNOW-HOW Example of a speaker arrangement for a quiet and a loud environment.

E 80

PA Technology 2013

loud

KNOW-HOW: Flush-mounted Ceiling Speakers Item EDL-22 EDL-33 EDL-82/WS EDL-84/WS EDL-204 EDL-35 EDL-150/WS EDL-206 EDL-165C/WS EDL-24 EDL-25 EDL-155 EDL-603 EDL-605 EDL-606 EDL-612 EDL-620 EDL-36TW EDL-156 EDL-26 EDL-68/WS EDL-36C/WS EDL-158 EDL-8 EDL-35AB/WS EDL-35ABC/WS EDL-11 (TW / SW) EDL-38TW EDL-224AB EDL-250C EDL-10 (TW) EDL-28 EDL-65TW ESP-15/WS SPE-15/WS ESP-17/WS SPE-17/WS ESP-22/WS SPE-22/WS ESP-32/WS SPE-32/WS SPE-70/WS SPE-72/WS SPE-82/… SPE-110P/… SPE-24 CRB-130/WS CRB-230/WS SPE-130/WS SPE-140/WS SPE-230/WS SPE-15F/WS SPE-25 SPE-150/WS SPE-158/WS CRB-265/WS SPE-165/WS SPE-265/WS SPE-26 SPE-16F/WS CRB-165/WS SPE-254/WS SPE-264/WS SPE-284/WS

Power rating 6/3W 6 / 3 / 1.5 W 6 / 3 / 1.5 W 6/3W 20 / 15 / 10 / 5 / 2.5 W 6 / 3 / 1.5 W 10 / 5 / 2.5 / 1.25 / 0.625 W 20 / 15 / 10 / 5 / 2.5 W 2 x 6 / 3 / 1.5 W 6 / 3 / 1.5 W 6 / 3 / 1.5 W 15 / 10 / 5 / 2.5 / 1.25 W 3 / 1.5 / 1 / 0.75 W 6/3W 6 / 3 / 1.5 W 12 / 6 / 3 W 20 / 10 / 5 W 10 / 5 / 2.5 W 15 / 10 / 5 / 2.5 / 1.25 W 10 / 5 / 2.5 / 1.25 W 6/3W 10 / 5 / 2.5 W 15 / 10 / 5 / 2.5 / 1.25 W 10 / 6 / 4 / 2 W 2 x 6 / 3 / 1.5 W 2 x 6 / 3 / 1.5 W 10 / 6 / 4 / 2 W 10 / 5 / 2.5 W 2 x 6 / 3 / 1.5 W 6 / 3 / 1.5 W 10 / 6 / 4 / 2 W 10 / 5 / 2.5 / 1.25 W 30 / 15 / 7.5 W 15 / 7.5 / 4 / 2 / 1 W 25 W (50 W max.) 15 / 7.5 / 4 / 5 / 1 W 30 W (60 W max.) 20 / 15 / 10 / 5 / 2.5 W 40 W (80 W max.) 30 / 15 / 7.5 / 4 / 2 W 50 W (100 W max.) 20 W (40 W max.) 20 W (40 W max.) 6 W (12 W max.) 10 W (30W max.) 20 W (40 W max.) 20 W (40 W max.) 25 W (50 W max.) 20 W (40 W max.) 10 W (20 W max.) 25 W (50 W max.) 15 W (30 W max.) 20 W (40 W max.) 15 W (30 W max.) 15 W (30 W max.) 30 W (60 W max.) 25 W (50 W max.) 30 W (60 W max.) 20 W (40 W max.) 15 W (30 W max.) 25 W (50 W max.) 40 W (80 W max.) 45 W (90 W max.) 50 W (100 W max.)

Connection 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 8 ohms 100 V 8 ohms 100 V 8 ohms 100 V 8 ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms 8 ohms 8 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms 4 ohms

Outside Ø 83 mm 105 mm 100 mm 103 mm 132 mm 135 mm 150 mm 180 mm 167 mm 170 mm 205 mm 202 mm 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 226 mm 230 mm 220 mm 230 mm 250 mm 252 mm 245 mm 245 mm 269 mm 267 mm 252 mm 252 mm 262 mm 275 mm 280 mm 220 x 146 mm 220 x 146 mm 300 x 214 mm 300 x 214 mm 306 x 220 mm 306 x 220 mm 358 x 256 mm 358 x 226 mm 90 mm 90 mm 100 mm 132 mm 132 mm 150 mm 150 mm 150 mm 140 mm 150 mm 150 mm 150 mm 153 mm 153 mm 180 mm 180 mm 180 mm 182 mm 181 mm 180 mm 224 mm 226 mm 250 mm

Mounting Ø 73 mm 90 mm 92 mm 92 mm 104 mm 110 mm 120 mm 132 mm 140 – 150 mm 142 mm 165 mm 165 mm 180 mm 180 mm 180 mm 180 mm 180 mm 190 mm 190 mm 200 mm 200 mm 207 mm 210 mm 220 mm 220 mm 220 mm 225 mm 230 mm 230 mm 230 mm 235 mm 240 mm 260 mm 190 x 115 mm 190 x 115 mm 270 x 185 mm 270 x 185 mm 275 x 190 mm 275 x 190 mm 330 x 225 mm 330 x 225 mm 73 mm 73 mm 92 mm 101 mm 103 mm 110 mm 110 mm 110 mm 110 mm 110 mm 111 mm 113 mm 120 mm 120 mm 133 mm 133 mm 133 mm 134 mm 134 mm 135 mm 165 mm 190 mm 210 mm

Mounting depth 67 mm 110 mm 96 mm 80 mm 118 mm 110 mm 70 mm 130 mm 90 mm 60 mm 60 mm 95 mm 60 mm 50 mm 60 mm 60 mm 65 mm 110 mm 85 mm 75 mm 65 mm 120 mm 85 mm 80 mm 120 mm 130 mm 110 mm 120 mm 42 mm 42 mm 85 mm 75 mm 175 mm 70 mm 70 mm 90 mm 90 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 37 mm 37 mm 57 mm 40 mm 60 mm 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 30 mm 50 mm 25 mm 60 mm 34 mm 34 mm 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm 65 mm 25 mm 60 mm 68 mm 71 mm 85 mm

R K M K K K M M K M K K K M M M M M M K K M M K K M M M M M M M K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K M K K K M M K K K K K K K K K

F K M M M K M M K M M M K M M M M M M K M M M K M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M K K M K K K K K M K K K M M K K K K K K K K K

KNOW-HOW

List of PA flush-mounted ceiling speakers, sorted by mounting dimensions

Legend: R = frame F = front grille K = plastic M = metal Important Note: The dimensions may deviate. Ceiling cutouts should not be made prior to receiving the speakers.

PA Technology 2013

E 81

100 V Ceiling Speakers according to EN 54-24

EDL-224ABC Order No. 16.0100

PA A/B ceiling speaker, with EN 54-24 certification. For systems with A/B speaker distribution according to EN 60849. Thus, ideally suited for smaller PA applications due to the cost-effective reduction of the ceiling cutouts required. • 100 V line technique • Full range speaker with a very high efficiency and high maximum volume level • Metal housing • Fire protection cover • Quick mounting facility • 3 power taps via push terminals

EN 54-24

EN 60849

EDL-250C/WS Order No. 16.0110

PA ceiling speaker, with EN 54-24 certification. • 100 V line technique • Full range speaker with a very high efficiency and high maximum volume level • Metal housing • Fire protection cover • Quick mounting facility • 3 power taps via push terminals

EN 54-24

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

EDL-224ABC 75-20,000 Hz 2 x 6/2 x 3/2 x 1.5 WRMS 92 dB 100 dB 2 x 100 ø 230 mm 110 mm 0-40 °C ø 252 mm x 115 mm 1.7 kg

EN 60849

EDL-165C/WS Order No. 16.0090

PA ceiling speaker, with EN 54-24 certification. • 100 V line technique • Full range speaker with a high efficiency • Metal housing • Fire protection cover • Quick mounting facility • 3 power taps via push terminals

EN 54-24

E 82

EN 60849

PA Technology 2013

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

EDL-165C/WS 80-19,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 93 dB 101 dB 130 ø 150 mm 90 mm 0-40 °C ø 170 mm x 95 mm 1 kg

EDL-250C/WS 70-19,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 98 dB 106 dB 200 ø 230 mm 110 mm 0-40 °C ø 252 mm x 110 mm 1.5 kg

100 V Ceiling Speakers according to EN 54-24

EDL-36C/WS Order No. 16.2980

EN 54-24

SPEAKERS

PA ceiling speaker, with EN 54-24 certification. • Flush-mount speaker, 100 V line technique • For evacuation systems according to EN 60849 and DIN VDE 0833-4 • 16 cm full range speaker • Fire protection cover • Robust metal housing and metal grille • Service-friendly spring mechanism • 3 power taps via ceramic connection terminal with thermal fuse • Suitable for a ceiling thickness from 10 to 20 mm due to adjustable clamping device

EN 60849

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

EDL-36C/WS 170-20,000 Hz 10/5/2.5 WRMS 93 dB 100 dB ø 207 mm 120 mm 0-40 °C 230 mm x 130 mm 1.78 kg

EDL-35ABC/WS Order No. 16.2970

PA A/B ceiling speaker, with EN 54-24 certification. • Flush-mount speaker, 100 V line technique • For evacuation systems with A/B speaker distribution according to EN 60849 and DIN VDE 0833-4 • 2 separate full range speakers, each with its own transformer • Fire protection cover • Robust metal housing and metal grille • Service-friendly spring mechanism • 3 power taps via ceramic connection terminal with thermal fuse • Suitable for a ceiling thickness from 10 to 20 mm due to adjustable clamping device

EN 54-24

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

EN 60849

EDL-35ABC/WS 130-20,000 Hz 2 x 6/2 x 3/2 x 1.5 WRMS 88 dB 95 dB 2 x oval, 60x110 mm ø 220 mm 130 mm 0-40 °C 245 mm x 130 mm 2.25 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 83

100 V Wall Speakers according to EN 54-24

ESP-62/WS Order No. 16.3030

PA wall speaker, with EN 54-24 certification. • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with 3 power taps • Full range speaker with an excellent sound quality and a clear voice reproduction • Plastic cabinet of a special design (open rear panel) with protective metal grille • Due to balanced design, horizontal and vertical mounting possible • Supplied with mounting screws and screw head covers

EN 54-24

Plastic

ESP-50AB/WS Order No. 16.0120

PA A/B wall speaker, with EN 54-24 certification for evacuation systems with A/B speaker distribution according to EN 60849 and DIN VDE 0833-4. • 100 V line technique • 2 separate full range speakers (10 cm), each with its own transformer 6/3/1.5 W • Connection via 2 spring-loaded terminals inside the cabinet • Wooden cabinet with protective metal grille • Easy wall mounting via supplied metal bracket and mounting accessories EN 54-24

EN 60849

Wood

ESP-50EN/WS Order No. 16.0260

PA wall speaker, with EN 54-24 certification. • 100 V line technique • Full range speaker (13 cm) • Suitable for voice and music transmissions • Connection via spring-loaded terminal inside the cabinet • Wooden cabinet with protective metal grille • Easy wall mounting via supplied mounting bracket and mounting accessories

EN 54-24 Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 84

PA Technology 2013

Wood ESP-62/WS 100-19,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 93 dB 101 dB 130 0-40 °C 240x330x85 mm 1.6 kg

ESP-50AB/WS 120-20,000 Hz 2 x 6/2 x 3/2 x 1.5 WRMS 92 dB 99 dB 2 x 100 0-40 °C 265x165x90 mm 2.1 kg

ESP-50EN/WS 100-19,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 93 dB 100 dB 130 0-40 °C 265x165x90 mm 1.8 kg

100 V Speakers according to EN 54-24

ESP-35AB/WS Order No. 16.2910

EN 54-24

SPEAKERS

PA A/B wall and ceiling speaker, with EN 54-24 certification. • Surface-mount version, 100 V line technique • For evacuation systems with A/B speaker distribution according to EN 60849 and DIN VDE 0833-4 • 2 separate full range speakers, each with its own transformer • Robust metal housing and metal grille • Service-friendly due to spring mechanism • 3 power taps via ceramic connection terminal with thermal fuse • Mounting with metal bracket and subsequent spring suspension of the speaker unit EN 60849

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

ESP-35AB/WS 180-20,000 Hz 2 x 6/2 x 3/2 x 1.5 WRMS 88 dB 95 dB 2 x oval, 60x110 mm 0-40 °C ø 280 mm x 87 mm 1.55 kg

IT-32EN Order No. 16.0020

IT-15EN Order No. 16.0230

Weatherproof horn speakers, with EN 54-24 certification. • 100 V line technique • IP66 tested • Light grey ABS housing (self-extinguishing, corresponds to the standard UL 94V-0) • Cable inlet via high-strength cable gland • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications • Integrated high-pass filter for optimising the sound and stability • Supplied with mounting bracket EN 54-24 UL 94V-0 ABS Weather

Model Power rating Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Radiation angle (hor./vert.) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature

IT-32EN 30/15/7.5 WRMS 350-10,000 Hz 110 dB 110°/55° -40 °C to +80 °C 180x120x230 mm 2.2 kg IP66, self-extinguishing ABS

IT-15EN 15/7.5/3.75 WRMS 350-10,000 Hz 110 dB 110°/55° -40 °C to +80 °C 180x120x230 mm 2.2 kg IP66, self-extinguishing ABS

PA Technology 2013

E 85

100 V A/B Speakers

EDL-35AB/WS Order No. 16.2900

PA A/B ceiling speaker • Flush-mount version for systems with A/B speaker distribution according to EN 60849 • Mounting with metal bracket and subsequent spring suspension of the speaker unit • 2 separate full range speakers, each with its own transformer • Robust metal housing and metal grille • Service-friendly due to spring mechanism • 3 power taps via ceramic connection terminal with thermal fuse • Suitable for a ceiling thickness from 10 to 30 mm due to adjustable clamping device EN 60849 Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

EDL-35AB/WS 140-20,000 Hz 2 x 6/2 x 3/2 x 1.5 WRMS 88 dB 95 dB 2 x oval, 60x110 mm ø 220 mm 120 mm 0-40 °C 245 mm x 125 mm 1.45 kg

ESP-78AB/WS Order No. 16.2760

ESP-76AB/WS Order No. 16.2750

PA A/B wall speakers, for systems with A/B speaker distribution according to EN 60849. • 100 V line technique • ESP-78AB/WS: 2 separate oval coaxial speakers (10x15 cm), each with its own transformer 20/10/5 W • ESP-76AB/WS: 2 separate oval full range speakers (10x15 cm), each with its own transformer 10/6/4 W • Connection via 2 spring-loaded terminals inside the cabinet • Wooden cabinet with protective metal grille • Easy wall mounting via supporting plate EN 60849 Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Type of speaker Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 86

PA Technology 2013

Wood ESP-78AB/WS 120-20,000 Hz 20/10/5 WRMS 100/150 0-40 °C 300x200x90 mm 3.6 kg

ESP-76AB/WS 120-12,000 Hz 10/6/4 WRMS 100/150 0-40 °C 300x200x90 mm 2.8 kg

SPEAKERS

100 V Ceiling Speakers

EDL-65TW Order No. 16.2220

Movable PA ceiling speaker • 100 V line technique • High power rating with 30 W max. • High-quality 2-way coaxial speaker system with 2-way crossover network • Dome tweeter • The complete speaker part can be moved for optimising the stereophonic effect • Plastic housing of superior design with metal grille • Plastic material of ABS and self-extinguishing according to UL 94V-0 • For a ceiling thickness from 9 to 35 mm

ABS Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

UL 94V-0 EDL-65TW 50-20,000 Hz 30/15/7.5 WRMS 180 ø 260 mm x 165 mm 165 mm 0-40 °C ø 280 mm x 175 mm 2.4 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 87

100 V Ceiling Speakers

EDL-38TW Order No. 16.2080

EDL-36TW Order No. 16.2070

PA ceiling speakers, for a high safety level in case of a fire. • 100 V line technique • Additional integrated tweeter • Fire protection cover • Metal housing with fitted ceramic terminal • Thermal fuse 1 A/150 °C for disconnecting a faulty speaker in case of a short circuit (fire), so that the function of one speaker line is maintained • 3-step power selector switch • Earth connection • Glass fibre insulated supply line with high-strength cable gland • Quick-mounting facility • For a ceiling thickness from 2 to 40 mm

Metal

Tweeter

Fire

EDL-35 Order No. 16.2060

EDL-33 Order No. 16.2050

PA ceiling speakers, for a high safety level in case of a fire. • 100 V line technique • Fire protection cover • Metal housing with fitted ceramic terminal

Metal

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 88

Fire

EDL-38TW 140-17,000 Hz 10/5/2.5 WRMS 200 ø 230 mm x 120 mm 100 mm 0-40 °C ø 267 mm x 115 mm 1.8 kg

PA Technology 2013

• Thermal fuse 1A/150 °C for disconnecting a faulty speaker in case of a short circuit (fire), so that the function of one speaker line is maintained • 3-step power selector switch • Earth connection • Glass fibre insulated supply line with high-strength cable gland • Quick-mounting facility • For a ceiling thickness from 2 to 15 mm

EDL-36TW 150-20,000 Hz 10/5/2.5 WRMS 165 ø 190 mm x 110 mm 90 mm 0-40 °C ø 200 mm x 100 mm 1.5 kg

EDL-35 50-18,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 100 ø 110 mm x 110 mm 95 mm 0-40 °C ø 135 mm x 100 mm 760 g

EDL-33 100-15,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 75 ø 90 mm x 110 mm 95 mm 0-40 °C ø 105 mm x 100 mm 650 g

100 V Ceiling Speakers

EDL-11TW Order No. 16.1210

SPEAKERS

EDL-11TW/SI Order No. 16.2740

EDL-11TW/SW Order No. 16.2410

PA ceiling speakers • 100 V line technique • White, silver or black metal housing • Including fire protection cover for a high safety level • Additional integrated tweeter • Quick mounting facility • For a ceiling thickness from 3 to 20 mm

Metal

Tweeter

Fire

The corresponding radiation angles can be found on our website www.monacor.com

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

EDL-11TW 60-20,000 Hz 10/5/2.5 WRMS 200 ø 225 mm x 110 mm 105 mm 0-40 °C ø 264 mm x 120 mm 1.6 kg

EDL-11TW/SI 60-20,000 Hz 10/5/2.5 WRMS 200 ø 225 mm x 110 mm 105 mm 0-40 °C ø 264 mm x 120 mm 1.6 kg

EDL-11TW/SW 60-20,000 Hz 10/5/2.5 WRMS 200 ø 225 mm x 110 mm 105 mm 0-40 °C ø 264 mm x 120 mm 1.6 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 89

100 V Ceiling Speakers

EDL-158 Order No. 16.2930

EDL-156 Order No. 16.1910

EDL-155 Order No. 16.2920

Weatherproof PA ceiling speakers, heatresistant up to 100 °C. For applications in saunas and swimming pool areas. • 100 V line technique • 2-way system with dome tweeter • Excellent sound • White plastic housing • Weatherproof speaker cone • Tested according to ASTM B117 (400 h salt spray test) • For a ceiling thickness from 2 to 25 mm Plastic

Weather

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

Heat

EDL-158 50-16,000 Hz 15/10/5/2.5/1.25 WRMS 89 dB 101 dB 200 ø 210 mm 85 mm -20 °C to +100 °C ø 250 mm x 96 mm 1.14 kg

EDL-8 Order No. 16.1070

PA ceiling speaker • 100V line technique • 20cm (8") full range speaker • Plastic housing with protective metal grille • For a ceiling thickness from 10 to 43 mm

ABS

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 90

EDL-8 60-14,000 Hz 10/6/4/2 WRMS 200 ø 220 mm 68 mm 0-40 °C ø 252 mm x 80 mm 1 kg

PA Technology 2013

EDL-156 60-20,000 Hz 15/10/5/2.5/1.25 WRMS 88 dB 100 dB 180 ø 190 mm 75 mm -20 °C to +100 °C ø 226 mm x 100 mm 1.1 kg

EDL-155 70-18,000 Hz 15/10/5/2.5/1.25 WRMS 87 dB 99 dB 130 ø 165 mm 95 mm -20 °C to +100 °C ø 202 mm x 100 mm 1.05 kg

100 V Ceiling Speakers

EDL-28 Order No. 16.1460

SPEAKERS

EDL-26 Order No. 16.1450

EDL-25 Order No. 16.1440

EDL-24 Order No. 16.1430

PA ceiling speakers • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with power taps • Full range speaker with dual cone • Plastic housing with protective metal grille • Plastic material of ABS and self-extinguishing according to UL 94V-0 • For a ceiling thickness from 10 to 40 mm

ABS

UL 94V-0

The corresponding radiation angles can be found on our website www.monacor.com

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

EDL-28 60-14,000 Hz 10/5/2.5/1.25 WRMS 91 dB 100 dB 200 ø 240 mm 75 mm 0-40 °C ø 275 mm x 90 mm 1.2 kg

EDL-26 80-14,000 Hz 10/5/2.5/1.25 WRMS 86 dB 95 dB 165 ø 200 mm 75 mm 0-40 °C ø 230 mm x 85 mm 910 g

EDL-25 100-14,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 87 dB 94 dB 130 ø 165 mm 60 mm 0-40 °C ø 205 mm x 70 mm 830 g

EDL-24 100-14,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 87 dB 94 dB 100 ø 142 mm 60 mm 0-40 °C ø 170 mm x 70 mm 750 g

PA Technology 2013

E 91

100 V Ceiling Speakers

EDL-10TW Order No. 16.1200

PA ceiling speaker, with additional integrated tweeter. • 100 V line technique • Metal housing • Quick mounting facility • For a ceiling thickness from 10 to 40 mm

Metal

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

Tweeter

EDL-10TW 50-20,000 Hz 10/6/4/2 WRMS 200 ø 235 mm 95 mm 0-40 °C ø 262 mm x 101 mm 1.5 kg

EDL-68/WS Order No. 16.2340

PA ceiling speaker, with special 2-step mounting. • 100 V line technique • Snap-in mounting • For a ceiling thickness from 1 to 30 mm • 2-way coaxial speaker • Wide frequency range • Robust metal version (basket and protective grille) • Speaker additionally secured by a safety rope

Metal

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 92

EDL-68/WS 100-19,000 Hz 6/3 WRMS 165 ø 200 mm 65 mm 0-40 °C ø 220 mm x 65 mm 1.275 kg

PA Technology 2013

For mounting this PA ceiling speaker, the mounting frame is attached to the ceiling cutout at first via the snap-in system. Then, the speaker is inserted into the frame with a bayonet-type locking. A safety rope provides additional safety.

100 V Ceiling Speakers

EDL-620 Order No. 16.2590

SPEAKERS

PA ceiling speaker • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with power taps • Extra high maximum tapping power • For a ceiling thickness from 5 to 22 mm • Full range speaker, type 180 • Robust metal version (basket and protective grille)

Metal

EDL-612 Order No. 16.1810

EDL-606 Order No. 16.1800

EDL-603 Order No. 16.3110

PA ceiling speakers • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with power taps • For a ceiling thickness from 5 to 22 mm • Full range speaker, type 180 • A more powerful reproduction of the range of fundamental notes • Robust metal version (basket and protective grille)

Metal

EDL-605 Order No. 16.2560

PA ceiling speaker • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with power taps • For a ceiling thickness from 5 to 22 mm • Full range speaker, type 130, in a basket for 180 mm cutouts • Improved omnidirectional radiation of the upper vocal range • Robust metal version (basket and protective grille)

Metal Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

EDL-620 100-20,000 Hz 20/10/5 WRMS 180 ø 180 mm 65 mm 0-40 °C ø 200 mm x 65 mm 900 g

EDL-612 100-20,000 Hz 12/6/3 WRMS 180 ø 180 mm 60 mm 0-40 °C ø 200 mm x 60 mm 750 g

EDL-606 100-20,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 180 ø 180 mm 65 mm 0-40 °C ø 200 mm x 60 mm 700 g

EDL-603 100-20,000 Hz 3/1.5/1/0.75 WRMS 180 ø 180 mm 60 mm 0-40 °C ø 200 mm x 60 mm 700 g

EDL-605 110-15,000 Hz 6/3 WRMS 130 ø 180 mm 46 mm 0-40 °C ø 200 mm x 54 mm 704 g

PA Technology 2013

E 93

100 V Ceiling Speakers

EDL-206 Order No. 16.1650

EDL-204 Order No. 16.1630

Weatherproof flush-mount PA speakers • 100 V line technique • Full range speaker with dual cone, perfect sound characteristics • Splashproof due to white one-piece plastic design, high-quality polypropylene cone with rubber surround • For indoor and outdoor applications • Supplied with stainless steel mounting screws

ABS

Weather

EDL-150/WS Order No. 16.1220

PA ceiling speaker • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with 5 power taps • Full range speaker with dual cone • Metal housing with white, fixed protective metal grille

Metal

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 94

PA Technology 2013

EDL-206 85-18,000 Hz 20/15/10/5/2.5 WRMS 180 ø 132 mm 110 mm -10 °C to +40 °C ø 180 mm x 130 mm 900 g

EDL-204 100-18,000 Hz 20/15/10/5/2.5 WRMS 100 ø 104 mm 102 mm -10 °C to +40 °C ø 132 mm x 118 mm 820 g

EDL-150/WS 100-12,000 Hz 10/5/2.5/1.25/0.625 WRMS 130 ø 120 mm 75 mm -20 °C to +55 °C ø 150 mm x 75 mm 730 g

100 V Ceiling Speakers

EDL-84/WS Order No. 16.2350

SPEAKERS

PA ceiling speaker • 100V line technique • White cover • Similar design to standard flush-mount halogen lights • Suitable for speech and background music • Quick mounting facility • Plastic housing with protective metal grille • Plastic material of ABS, not self-extinguishing like EDL-82/WS • For a ceiling thickness from 2 to 14 mm

ABS

EDL-82/WS Order No. 16.1490

PA ceiling speaker • 100 V line technique • White cover • Similar design to standard flush-mount halogen lights • Suitable for speech and background music, very consistent frequency response • Quick mounting facility • Plastic housing with protective metal grille • Plastic material of ABS and self-extinguishing according to UL 94V-0 • For a ceiling thickness from 2 to 14 mm ABS Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

UL 94V-0 EDL-84/WS 200-19,000 Hz 6/3 WRMS 86 dB 94 dB ø 92 mm 80 mm 0-40 °C ø 103 mm 420 g

EDL-82/WS 200-20,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 86 dB 94 dB ø 92 mm 96 mm 0-40 °C ø 100 mm 635 g

EDL-22/WS Order No. 16.2770

PA ceiling speaker, small and compact design, with a very wide bandwidth reproduction. • 100 V line technique • Quick-mounting facility • White plastic housing • For a ceiling thickness from 2 to 10 mm ABS Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

EDL-22/WS 130-20,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 50 ø 73 mm x 75 mm 67 mm 0-40 °C ø 83 mm x 70 mm 320 g

PA Technology 2013

E 95

100 V Ceiling Speakers

ESP-32/WS Order No. 16.1680

ESP-22/WS Order No. 16.1670

ESP-17/WS Order No. 16.1660

ESP-15/WS Order No. 16.1550

PA hi-fi wall and ceiling speakers • 100 V line technique, 2-way version with dome tweeter (movable with ESP-22/WS and ESP-32/WS) • Plastic housing with protective metal grille • Plastic material of ABS and self-extinguishing according to UL 94V-0 • Excellent sound characteristics • For a wall thickness/ceiling thickness from 8 to 35 mm ABS

UL 94V-0

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

The corresponding radiation angles can be found on our website www.monacor.com

Tweeter ESP-32/WS 40-20,000 Hz 30/15/7.5/4/2 WRMS 200 330x225 mm 90 mm 0-40 °C 358x256x100 mm 3.1 kg

ESP-22/WS 50-20,000 Hz 20/15/10/5/2.5 WRMS 165 275x190 mm 90 mm 0-40 °C 306x220x100 mm 2.6 kg

ESP-17/WS 55-20,000 Hz 15/7.5/4/2/1 WRMS 130 270x185 mm 80 mm 0-40 °C 300x214x90 mm 1.9 kg

ESP-15/WS 60-20,000 Hz 15/7.5/4/2/1 WRMS 100 115x190 mm 61 mm 0-40 °C 146x220x70 mm 1.3 kg

SPE-22/WS 50-20,000 Hz 51 Hz 80 WMAX, 40 WRMS 88 dB 104 dB 165 275x190 mm 77 mm 0-40 °C 306x220x87 mm 2 kg

SPE-17/WS 55-20,000 Hz 59 Hz 60 WMAX, 30 WRMS 87 dB 103 dB 130 270x185 mm 65 mm 0-40 °C 300x214x75 mm 1.4 kg

SPE-15/WS 60-20,000 Hz 90 Hz 50 WMAX, 25 WRMS 87 dB 102 dB 100 115x190 mm 61 mm 0-40 °C 146x220x70 mm 0.83 kg

SPE-32/WS Order No. 10.5630

SPE-22/WS Order No. 10.5620

SPE-17/WS Order No. 10.5610

SPE-15/WS Order No. 10.5600

Hi-fi wall and ceiling speakers, 8 Ω • 2-way version with dome tweeter (movable with SPE-17/WS, SPE-22/WS and SPE-32/WS) • Plastic housing with protective metal grille • Plastic material of ABS and self-extinguishing according to UL 94V-0 • Excellent sound characteristics • For a wall thickness/ceiling thickness from 8 to 35mm ABS

UL 94V-0

Model Frequency range Resonant frequency (fs) Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 96

PA Technology 2013

Tweeter

SPE-32/WS 40-20,000 Hz 37 Hz 100 WMAX, 50 WRMS 89 dB 106 dB 200 330x225 mm 87 mm 0-40 °C 358x256x97 mm 2.2 kg

Low-impedance Ceiling Speakers

SPE-284/WS Order No. 10.5520

SPEAKERS

SPE-264/WS Order No. 10.4900

SPE-254/WS Order No. 10.5510

Weatherproof pairs of PA ceiling speakers, heat-resistant up to 100 °C. For applications in saunas and swimming pool areas. • 2-way system with dome tweeter • Excellent sound • White plastic housing • Weatherproof speaker cone • Tested according to ASTM B117 (400 h salt spray test) • For a ceiling thickness from 2 to 25 mm • Spring-loaded speaker terminals

Plastic

Weather

Model Frequency range Power capability, 4 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

Tweeter

Heat

SPE-284/WS 45-20,000Hz 100WMAX, 50WRMS 89dB 104dB 200 ø 210mm 85mm -20 °C to +100 °C ø 250mm x 96mm 0.95kg

SPE-264/WS 60-20,000Hz 90WMAX, 45WRMS 88dB 103dB 165 ø 190mm 71mm -20 °C to +100 °C ø 226mm x 100mm 0.9kg

SPE-254/WS 65-20,000Hz 80WMAX, 40WRMS 87dB 102dB 130 ø 165mm 68mm -20 °C to +100 °C ø 224mm x 82mm 0.86kg

SPE-110P/SW Order No. 16.2530

SPE-110P/WS Order No. 16.2540

Weatherproof flush-mount speakers, 30WMAX, 4Ω, heat-resistant up to 120 °C. For saunas and swimming pool areas, as well as other areas where a reliable operation at high temperatures must be ensured. • Black (SW) or white (WS) plastic housing • Plastic material of ABS and self-extinguishing according to UL 94V-0 • Weatherproof speaker cone • Tested according to ASTM B117 (400h salt spray test)

ABS

UL 94V-0

Model Frequency range Resonant frequency (fs) Power capability, 4 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

Weather

Heat

SPE-110P/SW 180-18,000 Hz 250 Hz 30 WMAX, 15 WRMS 86 dB 130 ø 101 mm 40 mm -20 °C to +120 °C ø 132 mm 285 g

SPE-110P/WS 180-18,000 Hz 250 Hz 30 WMAX, 15 WRMS 86 dB 130 ø 101 mm 40 mm -20 °C to +120 °C ø 132 mm 285 g

PA Technology 2013

E 97

Low-impedance Ceiling Speakers

SPE-26/WS Order No. 16.2830

SPE-25/WS Order No. 16.2820

SPE-24/WS Order No. 16.2810

Weatherproof pairs of flush-mount PA speakers, with UV-stabilised plastic housing. For general use in car hi-fi or PA applications, on a terrace or a boat, in swimming pool areas. • 2-way coaxial system • White plastic housing • Weatherproof polypropylene speaker cone • Tested according to ASTM B117 (400 h salt spray test) • Low stray magnetic field • Supplied with stainless mounting accessories and connection cable Plastic

Weather

Tweeter SPE-26/WS 60-20,000 Hz 40 WMAX, 20 WRMS 89 dB 165 ø 134 mm 65 mm -20 °C to +50 °C ø 182 mm x 84 mm 686 g

Model Frequency range Power capability, 4 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

SPE-25/WS 70-20,000 Hz 40 WMAX, 20 WRMS 88 dB 130 ø 113 mm 60 mm -20 °C to +50 °C ø 150 mm x 75 mm 555 g

SPE-24/WS 80-20,000 Hz 40 WMAX, 20 WRMS 87 dB 100 ø 103 mm 60 mm -20 °C to +50 °C ø 132 mm x 70 mm 546 g

SPE-16F/WS Order No. 16.2850

SPE-15F/WS Order No. 16.2840

Weatherproof pairs of flush-mount PA speakers, with UV-stabilised plastic housing, slimline design. For general use in car hi-fi or PA applications, on a terrace or a boat, in swimming pool areas. • White plastic housing for mounting positions of low mounting depth • Weatherproof polypropylene speaker cone • Tested according to ASTM B117 (400 h salt spray test) • Low stray magnetic field • Supplied with stainless mounting accessories and connection cable Plastic

Weather

Model Frequency range Power capability, 4 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 98

PA Technology 2013

SPE-16F/WS 70-15,000 Hz 30 WMAX, 15 WRMS 87 dB 165 ø 134 mm 25 mm -20 °C to +50 °C ø 181 mm x 45 mm 315 g

SPE-15F/WS 80-16,000 Hz 30 WMAX, 15 WRMS 86 dB 130 ø 111 mm 25 mm -20 °C to +50 °C ø 150 mm x 45 mm 270 g

CRB-...65/WS SPE-...65/WS

SPEAKERS

Low-impedance Ceiling Speakers

CRB-...30/WS SPE-...30/WS

CRB-265/WS

CRB-165/WS

Order No. 13.0930

Order No. 13.0910

CRB-230/WS

CRB-130/WS

Order No. 13.0920

Order No. 13.0900

Pairs of flush-mount speakers, coaxial system, 4 Ω, tweeter with ferrofluid. Humidity-proof due to white one-piece plastic design and plastic cone, versatile use for car hi-fi, PA, terrace, boat.

Pairs of flush-mount speakers, with dual cone, 4 Ω. Humidity-proof due to white one-piece plastic design and plastic cone, versatile use for car hi-fi, PA, terrace, boat.

Plastic

Plastic Model Impedance Frequency range Music power Power rating Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Magnet Magnet weight Dimensions Weight

CRB-265/WS 4Ω 80-20,000 Hz 60 W 30 W 165 ø 133 mm 60 mm ø 80 mm 230 g ø 180 mm 0.8 kg

CRB-230/WS 4Ω 100-20,000 Hz 50 W 25 W 130 ø 110 mm 50 mm ø 70 mm 150 g ø 150 mm 0.5 kg

SPE-265/WS

CRB-165/WS 4Ω 80-10,000 Hz 50 W 25 W 165 ø 135 mm 60 mm ø 80 mm 230 g ø 180 mm 0.8 kg

CRB-...65/WS SPE-...65/WS

SPE-165/WS

Order No. 10.2690

Order No. 10.2670

SPE-230/WS

SPE-130/WS

Order No. 10.2700

Order No. 10.2680

Pairs of flush-mount speakers • 2-way coaxial system • Humidity-proof due to one-piece plastic design and plastic cone

Pairs of flush-mount full range speakers • Dual cone • Humidity-proof due to one-piece plastic design and plastic cone

Plastic

Plastic Model Frequency range Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

CRB-130/WS 4Ω 80-10,000 Hz 40 W 20 W 130 ø 110 mm 50 mm ø 70 mm 150 g ø 150 mm 0.5 kg

SPE-265/WS 80-20,000 Hz 60 WMAX, 30 WRMS 87 dB 165 ø 133 mm 60 mm ø 180 mm 0.8 kg

SPE-230/WS 100-20,000 Hz 50 WMAX, 25 WRMS 85 dB 130 ø 110 mm 50 mm 0-40 °C ø 150 mm 0.5 kg

SPE-165/WS 80-10,000 Hz 50 WMAX, 25 WRMS 87 dB 165 ø 133 mm 60 mm 0-40 °C ø 180 mm x 80 mm 800 g

SPE-130/WS 80-10,000 Hz 40 WMAX, 20 WRMS 85 dB 130 ø 110 mm 50 mm

CRB-...30/WS SPE-...30/WS

ø 150 mm x 66 mm 500 g

PA Technology 2013

E 99

Low-impedance Ceiling Speakers

SPE-150/WS Order No. 10.1620

SPE-158/WS Order No. 10.3150

Flush-mount full range speakers • Dual cone • Slimline design with fixed metal grille • Suitable for mounting into ceilings, walls and car doors

Metal

SPE-140/WS Order No. 10.4470

Flush-mount speaker, 20WMAX, 4Ω • Dual cone for a full range reproduction • Slimline design • Fixed metal grille • Suitable for indoor announcements and background music

Metal

Model Frequency range Power capability, 8 Ω Power capability, 4 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 100

SPE-150/WS 100-12,000 Hz 30 WMAX, 15 WRMS 89 dB 130 ø 120 mm 34 mm 0-40 °C ø 153 mm x 45 mm 500 g

PA Technology 2013

SPE-158/WS 100-12,000 Hz 30 WMAX, 15 WRMS 88 dB 130 ø 120 mm 34 mm 0-40 °C ø 153 mm x 45 mm 500 g

SPE-140/WS 120-12,000 Hz 20 WMAX, 10 WRMS 87 dB 130 ø 110 mm 30 mm 0-40 °C ø 140 mm x 40 mm 300 g

Low-impedance Ceiling Speakers

SPE-82/CR Order No. 16.1520

SPEAKERS

SPE-82/WS Order No. 16.1540

Small flush-mount speakers, 12 WMAX, 4 Ω • Chrome (CR) or white (WS) covers • Similar design to standard flush-mount halogen lights • Suitable for speech and background music, very consistent frequency response • Quick mounting facility

The corresponding radiation angles can be found on the Internet at www.monacor.com

ABS Model Frequency range Resonant frequency (fs) Power capability, 4 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

SPE-82/CR f3-20,000 Hz 200 Hz 12 WMAX, 6 WRMS 87 dB 75 ø 92 mm 57 mm 0-40 °C ø 100 mm x 67 mm 340 g

SPE-82/WS f3-20,000 Hz 200 Hz 12 WMAX, 6 WRMS 87 dB 75 ø 92 mm 57 mm 0-40 °C ø 100 mm x 67 mm 340 g

SPE-72/WS Order No. 16.2310

Weatherproof flush-mount full range speaker with dual cone, 40 WMAX, 4 Ω Weatherproof speaker of compact size and a high power capability with a wide bandwidth and particularly brilliant reproduction due to a twin cone. High-quality white plastic basket with magnetic sleeve in one piece. Polypropylene cone and mica dual cone. Rubber surround, supplied with matching plastic grille (to be glued in). Suitable for PA applications also in a damp environment and outdoors. Plastic

Weather

SPE-70/WS Order No. 16.2300

Weatherproof flush-mount full range speaker and bass-midrange speaker, 40 WMAX, 8 Ω Weatherproof speaker of compact size and high power capability with a wide bandwidth reproduction. High-quality white plastic basket with magnetic sleeve in one piece. Polypropylene cone, rubber surround, supplied with matching plastic grille (to be glued in). Suitable for PA applications also in a damp environment and outdoors, as a bass-midrange speaker also suitable in small hi-fi systems. Plastic Model Frequency range Resonant frequency (fs) Power capability, 8 Ω Power capability, 4 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

Weather SPE-72/WS 100-20,000 Hz 100 Hz 40 WMAX, 20 WRMS 86 dB 75 ø 73 mm 37 mm -20 °C to +50 °C ø 90 mm x 50 mm 230 g

SPE-70/WS 100-20,000 Hz 100 Hz 40 WMAX, 20 WRMS 86 dB 75 ø 73 mm 37 mm -20 °C to +50 °C ø 90 mm x 50 mm 230 g

PA Technology 2013

E 101

Audio Exciters This exciter is both an innovative and amazing possibility to easily create a high-quality audio reproduction from practically nothing. Simply glue it onto a surface capable of vibrating, drive it with a standard audio amplifier - and it’s ready to be used.

EX-1 Order No. 16.2710

Weatherproof audio exciter/resonator, 8 Ω, 5 W For audio reproductions via surfaces capable of vibrating. This resonator is simply glued onto doors, cabinet doors, windows, bath tubs, lightweight walls, ceiling panels, pictures or many other surfaces which are capable of vibrating and the vibration of these surfaces already create a partly impressive sound in the entire surrounding area. With doors and windows (doubleglazed windows, too), this is done on both sides of the surface at practically the same quality.

• Very wide bandwidth reproduction with an amazing volume level, depending on the mounting surface • High power capability, exceeds background volume levels • Suitable for commercial PA applications such as background music in the entire indoor area and outdoor area and for the reproduction of info messages • Suitable for home PA applications, e.g. terraces, adjoining rooms, bathrooms, etc. • Waterproof (IP67) • Supplied with adhesive pads • 3m connection cable • Dimension: ø 70 mm x 19 mm • Weight: 115 g

The power capability of EX-1 allows for a pleasant indoor and outdoor PA sound when directed from a window to a terrace. However, the EX-1 is not suitable for a garden party with dance music due to its electrical power rating. Attention has to be paid to an admissible load. Amplifiers of higher power capability can be connected without any problems but must not be set to the maximum rating. Both the electric power rating and the acoustic power of the EX-1 can significantly be increased when connected in parallel and serial-to-parallel in dual and 4-way arrangments.

Weatherproof, robust exciters/resonators for music and voice reproductions via surfaces capable of vibrating. These resonators are simply screwed onto doors, cupboard doors, shelves, desktops, lightweight walls, ceiling panels or many other surfaces which are capable of vibrating. Vibration of these surfaces already create a partly impressive sound in the entire surrounding area. These resonators are not suitable for use on glass surfaces!

AR-50 Order No. 16.2800

AR-30 Order No. 16.2790

Weatherproof audio exciters/resonators, 8 Ω • Depending on the mounting surface, very wide bandwidth reproduction with amazing volumes • High power capability of 30WMAX (AR-30) or 50WMAX (AR-50) • Very robust and weatherproof version, thus suitable for outdoor applications and in extra dirty conditions • Suitable for home and outdoor PA applications, e.g. on doors, cupboards, shelves and on boats • Waterproof (IP68) • Supplied with screwable mounting plate

Model Power rating Impedance Frequency range Resonance frequency Minimum mounting surface Dimensions Weight

E 102

PA Technology 2013

AR-50 50 WMAX 8Ω depending on the installation 500 Hz ø 80 mm ø 90 mm x 55 mm 0.95 kg

AR-30 30 WMAX 8Ω depending on the installation 600 Hz ø 80 mm ø 80 mm x 40 mm 0.65 kg

KNOW-HOW: Example of Application High-Quality PA Application on Sports Fields Even nowadays, PA applications on sports fields can be a real challenge. On the one hand, large distances have to be mastered, on the other hand, the transmission of voice and music must be possible, too. In addition, another requirement is that the speakers have to be rigidly mounted to poles or buildings in such a way that optimum weather protection is guaranteed. Most of the times, one requirement remains unconsidered. Although the classic horn speakers allow for outdoor installation, the sound quality is often only suitable for voice transmissions. The application of new speaker systems will change that. The horn speaker IT-300TW does no longer feature a basic horn speaker system. This speaker consists of a 16 cm bass speaker and a built-in horn tweeter. Thus, a clearly better sound quality is achieved. Therefore, this speaker is also called a music horn. The quality of the speaker will also improve voice transmission, because a more powerful sound allows for a better audibility.

IT-300TW

PA-1140RCD

TXS-840

TXS-821HT

ECM-310P

CD-156

KNOW-HOW

PA-1120

ADRW-900

PA Technology 2013

E 103

100 V Ceiling Speakers Special speakers which show completely new ways of invisible PA applications: the super dispersion ceiling speakers effectively utilise an open baffle technology for PA ceiling applications.

EDL-310L Order No. 16.2490

Super dispersion PA ceiling speaker • 100V line technique with 3 power taps up to 10 WRMS • High-quality full range speaker (20 cm) with an exceptionally good linearity, extensive bass reproduction and high efficiency • For all suspended ceilings and for free suspension • Easiest installation by simply resting the speaker on the ceiling grid or suspending it above the ceiling (to prevent rattling noise with lightweight ceilings) • A very good sound with excellent stereophony with all suspended ceiling grids • With most of the more soundproof ceilings, typical treble dampening can be compensated to a large extend by simply readjusting the treble control at the amplifier and background PA applications can be realised without any cutouts or visible speakers • Dimensions: 300 mm x 300 mm, required clearance above the ceiling when resting the speaker directly on the grid: > 10 cm, when suspending it above the ceiling: > 25 cm • The sound absorption plate is fitted with 3 foam rubber pads for resting the speaker on the grid and 3 predrilled holes for suspending it

EDL-300L Order No. 16.2180

Super dispersion PA ceiling speaker • 100V line technique with 3 power taps • For all suspended ceilings and for free suspension • Easiest installation by simply resting the speaker on the ceiling grid or suspending it above the ceiling (to prevent rattling noise with lightweight ceilings) • High-quality full range speaker (13 cm) with an exceptionally good linearity • A very good sound with excellent stereophony with all suspended ceiling grids • With most of the more soundproof ceilings, typical treble dampening can be compensated to a large extend by simply readjusting the treble control at the amplifier and background PA applications can be realised without any cutouts or visible speakers • Dimensions: 300 mm x 300 mm, required clearance above the ceiling when resting the speaker directly on the grid: > 10 cm, when suspending it above the ceiling: > 25 cm • The sound absorption plate is fitted with 3 foam rubber pads for resting the speaker on the grid and 3 predrilled holes for suspending it

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Type of speaker Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 104

PA Technology 2013

EDL-310L 50-18,000 Hz 10/5/2.5 WRMS 200 0-40 °C 300x300x95 mm 1.9 kg

EDL-300L 90-20,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 130 0-40 °C 300x300x75 mm 1.4 kg

100 V Flush-mounted Speakers

ESP-8U Order No. 16.2170

ESP-5U

SPE-8U

Order No. 16.2160

Order No. 10.5640

PA wall and ceiling speaker for flush mounting • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with 3 power taps • Wide bandwidth radiation for a pleasant music reproduction • 13 cm speaker of high efficiency (94 dB/1 W/1 m) • Plastic tray for flush mounting in walls or solid ceilings • Required hole in wall: approx. 242x242x100 mm • Metal front grille with plastic frame

Model Frequency range Resonant frequency (fs) Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

SPEAKERS

PA wall and ceiling speaker for flush mounting • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with 3 power taps • Perfect sound presence for a powerful voice reproduction with a very high audibility • 20 cm speaker of very high efficiency (99 dB/1 W/1 m) • Plastic tray for flush mounting in walls or solid ceilings • Required hole in wall: approx. 242x242x100 mm • Metal front grille with plastic frame

Hi-fi wall and ceiling speaker for flush mounting, 8 Ω • High-quality 2-way coaxial speaker system with very good sound characteristics • 20 cm (8") bass speaker with glass fibre cone, 24 mm (1") dome tweeter with titanium cone • Plastic tray for flush mounting in walls or solid ceilings • Required hole in wall: approx. 242x242x100 mm • Metal front grille with plastic frame

ESP-8U 200-17,000 Hz

ESP-5U 100-19,000 Hz

6/3/1.5 WRMS 200 0-40 °C 248x248x100 mm 1.7 kg

6/3/1.5 WRMS 130 0-40 °C 248x248x100 mm 1.4 kg

SPE-8U 70-20,000 Hz 60 Hz -

60 WMAX, 30 WRMS 89 dB 104 dB 200 242x242 mm 100 mm 0-40 °C 248x248x100 mm 1.6 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 105

100 V Wall Speakers

ESP-72/WS Order No. 16.2130

PA wall speaker, white • 100V line technique • 2-way coaxial speaker, providing a highquality sound • 5-step rotary switch for 20/10/5/2.5 WRMS/off • Rotary switch can be replaced with a cover plate to avoid accidental changing of the power selection • Emergency priority relay • Wooden cabinet with protective metal grille • Easy wall mounting via supporting plate Wood

Tweeter

ESP-70/WS Order No. 16.2120

PA wall speaker, white • 100 V line technique • 5-step rotary switch for 10/6/4/2 WRMS/off • Rotary switch can be replaced with a cover plate to avoid accidental changing of the power selection • Emergency priority relay • Wooden cabinet with protective metal grille • Easy wall mounting via supporting plate Wood

ESP-40/WS Order No. 16.1090

ESP-60/WS Order No. 16.1110

PA wall speakers • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with 4 power taps • White wooden cabinet, without rear panel, foam front cover • Supplied with mounting screws

Wood

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 106

ESP-72/WS 85-20,000 Hz 20/10/5/2.5 WRMS 0-40 °C 300x200x90 mm 2.8 kg

PA Technology 2013

ESP-70/WS 95-19,000 Hz 10/6/4/2 WRMS 0-40 °C 300x200x90 mm 2.3 kg

ESP-40/WS 60-8,000 Hz 6/4/2/1 WRMS 0-40 °C 230x170x80 mm 1.3 kg

ESP-60/WS 60-8,000 Hz 6/4/2/1 WRMS 0-40 °C 300x200x90 mm 1.6 kg

SPEAKERS

100 V Wall Speakers

WL-6T6/WS Order No. 16.1790

PA wall speaker • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with 3 power taps • Full range speaker with dual cone • Plastic cabinet with protective metal grille • Supplied with mounting screws ABS

ESP-152/WS Order No. 16.2150

PA wall speaker • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with 3 power taps • High-quality sound, high volume capability due to 2-way coaxial system • Plastic cabinet of a special design (open rear panel) with protective metal grille • Horizontal and vertical mounting possible due to symmetrical shape of cabinets • Supplied with mounting screws and cover plates for the screws

Plastic

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

WL-6T6/WS 100-20,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 0-40 °C 210x312x85 mm 1.4 kg

ESP-152/WS 100-20,000 Hz 15/7.5/3.75 WRMS 91 dB 103 dB 160 0-40 °C 240x330x85 mm 2 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 107

Wall Speakers

ESP-360/WS Order No. 16.1900

PA wall speaker, white • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with 2 power taps • Full range speaker with dual cone • Plastic cabinet • Curved cabinet for a perfect radiation angle

Plastic

ESP-130/WS Order No. 16.1600

PA wall speaker • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with 2.5 W and 5 W power taps • 2-way system with neodymium bass-midrange speaker and dome tweeter • White plastic cabinet with protective metal grille • Slimline design for unobtrusive wall mounting

ABS

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

ESP-360/WS 130-15,000 Hz 6/3 WRMS 0-40 °C 185x255x123 mm 1.1 kg

ESP-130/WS 80-18,000 Hz 5/2.5 WRMS 0-40°C 185x275x38 mm 1.2 kg

SMB-130/WS Order No. 09.0490

Pair of slimline speaker systems, 40 WMAX, 4 Ω 2-way system with neodymium bass-midrange speaker and dome tweeter. With integrated wall holder. Unobtrusive design with a very pleasant radiation and good level stability. Perfectly suitable for any background PA application, also excellent as rear speakers in surround systems.

ABS

Model Impedance Frequency range Crossover frequency Power rating SPL (1 W/1 m) Dimensions Weight

E 108

PA Technology 2013

SMB-130/WS 4Ω 80-18,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 40 WMAX, 20 WRMS 88 dB 185x275x38 mm 1 kg

Wall Speakers

ESP-80/WS Order No. 16.2380

SPEAKERS

PA wall speaker, vandal-resistant. • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with 4 power taps • Full range speaker with a good voice reproduction, suitable for background music • Very robust 2-piece metal cabinet Metal

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

ESP-80/WS 250-10,000 Hz 6/3/1.5/0.75 WRMS 0-40 °C 170x170x63 mm 1.3 kg

ESP-90/WS Order No. 16.2680

PA wall speaker • 100 V line technique via audio transformer with 3 power taps • White plastic cabinet (surface-mount version with open rear panel) with protective metal grille • Supplied with mounting accessories Plastic

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω Type of speaker Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

ESP-90/WS 80-19,000 Hz 6/3/1.5 WRMS 130 0-40 °C ø 168 mm x 72 mm 600 g

SPE-85/WS Order No. 16.1030

Surface-mount speaker • Humidity-proof due to water-repellent segments and speaker with plastic cone • Especially suitable for the reproduction of alarm signals Plastic

Model Frequency range Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

SPE-85/WS 350-8,000 Hz 10 WMAX, 5 WRMS 95 dB 0-40 °C 110x110x57 mm 400 g

PA Technology 2013

E 109

100 V Ball Speakers

EDL-420/WS Order No. 16.1880

EDL-412/WS Order No. 16.1860

Weatherproof PA ball speakers • 100 V line technique or 8 Ω operation • White ABS cabinet (self-extinguishing, acc. to standard UL 94V-0) • Supplied with 480 cm connection cable and canopy

ABS

UL 94V-0

Weather

EDL-430/WS Order No. 16.2370

Top-quality PA ball speaker, with a perfect omnidirectional sound radiation. • 100 V line technique • Speaker configuration of particularly highquality • Extensive reflector design • High-quality sound, also suitable for radiating music • White ABS cabinet • 150 cm connection cable with canopy ABS

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 110

EDL-420/WS 120-20,000 Hz 20/10/5 WRMS 20 W/8 Ω 94 dB -10 °C to +40 °C ø 265 mm 2.2 kg

PA Technology 2013

EDL-412/WS 160-20,000 Hz 10/5/2.5 WRMS 10W/8 Ω 92 dB -10 °C to +40 °C ø 184 mm 1.7 kg

EDL-430/WS 80-15,000 Hz 20/10/5 WRMS 92 dB 0-40 °C ø 250 mm 2.2 kg

100 V Speakers

SPEAKERS

EDL-213 Order No. 16.2890

Weatherproof PA wall and ceiling projector speaker • 100 V line technique • 2 x 13 cm full range speaker with impregnated cone for bidirectional radiation • Hose-proof due to ABS plastic cabinet with rubber seals and high-strength cable gland • Robust mounting arm with joint for panning and tilting allows mounting in most varying angles • 3 power taps

ABS

Weather

2 x speaker

EDL-113 Order No. 16.2880

Weatherproof PA wall and ceiling projector speaker • 100 V line technique • 13 cm full range speaker with impregnated cone • Directional radiation • Hose-proof due to ABS plastic cabinet with rubber seals and high-strength cable gland • Robust mounting arm with joint for panning and tilting allows mounting in most varying angles • 3 power taps ABS

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Mounting cutout Mounting depth Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

Weather

EDL-213 80-20,000 Hz 20/15/10 WRMS 90 dB 102 dB 2 x 130 -20 °C to +50 °C 457x200x174 mm 3.4 kg

EDL-113 80-20,000 Hz 15/10/5 WRMS 90 dB 100 dB 130 -20 °C to +50 °C 315x200x174 mm 2.5 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 111

100 V Speakers

EDL-255/WS Order No. 16.0860

PA wall and ceiling speaker • 100 V line technique or 8 Ω operation • 6-step power selector switch for 15/8/4/2 WRMS/off or 8 Ω operation • White plastic cabinet with movable mounting bracket

15WRMS

ABS The corresponding radiation angles can be found on our website www.monacor.com

EDL-250/WS Order No. 16.2290

Weatherproof PA wall and ceiling speaker • 100 V line technique • Protected against powerful water jets • Weatherproof plastic cabinet • Connection cable with 3 power taps • Movable mounting bracket

ABS

30WRMS

Weather

EDL-120/WS Order No. 16.3090

EDL-110/WS Order No. 16.1930

Weatherproof PA wall and ceiling speakers • 100 V line technique • 1 speaker with polypropylene cone • Splashproof due to plastic cabinet with rubber seals and high-strength cable gland • Connection cable with 3 power taps • Movable mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel

20WRMS 10WRMS

Weather Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 112

PA Technology 2013

EDL-255/WS 100-15,000 Hz 15/8/4/2 WRMS 15 W/8 Ω 92 dB 0-40 °C ø 180 mm x 280 mm 3 kg

EDL-250/WS 125-15,000 Hz 30/15/7.5 WRMS 101 dB -20 °C to +50 °C ø 180 mm x 200 mm 2.1 kg

EDL-120/WS 120-20,000 Hz 20/10/5 WRMS 94 dB -20 °C to +50 °C ø 180 mm x 251 mm 2.5 kg

EDL-110/WS 120-20,000 Hz 10/5/2.5 WRMS 94 dB -20 °C to +50 °C ø 180 mm x 270 mm 2 kg

100 V Speakers

EDL-240/WS Order No. 16.1950

Weatherproof PA wall and ceiling speakers, projector speakers • 100 V line technique • 2 speakers with polypropylene cone for bilateral radiation • Splashproof due to plastic cabinet with rubber seals • Connection cable with 3 power taps • Movable mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel

Weather

40WRMS 20WRMS

SPEAKERS

Order No. 16.3100

EDL-220/WS

2 x speaker The corresponding radiation angles can be found on our website www.monacor.com

EDL-115/WS Order No. 16.1730

15WRMS

EDL-112/WS

12WRMS

Order No. 16.1720

Weatherproof PA wall and ceiling speakers • 100 V line technique • Protected against powerful water jets • Weatherproof aluminium cabinet • Connection cable with 3 power taps • Movable mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel

Aluminium

Weather

Aluminium Weather 2 x speaker

EDL-222/WS Order No. 16.2690

PA wall and ceiling speaker • 100 V line technique • 2 speakers for bilateral radiation • High-quality sound with an excellent linearity and a reproduction of a wide brilliance frequency range • Appealing ABS housing with coated steel protective grille • Connection cable with 4 power taps • Ceramic terminal block with fuse

2 x speaker Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

ABS

20WRMS

UL 94V-0

EDL-240/WS 120-20,000 Hz 40/20/10 WRMS 94 dB 110 dB -20 °C to +50 °C ø 180 mm x 251 mm 3.13 kg

EDL-220/WS 120-20,000 Hz 20/10/5 WRMS 94 dB -10 °C to +40 °C ø 180 mm x 251 mm 2.75 kg

EDL-115/WS 130-20,000 Hz 15/7.5/3.75 WRMS 90 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 150x150x175 mm 2.4 kg

EDL-112/WS 140-20,000 Hz 12/6/3 WRMS 88 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 150x150x205 mm 3.1 kg

EDL-222/WS 70-20,000 Hz 20/10/5/2.5 WRMS 86 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 185x340x320 mm 3.9 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 113

100 V Speaker Systems

EUL-80/SW

Pairs of universal PA speaker systems • 100 V line technique, 2-way version • EUL-80... with a 25 mm dome tweeter, EUL-60... and EUL-30... with an 11 mm dome tweeter • Excellent sound quality • 6-step power selector switch • Black (SW) or white (WS) plastic cabinet • Movable mounting bracket • Mounting in corners possible as well due to bevelled shape of cabinets

Order No. 16.1190

EUL-80/WS Order No. 16.1230

EUL-60/SW Order No. 16.1170

EUL-60/WS Order No. 16.1180

EUL-30/SW Order No. 16.1150

EUL-30/WS Order No. 16.1160

ABS

Model Frequency range Power rating (100 V) SPL (1 W/1 m) Max. rated SPL Dimensions Weight (piece) Connections Mounting facility System

E 114

EUL-80/SW 40-20,000 Hz 30/15/7.5/4/2 WRMS 89 dB 103 dB 270x370x220 mm 5.4 kg spring-load. speaker term. movable mounting bracket bass-reflex

PA Technology 2013

EUL-80/WS 40-20,000 Hz 30/15/7.5/4/2 WRMS 89 dB 103 dB 270x370x220 mm 5.4 kg spring-load. speaker term. movable mounting bracket bass-reflex

EUL-60/SW 60-20,000 Hz 15/7.5/4/2/1 WRMS 89 dB 100 dB 215x290x172 mm 3.4 kg spring-load. speaker term. movable mounting bracket bass-reflex

EUL-60/WS 60-20,000 Hz 15/7.5/4/2/1 WRMS 89 dB 100 dB 215x290x172 mm 3.4 kg spring-load. speaker term. movable mounting bracket bass-reflex

EUL-30/SW 80-20,000 Hz 15/7.5/4/2/1 WRMS 87 dB 98 dB 130x192x115 mm 1.4 kg spring-load. speaker term. movable mounting bracket

EUL-30/WS 80-20,000 Hz 15/7.5/4/2/1 WRMS 87 dB 98 dB 130x192x115 mm 1.4 kg spring-load speaker term. movable mounting bracket

100 V Speaker Systems

ESP-250/WS Order No. 16.2780

SPEAKERS

ESP-230/WS Order No. 19.0010

ESP-215/WS Order No. 19.9990

Weatherproof PA speaker systems, in a white plastic cabinet with protective aluminium grille. • 100 V line technique • Hose-proof • Switchable to 8 Ω operation • 5 power taps, 8 Ω connection and 100 V power selector switch • 2-way system • Stainless steel mounting bracket ABS

Weather

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Other features

ESP-250/WS 80-20,000 Hz 50/40/30/20/10 WRMS 50 WRMS/100 WMAX 92 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 157x260x170 mm 2.5 kg spring-load. speaker term.

ESP-230/WS 80-20,000 Hz 30/20/10/5/2.5 WRMS 50 WRMS/100 WMAX 92 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 157x260x170 mm 1.8 kg spring-load. speaker term.

ESP-215/WS 100-20,000 Hz 15/10/5/2.5/1.5 WRMS 30 WRMS/60 WMAX 87 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 98x195x105 mm 0.85 kg spring-load. speaker term.

ESP-232/SW Order No. 16.2600

ESP-232/WS Order No. 16.2610

Weatherproof 2-way PA wall-mount speaker systems • 100 V PA speaker system with an excellent sound • 13 cm polypropylene bass-midrange speaker and dome tweeter • 4 power taps • Power selector switch with 8 Ω operating position • Excellent efficiency for a speaker of such a compact size • Available in black (SW) or white (WS) plastic with respectively lacquered aluminium grille, modern design • Supplied with matching metal wall brackets

ABS Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Other features

Weather ESP-232/SW 75-20,000 Hz 30/20/10/5 WRMS 50 WMAX/30 WRMS 89 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 160x260x180 mm 2.3 kg spring-load. speaker term.

ESP-232/WS 75-20,000 Hz 30/20/10/5 WRMS 50WMAX/30 WRMS 89 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 160x260x180 mm 2.3 kg spring-load. speaker term.

PA Technology 2013

E 115

100 V Speaker Systems

EUL-10 Order No. 16.0330

EUL-10/WS Order No. 16.0850

Universal PA speaker systems • 100 V line technique, 2-way version • Excellent sound quality • 5-step power selector switch • Diecast metal cabinet with black (EUL-10) or white (EUL-10/WS) textured coating and protective metal grille • Movable mounting bracket

Metal

Model Frequency range Power rating Dimensions Weight

EUL-10 60-18,000 Hz 10/5/2.5/1.25 WRMS 220x118x115 mm 2.2 kg

EUL-10/WS 60-18,000 Hz 10/5/2.5/1.25 WRMS 220x118x115 mm 2.2 kg

Controls on the left side of the cabinet.

ESP-315/SW Order No. 16.2860

ESP-315/WS Order No. 16.2870

2-way PA wall-mount speaker systems • 100 V PA speaker system with an excellent sound • 2-way system with 10x15 cm bassmidrange speaker and 13mm dome tweeter • Power taps: 15/10/5/2.5 W • Power selector switch with 8 Ω operating position • Can be mounted horizontally or vertically • Direction of sound radiation can individually be aligned • Available in black (SW) or white (WS) plastic with respectively lacquered metal grille • Supplied with wall brackets

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Other features

E 116

PA Technology 2013

ESP-315/SW 75-20,000 Hz 15/10/5/2.5 WRMS 30 WMAX/15 WRMS 90 dB 0-40 °C ø 133 mm x 280 mm 2.1 kg spring-load. speaker term.

ESP-315/WS 75-20,000 Hz 15/10/5/2.5 WRMS 30 WMAX/15 WRMS 90 dB 0-40 °C ø 133 mm x 280 mm 2.1 kg spring-load. speaker term.

Active Speaker Systems

SOUND-42/SW SPEAKERS

Order No. 25.3770

Pair of compact active speakers, 2 x 40 WMAX, 2 x 20 WRMS (each speaker system) • Active system with 1-channel amplifier and passive crossover network in each speaker system • Beside the variable input sensitivity, the amplifier features a treble control with step switch (-2, -1.0, +1 dB) • High-quality bass-reflex MDF cabinet with black lacquered surface • 10 cm bass-midrange speaker with glass fibre cone and 25 mm soft dome tweeter • Each speaker system with an RCA input, a 6.3 mm jack input and an XLR input

2x ACTIVE

SOUND-65/SW Order No. 25.0680

Pair of high-quality active speakers, 2 x 80 WMAX, 2 x 50 WRMS (30 + 20 W each speaker system) • 2-way active switching for each speaker system with separate power amplifiers for bass speaker and tweeter (bi-amping) • High-quality bass-reflex MDF cabinet with black lacquered surface • 16 cm bass-midrange speaker with glass fibre cone and 25 mm soft dome tweeter • Due to a switchable adjustment of the tweeter power amplifier, a fine adjustment of the tweeter level is possible without any losses in the level (-2/-1/0/+1 dB) • Each speaker system is equipped with an unbalanced RCA input, a balanced XLR input and a jack input (6.3 mm) which can all be adjusted via gain control 2x ACTIVE Model Frequency range Amplifier power Inputs SPL (1 W/1 m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp. Power supply Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Connections

SOUND-6C Order No. 25.4050

Front covers (pair), for speaker systems, e.g. SOUND-65/SW. • Front frames, covered with speaker grille cloth • To be attached via supplied self-adhesive hook and loop fasteners • Dimensions: 223x295x12mm

SOUND-42/SW 50-20,000 Hz 40 WMAX, 20 WRMS (each speaker system) 400 mV/10 kΩ (bal.) 200 mV/7.7 kΩ (unbal.) 85 dB 98 dB 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/50 VA 170x240x195 mm 2 x 4.2 kg 1 x RCA, unbal., IN (each speaker system) 1 x XLR, bal., IN (each speaker system) 1 x 6.3 mm jack, unbal., IN (each speaker system)

SOUND-42C Order No. 25.4070

Front covers (pair), for speaker systems, e.g. SOUND-42/SW. • Front frames, covered with speaker grille cloth • To be attached via supplied self-adhesive hook and loop fasteners • Dimensions: 142x215x10mm

SOUND-65/SW 42-20,000 Hz 80 WMAX, 50 WRMS (each speaker system) 720 mV/10 kΩ (bal.) 720 mV/7.7 kΩ (unbal.) 86 dB 102 dB 0-40 °C 230V~/50Hz/120 VA 230x325x275 mm 2 x 7.8 kg 1 x RCA, unbal., IN (each speaker system) 1 x XLR, bal., IN (each speaker system) 1 x 6.3 mm jack, bal., IN (each speaker system)

Note: Further products of the SOUND series can be found in the main catalogue 2013.

PA Technology 2013

E 117

Active Speaker Systems

MKA-80SET/SW Order No. 13.1600

MKA-80SET/WS Order No. 13.1610

Active 2-way stereo speaker systems, 2 x 30 WMAX, 2 x 20 WRMS • The set consists of one active speaker system and one passive speaker system. The passive speaker system is connected to the active speaker system via springloaded speaker terminals • Active speaker system with integrated 2-channel amplifier, stereo RCA input, volume control, 2-way tone control, builtin PSU and removable mains cable with shrouded 3-pin IEC plug • 20 cm (8") bass speaker system and dome tweeter • Black (SW) or white (WS) plastic cabinet • Movable mounting bracket Active

1x ACTIVE 1x PASSIVE

ABS

MKA-60SET/SW Order No. 13.1580

MKA-60SET/WS

1x ACTIVE

Order No. 13.1590

1x PASSIVE

Active 2-way stereo speaker systems, 2 x 25 WMAX, 2 x 15 WRMS • The set consists of one active speaker system and one passive speaker system. The passive speaker system is connected to the active speaker system via springloaded speaker terminals • Active speaker system with integrated 2-channel amplifier, stereo RCA input, volume control and 2-way tone control, built-in PSU with 3-pin IEC jack • 16 cm (6∏") bass speaker system and dome tweeter • Black (SW) or white (WS) plastic cabinet • Movable mounting bracket Active

Model Frequency range Amplifier power Inputs SPL (1 W/1 m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. amb. temp. Power supply Dim. (WxHxD) Weight Connections

E 118

ABS

MKA-80SET/SW 35-20,000 Hz 2 x 30 WMAX/2 x 20 WRMS 400 mV/10 kΩ 89 dB each speaker system 102 dB each speaker system 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/100 VA 270x365x220 mm 14 kg (pair) 1 x RCA L/R (active speaker system only) spring-load. speaker term. (link) (both speaker systems)

PA Technology 2013

MKA-80SET/WS 35-20,000 Hz 2 x 30 WMAX/2 x 20 WRMS 400 mV/10 kΩ 89 dB each speaker system 102 dB each speaker system 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/100 VA 270x365x220 mm 14 kg (pair) 1 x RCA L/R (active speaker system only) spring-load. speaker term. (link) (both speaker systems)

MKA-60SET/SW 45-20,000 Hz 2 x 25 WMAX/2 x 15 WRMS 400 mV/10 kΩ 89 dB each speaker system 100 dB each speaker system 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/75 VA 220x293x170 mm 8 kg (pair) 1 x RCA L/R (active speaker system only) spring-load. speaker term. (link) (both speaker systems)

MKA-60SET/WS 45-20,000 Hz 2 x 25 WMAX/2 x 15 WRMS 400 mV/10 kΩ 89 dB each speaker system 100 dB each speaker system 0-40 °C 230 V~/50 Hz/75 VA 220x293x170 mm 8 kg (pair) 1 x RCA L/R (active speaker system only) spring-load. speaker term. (link) (both speaker systems)

Low-impedance Speaker Systems

MKS-88/SW Order No. 13.1150

SPEAKERS

MKS-88/WS Order No. 13.1160

MKS-64/SW Order No. 13.1130

MKS-64/WS Order No. 13.1140

MKS-34/SW Order No. 13.1110

MKS-34/WS Order No. 13.1120

Pairs of 2-way speaker systems • MKS-88... in 8 Ω, MKS-64... and MKS-34... in 4 Ω • Dome tweeter • Excellent sound quality • Black (SW) or white (WS) plastic cabinet • Movable mounting bracket • Mounting in corners possible as well due to bevelled shape of cabinets

ABS Model Music power Power rating Max. frequency range Impedance SPL (1 W/1 m) Max. rated SPL Dimensions Weight Connections Mounting facility

MKS-88/SW 125 WMAX 85 WRMS 40-20,000 Hz 8Ω 89 dB 107 dB 270x370x220 mm 5.4 kg spring-load. speaker term. 2 x M6 thread

MKS-88/WS 125 WMAX 85 WRMS 40-20,000 Hz 8Ω 89 dB 107 dB 270x370x220 mm 5.4 kg spring-load. speaker term. 2 x M6 thread

MKS-64/SW 90 WMAX 60 WRMS 60-20,000 Hz 4Ω 89 dB 106 dB 215x290x172 mm 3.4 kg spring-load. speaker term. 2 x M6 thread

MKS-64/WS 90 WMAX 60 WRMS 60-20,000 Hz 4Ω 89 dB 106 dB 215x290x172 mm 3.4 kg spring-load. speaker term. 2 x M6 thread

MKS-34/SW 45WMAX 30 WRMS 80-20,000 Hz 4Ω 87 dB 101 dB 130x192x115 mm 1.3 kg spring-load. speaker term. for wall hooks

MKS-34/WS 45 WMAX 30 WRMS 80-20,000 Hz 4Ω 87 dB 101 dB 130x192x115 mm 1.3 kg spring-load. speaker term. for wall hooks

PA Technology 2013

E 119

Low-impedance Speaker Systems

MKS-8PRO Order No. 13.1770

Pair of high-performance PA speakers, 180 WMAX, 100 WRMS each speaker system 2-way speaker systems, each in an ABS cabinet (bass-reflex) of modern design, 20 cm bass speaker and dome tweeter. Both the sound with a very extended frequency response and the volume capability are absolutely convincing. These units are valuable solutions for PA applications in function rooms or conference rooms, for presentations and on parties. Supplied with mounting brackets for wall mounting. ABS

MKS-6PRO Order No. 13.1760

Pair of high-performance PA speakers, 150 WMAX, 80 WRMS each speaker system 2-way speaker systems, each in an ABS cabinet (bass-reflex) of modern design, 16 cm bass speaker and dome tweeter. A convincing sound for most varying music, the volume capability is outstanding due to the excellent efficiency. The MKS-6PRO is a perfect solution for PA applications in function rooms or conference rooms and for presentations. Supplied with mounting brackets. ABS Model Music power Power rating Max. frequency range Impedance SPL (1 W/1 m) Max. rated SPL Dimensions Weight Connections Mounting facility

MKS-8PRO 180 WMAX 100 WRMS 40-21,000 Hz 8Ω 91 dB 111 dB 265x374x285 mm 5.7 kg speaker screw terminal mounting bracket

MKS-6PRO 150 WMAX 80 WRMS 45-21,000 Hz 8Ω 93 dB 112 dB 230x350x240 mm 4.5 kg speaker screw terminal mounting bracket

MKS-48/WS Order No. 13.2130

Pair of wall/ceiling/corner mount speaker systems, 30 WMAX, 8 Ω These really universally mountable speakers allow a perfect integration into most versatile indoor mounting positions. Interesting possibilities due to the optional creation of a cluster with 1-4 elements, from ceiling suspension in a corner to a hemisphere of wide radiation in the middle of the wall or ceiling. The sound of the pure white speakers is adjusted in such a precise way that it provides a complete sound of high quality, no matter in which position the speakers are placed. • White ABS cabinet • High-quality 10 cm full range speaker • Variable support and mounting system ABS Model Impedance Frequency range Power rating SPL (1 W/1 m) Dimensions Weight

E 120

PA Technology 2013

MKS-48/WS 8Ω 100-20,000 Hz 30 WMAX, 15 WRMS 87 dB 195x145x140 mm 1.5 kg

Low-impedance Speaker Systems

MKS-248/WS Order No. 13.2050

SPEAKERS

Pair of 2-way wall-mount design speaker systems, 100 WMAX, 8 Ω High-performance PA speaker systems (bassreflex) of a top design with a perfect sound, each equipped with 2 x 10 cm polypropylene bass-midrange speaker and one highquality dome tweeter. With an adequate number of the speaker systems, the good efficiency and the high power capability allow clearly increased volume levels. The sound quality even meets hi-fi requirements. Available in white plastic with matching lacquered aluminium grille. Supplied with a matching metal wall bracket (movable and tiltable). ABS

Model Impedance Frequency range Crossover frequency Power rating SPL (1 W/1 m) Dimensions Weight Other features

MKS-248/WS 8Ω 70-20,000 Hz 4,000 Hz 100 WMAX, 60 WRMS 89 dB 150x300x190 mm 3.4 kg

MKS-232/SW Order No. 13.2160

MKS-232/WS Order No. 13.2170

Weatherproof pairs of 2-way wall-mount speaker systems, 50 WMAX, 8 Ω PA speaker systems with an excellent sound, 13 cm polypropylene bass-midrange speaker and dome tweeter. Excellent efficiency for speakers of such a compact size. Available in black (SW) or white (WS) plastic with respectively lacquered aluminium grille, modern design. Supplied with matching metal wall brackets. ABS

Model Music power Power rating Max. frequency range Impedance SPL (1 W/1 m) Max. rated SPL Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Connections Mounting facility

Weather

MKS-232/SW 50 WMAX 30 WRMS 75-20,000 Hz 8Ω 89 dB 103 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 160x260x180 mm 1.8 kg spring-load. speaker term. mounting bracket

MKS-232/WS 50 WMAX 30 WRMS 75-20,000 Hz 8Ω 89 dB 103 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 160x260x180 mm 1.8 kg speaker screw terminal mounting bracket

PA Technology 2013

E 121

100 V Column Speakers

ETS-442TW/WS Order No. 16.3140

ETS-432TW/WS Order No. 16.3130

ETS-422TW/WS Order No. 16.3120

Weatherproof PA column speakers, with a top-quality sound. • Weatherproof and hose-proof, extruded aluminium cabinet • 100 V line technique • 2-way version (with additional integrated tweeter for a clearly improved sound) • Integrated crossover network • Aluminium front grille • Supplied with a robust tiltable and movable aluminium wall bracket • Connection via cable with 4 power taps

Aluminium

Weather

WEATHERPROOF

Tweeter

ETS-240TW/WS Order No. 16.2960

ETS-220TW/WS Order No. 16.2950

ETS-210TW/WS

SLIMLINE

Order No. 16.2940

PA column speakers, in extruded aluminium cabinets. • Weatherproof and hose-proof • 100 V line technique • 2-way version (with additional integrated tweeters for a clearly improved sound) • Connection cable with 5-step power taps • 2 x M6 thread • Aluminium front grille • Supplied with mounting brackets

Aluminium

Model Frequency range Number of speakers Power rating SPL (1 W/1 m) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 122

Weather

Tweeter

ETS-442TW/WS 110-20,000 Hz 8+1 40/20/10/5 WRMS 93 dB 10 °C to +50 °C 124x1,016x108 mm 7.7 kg

PA Technology 2013

WEATHERPROOF

ETS-432TW/WS 120-20,000 Hz 6+1 30/15/7.5/3.75 WRMS 93 dB 10 °C to +50 °C 124x813x108 mm 5.6 kg

ETS-422TW/WS 130-20,000 Hz 4+1 20/10/5/2.5 WRMS 92 dB 10 °C to +50 °C 124x610x108 mm 4 kg

ETS-240TW/WS 150-20,000 Hz 8+4 40/30/20/10/5 WRMS 90 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 80x846x70 mm 2.8 kg

ETS-220TW/WS 150-20,000 Hz 4+2 20/15/10/5/2.5 WRMS 89dB -20 °C to +50 °C 80x469x70 mm 1.7 kg

ETS-210TW/WS 170-20,000 Hz 2+1 10/5/2.5/1.25/0.63 WRMS 86 dB -20 °C to +50 °C 80x280x70 mm 1 kg

100 V Column Speakers

ETS-230TW/WS Order No. 16.2110

SPEAKERS

ETS-215TW/WS Order No. 16.2100

PA column speakers, in extruded aluminium cabinets, with top and bottom plates of aluminium. • 100 V line technique • 2-way version (with additional integrated tweeters for a clearly improved sound) • Integrated crossover network • 5-step power selector switch • 2 x M6 thread • Metal front grille • Supplied with mounting brackets • Connection via cable, 2 cores ETS-230TW/WS with 4 tweeters ETS-215TW/WS with 2 tweeters Aluminium

Tweeter

ETS-230/WS Order No. 16.1310

ETS-215/WS Order No. 16.1300

PA column speakers, in extruded aluminium cabinets, with top and bottom plates of aluminium. • 100 V line technique • 5-step power selector switch • 2 x M6 thread • Metal front grille • Supplied with mounting brackets • Connection via cable, 2 cores Aluminium Model Frequency range Number of speakers Power rating SPL (1W/1m) Dimensions Weight

ETS-230TW/WS 200-20,000 Hz 8+4 20/10/5/2.5 WRMS 94 dB 105x700x75mm 4.2kg

ETS-215TW/WS 250-20,000 Hz 4+2 12/6/3/1.5 WRMS 90 dB 105x410x75 mm 2.6 kg

ETS-230/WS 200-15,000 Hz 8 30/15/7.5/3.75 WRMS 95 dB 105x687x85 mm 4.1 kg

ETS-215/WS 250-15,000 Hz 4 15/7.5/3.75/2 WRMS 92 dB 105x405x85 mm 2.5 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 123

100 V Column Speakers

ETS-115/SI Order No. 16.3040

ETS-115/WS Order No. 16.3050

PA column speakers, in extruded aluminium cabinets, silver (SI) or white (WS). • Elegant design • 100 V line technique • Strong vertical beaming and wide horizontal radiation • 9 full range systems • Design matches light tube systems • Connection cable with 3 power taps • Supplied with mounting accessories

Aluminium Model Frequency range Number of speakers Power rating SPL (1 W/1 m) Dimensions Weight

ETS-115/SI 150-15,000 Hz 9 15/7.5/3.75 WRMS 95 dB ø 75 mm x 760 mm 2.9 kg

ETS-115/WS 150-15,000 Hz 9 15/7.5/3.75 WRMS 95 dB ø 75 mm x 760 mm 2.9 kg

ETS-530TW/SW Order No. 16.2650

ETS-530TW/WS Order No. 16.2660

ETS-515TW/SW Order No. 16.2620

ETS-515TW/WS Order No. 16.2630

PA column speakers • 100 V line technique or 8 Ω operation • 2-way version (with additional integrated tweeter for a clearly improved sound) • Integrated crossover network • 6-step power selector switch with 8 Ω switching • 2 x 6 mm threaded jack • Plastic cabinet and protective metal grille in black (SW) or white (WS) • Supplied with mounting brackets • Connection via spring-loaded speaker terminal

Plastic

Tweeter

Model Frequency range Number of speakers Power rating SPL (1 W/1 m) Dimensions Weight

E 124

PA Technology 2013

ETS-530TW/SW 85-20,000 Hz 4+1 30/15/7.5/4/2 WRMS (100 V) 60 WMAX/30 WRMS (8Ω) 89 dB 128x620x140 mm 5 kg

ETS-530TW/WS 85-20,000 Hz 4+1 30/15/7.5/4/2 WRMS (100 V) 60WMAX/30 WRMS (8 Ω) 89 dB 128x620x140 mm 5 kg

ETS-515TW/SW 90-20,000 Hz 2+1 15/7.5/4/2/1 WRMS (100 V) 30WMAX/15 WRMS (8 Ω) 87 dB 128x385x140 mm 3.5 kg

ETS-515TW/WS 90-20,000 Hz 2+1 15/7.5/4/2/1 WRMS (100 V) 30 WMAX/15 WRMS (8 Ω) 87 dB 128x385x140 mm 3.5 kg

The new generation of column speakers from MONACOR: All the advantages of a column speaker (shape, directional characteristic and mounting) are now combined with an excellent sound quality and a particularly high level stability. With the 2-way ETS speakers in a wooden cabinet (BN: high-quality decorative wood design, WS: white decorative surface with wood pattern), most varying requirements can be met by these speaker systems, like a very good speech intelligibility and at the same time an optimised music reproduction of the full range.

WOOD DECOR

SPEAKERS

100 V Column Speakers

ETS-360TW/BN Order No. 16.2260

ETS-360TW/WS Order No. 16.2270

High-end column speakers, (indoors), 100 V. Column speakers in a wooden cabinet of compact size, coated with high-quality foils in decorative wood pattern (BN: natural brown, WS: white with structured wood pattern), 2∏-way technology with movable tweeter (25 mm textile dome), clearly extended frequency range compared with standard full range column speakers. The ETS-360... speakers impress by an enormously dynamic and complete sound which is convincing due to a good speech intelligibility and a surprisingly great sound also at Wood

higher volume levels. • 2 bass speakers, 4 bass-midrange speakers, 1 tweeter • Spring-loaded terminals with 3 power taps • 2 x M8 thread • Supplied with mounting brackets • Metal front grille

Tweeter

At PA column speakers with a weight of more than 5 kg, both of the supplied mounting brackets must be used for safety reasons! WOOD DECOR

ETS-340TW/BN Order No. 16.2240

ETS-340TW/WS Order No. 16.2250

High-end column speakers, (indoors), 100 V. Column speakers in a wooden cabinet of compact size, coated with high-quality foils in decorative wood pattern (BN: natural brown, WS: white with structured wood pattern), 2∏-way technology with movable tweeter (25 mm textile dome), clearly extended frequency range compared with standard full range column speakers. The sound is ideally matched to the reproduction of both music and vocals. Wood Model Frequency range Number of speakers Power rating SPL (1 W/1 m) Dimensions Weight

• 4 bass speakers, 2 bass-midrange speakers, 1 tweeter • Spring-loaded terminal with 3 power taps • 2 x M8 thread • Supplied with mounting brackets • Metal front grille

Tweeter ETS-360TW/BN 90-19,000 Hz 6+1 60/30/15 WRMS 94 dB 135x825x110 mm 7.3 kg

ETS-360TW/WS 90-19,000 Hz 6+1 60/30/15 WRMS 94 dB 135x825x110 mm 7.3 kg

ETS-340TW/BN 100-19,000 Hz 6+1 40/20/10 WRMS 92 dB 95x500x120 mm 3.5 kg

ETS-340TW/WS 100-19,000 Hz 6+1 40/20/10 WRMS 92 dB 95x500x120 mm 3.5 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 125

100 V Speaker Systems This series of speaker systems including subwoofer from MONACOR sets standards in the modern PA technology: high-quality lacquered cabinets of a perfect design, lightweight but stable and of high power capability, featuring a good sound and a high efficiency, the EUL-2... in the professional 100 V technique. Real PA speaker systems for versatile applications at a very attractive price.

EUL-2 Order No. 17.1250

PA speaker system in 100 V line technique Lacquered cabinet, equipped with a 20 cm (2 x 8") double bass speaker of high power capability and a dyn. 25 mm (1") horn tweeter, well-balanced and dynamic sound, SPEAKON connection, rotary switch for power selection, stand sleeve. A speaker system of an appealing design, fully efficient for speech applications and light music and vastly superior to customary 100 V speakers. A subwoofer support is useful for bass reproductions of high requirements (e.g. with EUL-2SUB). This speaker can be integrated into any existing or new 100 V system by simply connecting it in parallel, as long as the amplifier features the respective power reserves! MDF

Matching adapter piece for speaker system PAST-12/SW (100 cm) is available at option.

EUL-2SUB Order No. 17.1260

Innovative PA subwoofer system in 100 V line technique Lacquered cabinet, equipped with a 30 cm (12") bass speaker for a deep and dynamic bass reproduction, SPEAKON connections (input and sat out/par. out), stand sleeve, of an appealing design. The high efficiency perfectly matches the EUL-2 but it is also suitable as an addition to many other 100 V systems, of course. The built-in crossover network (low-pass) allows a reproduction of bass frequencies which can normally not be located, thus the EUL-2SUB is an ideal solution for numerous 100 V systems where the bass reproduction is not powerful enough (e.g. at many column speakers or ceiling speaker systems). The EUL-2SUB can be placed anywhere in the room and simply be connected in parallel to the 100 V line, as long as the reserves of the amplifier are sufficient for it. MDF Model Power capabilities 100V operation General information Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Connections

EUL-2

EUL-2SUB

50/37.5/25/12.5 WRMS

120/90/60/30 WRMS

70-19,000 Hz 95 dB 0-40 °C 320x485x250 mm 8.7 kg 1 x SPEAKON

38-250 Hz 95 dB 0-40 °C 420x430x445 mm 19.5 kg 1 x SPEAKON IN, 1 x SPEAKON par. out/sat out

ESP-270P Order No. 24.7010

PA speaker system, with black plastic coating. • 100 V line technique • Switchable to 8 Ω operation • 2-way bass-reflex system with two 18 cm (7") bass-midrange speakers and a tweeter horn with ferrofluid • 4 power taps, 8 Ω connection and 100 V power selector switch • Prepared for mounting onto stands with supporting plate Wood Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Other features

E 126

PA Technology 2013

ESP-270P 50-15,000 Hz 50/37.5/25/12.5 WRMS 100 WRMS/200 WMAX 94 dB 0-40 °C 480x290x240 mm 9 kg 6 x screw terminal

Weatherproof Speaker Systems for permanent open-air applications, e.g. at fairground attractions, PA applications in pedestrian areas, at sports facilities and wherever a weatherprotected installation of the speakers is not possible.

PAB-120WP/SW

PAB-12WP/SW

Order No. 25.3750

SPEAKERS

Available by popular demand: weatherproof PA speakers with IP classification. Exactly the right speakers whenever a high sound quality, a high volume capability and a respective resistance to all weather conditions are required. Ideally suited

Order No. 25.3740

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 120 WRMS • High-performance 2-way bass-reflex system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 100 V line technique • 30 cm (12") PA bass speaker with impregnated paper cone • 25 mm (1") horn tweeter system • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Speaker in and parallel out • Metal parts made of stainless steel • 4 x M10 thread insert each at the top and bottom for suspended installation • Stand sleeve ABS

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Other features

Weather

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 400 WMAX/200 WRMS ,8 Ω • High-performance 2-way bass-reflex system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 30 cm (12") PA bass speaker with impregnated paper cone • 25 mm (1") horn tweeter system • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Speaker in and parallel out • Metal parts made of stainless steel • 4 x M10 thread insert each at the top and bottom for suspended installation • Stand sleeve ABS

PAB-120WP/SW 42-20,000 Hz 120/60/30 WRMS 98 dB 119 dB 300 -10 °C to +40 °C 370x655x410 mm 21 kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out bass-reflex

Weather

PAB-12WP/SW 42-20,000 Hz 400 WMAX, 200 WRMS 98 dB 121 dB 300 -10 °C to +40 °C 370x655x410 mm 20 kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out bass-reflex

PA Technology 2013

E 127

Weatherproof Speaker Systems Available by popular demand: weatherproof PA speakers with IP classification. Exactly the right speakers whenever a high sound quality, a high volume capability and a respective resistance to all weather conditions are required. Ideally suited for permanent open-air applications, e.g. at fairground attractions, PA applications in pedestrian areas, at sports facilities and wherever a weather-protected installation of the speakers is not possible.

PAB-82WP/WS Order No. 25.3590

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 120 WRMS in 100 V operation or up to 240 WMAX/120 WRMS in 8 Ω operation • High-performance 2-way coaxial speaker system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 100 V operation or 8 Ω operation, selectable • 20 cm (8") PA coaxial system with impregnated paper cone • Coaxially integrated 25 mm (1") horn tweeter • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Recessed connection terminal with cover plate and high-strength cable gland • Speaker in and parallel out, screw terminal • Metal parts and wall bracket made of stainless steel ABS

Weather

PAB-8WP/WS Order No. 25.3570

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 120 WRMS in 100 V operation or up to 240 WMAX/120 WRMS in 8 Ω operation • High-performance 2-way bass-reflex system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 100 V or 8 Ω operation, selectable • 20 cm (8") PA bass speaker with impregnated paper cone • 25 mm (1") horn tweeter system • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Recessed connection terminal with cover plate and high-strength cable gland • Speaker in and parallel out, screw terminal • Metal parts and wall bracket made of stainless steel ABS

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Other features

E 128

Weather

PAB-82WP/WS 50-20,000 Hz 120/60/30 WRMS 240 WMAX, 120 WRMS 96 dB 117 dB 200 -10 °C to +40 °C 280x280x270 mm 9.5 kg 2 x SPEAKER par. in/out screw terminal mounting bracket, bass-reflex

PA Technology 2013

PAB-8WP/WS 48-20,000 Hz 120/60/30 WRMS 240 WMAX, 120 WRMS 96 dB 117 dB 200 -10 °C to +40 °C 240x430x250 mm 13.1 kg 2 x SPEAKER par in/out screw terminal mounting bracket, bass-reflex

PROSOUND 05/2011 "The cabinets give a solid impression ... and meet IP45 requirements. All four speaker systems are suitable for pleasant background music ... the large PAB-8WP/WS is capable of quite high volume levels ... however, the small ones should not be underestimated ... these speaker systems are impressive and the price is quite reasonable for weatherproof speaker systems."

Weatherproof Speaker Systems

PAB-6WP/WS Order No. 25.3560

ABS

SPEAKERS

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 100 WRMS in 100 V operation or up to 180 WMAX/100 WRMS in 8 Ω operation • Compact 2-way bass-reflex system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 100 V or 8 Ω operation, selectable • 16 cm bass speaker with coated carbon fibre cone • 30 mm dome tweeter with horn front attachment • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Recessed connection terminal with cover plate and high-strength cable gland • Metal parts and wall bracket made of stainless steel Weather

PAB-52WP/WS Order No. 25.3580

Weatherproof high-performance PA speaker system, 50 WRMS in 100 V operation or up to 100 WMAX/50 WRMS in 4 Ω operation • Compact wideband bass-reflex system with cabinet made of ABS plastic • 100 V or 4 Ω operation, selectable • 13 cm (5") high-quality full range speaker with aluminium cone • Excellent sound characteristics • Front grille with water-repellent gauze • Recessed connection terminal with cover plate and high-strength cable gland • Metal parts and wall bracket made of stainless steel ABS

Model Frequency range Power capability, 100 V Power capability, 8 Ω SPL (1 W/m) Max. rated SPL Type of speaker Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Other features

Weather

PAB-6WP/WS 42-19,000 Hz 100/50/25 WRMS 180 WMAX, 100 WRMS 90 dB 110 dB 165 -10 °C to +40 °C 200x370x240 mm 7.1 kg screw terminal mounting bracket, bass-reflex

PAB-52WP/WS 60-18,000 Hz 50/25/12.5 WRMS 87 dB 104 dB 130 -10 °C to +40 °C 200x200x190 mm 5.1 kg screw terminal mounting bracket, bass-reflex

PA Technology 2013

E 129

Garden Speakers

GLS-351/GR Order No. 16.3080

Weatherproof PA garden speaker "Rock", stone look, for general PA applications, e.g. in gardens, hotels, restaurants and pubs. • 100 V line technique or 8 Ω operation • Robust, glass fibre reinforced plastic cabinet • 2-way speaker system (200 mm bass speaker and 13 mm tweeter) • Integrated audio transformer with 4 power taps (30/20/10/5 WRMS) • Connection cable with luster terminals

Weather

GLS-301/GR Order No. 16.3070

Weatherproof PA garden speaker "Rock", stone look, for general PA applications, e.g. in gardens, hotels, restaurants and pubs. • Omnidirectional radiation • 100 V line technique or 8 Ω operation • Robust, glass fibre reinforced plastic cabinet • 2-way coaxial speaker system (200 mm bass speaker and 13 mm tweeter) • Integrated audio transformer with 4 power taps (30/20/10/5 WRMS) • Connection cable with luster terminals

Weather

GLS-251/BN Order No. 16.3060

Weatherproof PA garden speaker "Rock", stone look, for general PA applications, e.g. in gardens, hotels, restaurants and pubs. • 100 V line technique or 8 Ω operation • Robust, glass fibre reinforced plastic cabinet • 2-way coaxial speaker system (165 mm bass speaker and 13 mm tweeter) • Integrated audio transformer with 4 power taps (20/15/10/5 WRMS) • Connection cable with luster terminals

Weather Model Frequency range Number of speakers Power rating SPL (1W/1m) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight

E 130

GLS-351/GR 60-20,000 Hz 2 30/20/10/5 WRMS (100 V) 90 WMAX/45 WRMS (8 Ω) 88 dB -20 °C to +50 °C approx. 370x300x300 mm 6.8 kg

PA Technology 2013

GLS-301/GR 60-20,000 Hz 2 30/20/10/5 WRMS (100 V) 90 WMAX/45 WRMS (8 Ω) 85 dB -20 °C to +50 °C approx. 310x320x500 mm 9.5 kg

GLS-251/BN 70-20,000 Hz 2 (coaxial) 20/15/10/5 WRMS (100 V) 60 WMAX/30 WRMS (8 Ω) 85 dB -20 °C to +50 °C approx. 340x370x290 mm 5 kg

Garden Speakers

GLS-400/GN Order No. 16.3150

SPEAKERS

Weatherproof hi-fi and PA garden speaker, for high-quality PA applications, e.g. in gardens and swimming pool areas. • 100 V line technique or 8 Ω operation • Hi-fi quality sound • High-tech coaxial speaker system of a high power capability with a 20 cm (8") bass speaker and 25 mm (1") tweeter with inverse titanium dome • Extensive crossover network for a high-quality sound • Robust plastic housing of excellent quality • Housing also suitable for in-ground installation • Protection class: IP56 • Integrated audio transformer with 4 power taps (8, 16, 32 and 64 WRMS) • Removable stainless steel front grille • Connection cable, 7 cores Weather

GLS-201/GR Order No. 16.1820

Weatherproof PA garden speaker "Granite", stone look, for general PA applications, e.g. in gardens, hotels, restaurants and pubs. • 100 V line technique • 20 cm (8") high-quality full range speaker with dual cone • Polypropylene cone • 5.8 m multicore connection cable • Integrated audio transformer with 3 power taps

Weather

GLS-200/GR Order No. 16.1510

Weatherproof PA garden speaker "Granite", 100 WMAX, 8 Ω, stone look, for general PA applications, e.g. in gardens, hotels, restaurants and pubs. • 20 cm (8") high-quality full range speaker with dual cone • Polypropylene cone

Weather

Model Frequency range Number of speakers Power rating SPL (1W/1m) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions

GLS-400/GN 45-20,000 Hz 2 64/32/16/8 WRMS (100 V) 150 WMAX/75 WRMS (8 Ω) 91 dB -20 °C to +45 °C ø 341 mm x 433 mm

Weight

7.5 kg

GLS-201/GR 80-15,000 Hz 1 25/15/7.5 WRMS

GLS-200/GR 50-16,000 Hz 1 100 WMAX

88 dB -10 °C to +40 °C 440x310x320 mm (dimensions may slightly vary for manufacturing reasons) 5.7 kg

89 dB -10 °C to +40 °C 440x310x320 mm (dimensions may slightly vary for manufacturing reasons) 4.9 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 131

Music Horns The music horns from MONACOR are the state-of-the-art solution in order to use the full range of a horn speaker with a clearly extended frequency range. The 2-way technology with a dynamic cone bass-midrange speaker and a horn tweeter allows for an increase in the sound quality and permits to radiate the keynotes of voices and instruments which cannot be achieved by conventional horn speakers. The music horns are a perfect solution whenever an optimum voice volume and/or a more complete music transmission is required.

IT-400TW Order No. 16.2580

Weatherproof horn speaker (music horn), 2-way technology • 100 V line technique with very high tapping power • Weatherproof and IP66 certified • Very wideband sound with a distinct bass volume even at very high volume levels • 16 cm bass-midrange speaker and 25 mm (1") horn • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications wherever a high sound pressure level and a particularly good sound are required • Robust plastic housing with extra low resonance and very high rear dampening • Supplied with mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel • Connection via screw terminals with 4 power taps ABS

Weather

Tweeter

IT-300TW Order No. 16.2230

Weatherproof horn speaker (music horn), 2-way technology • 100 V line technique with high power taps • Weatherproof and IP66 certified • Very wideband sound with a distinct bass volume • 16 cm bass-midrange speaker and 25 mm (1") horn • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications wherever a high sound pressure level and a particularly good sound are required • Robust light grey ABS plastic housing • Supplied with mounting bracket and stainless steel screws • Connection via screw terminal strip with 4 power taps ABS

Weather

Tweeter

IT-100TW Order No. 16.2570

Weatherproof horn speaker (music horn), 2-way technology • 100 V line technique • Weatherproof and IP66 certified • Wideband sound with clear bass frequencies • 13 cm bass-midrange speaker and 25 mm (1") horn • Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications • Robust plastic housing of very low resonance • Supplied with mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel • Connection via screw terminals with 4 power taps

ABS

Weather

Model Power rating Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Radiation angle (hor./vert.) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature

E 132

PA Technology 2013

Tweeter IT-400TW 60/30/15/7.5 WRMS 100-15,000 Hz 101 dB 100°/60° -20 °C to +50 °C 420x335x400 mm 7.1 kg IP66, ABS, 2-way

IT-300TW 30/15/7.5/3.75 WRMS 100-15,000 Hz 101 dB 100°/60° -20 °C to +50 °C 370x250x300 mm 4.7 kg IP66, ABS, 2-way

IT-100TW 30/15/7.5/3.75 WRMS 110-16,000 Hz 99 dB 110°/60° -20 °C to +50 °C 310x215x330 mm 4.7 kg IP66, ABS, 2-way

SPEAKERS

100 V Horn Speakers

IT-100 Order No. 16.3000

Weatherproof horn speaker, with very high power capability. • 100 V line technique • Weatherproof and IP66 tested • Protected against powerful water jets • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications • Light grey ABS housing (self-extinguishing, corresponds to the standard UL 94V-0) • Mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel • Integrated ceramic connection terminal with thermal fuse • 4 power taps ABS

Weather

UL 94V-0

IT-60 Order No. 16.2990

Weatherproof horn speaker, with high power capability. • 100 V line technique • Weatherproof and IP66 tested • Protected against powerful water jets • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications • Light grey ABS housing (self-extinguishing, corresponnds to the standard UL 94V-0) • Mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel • Integrated ceramic connection terminal with thermal fuse • 4 power taps ABS

Weather

Model Power rating Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Radiation angle (hor./vert.) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature

UL 94V-0 IT-100 100/50/25/12.5 WRMS 200-7,500 Hz 112 dB 80°/30° -20 °C to +50 °C ø 305 mm x 385 mm 4.1 kg IP66, ABS

IT-60 60/30/15/7.5 WRMS 230-9,000 Hz 110 dB 80°/30° -20 °C to +50 °C ø 305 mm x 385 mm 3.9 kg IP66, ABS

PA Technology 2013

E 133

100 V Horn Speakers

IT-50 Order No. 16.0150

Horn speaker • Humidity-proof • 100 V line technique • For industrial use, in workshops

Aluminium

IT-40 Order No. 16.1360

Weatherproof horn speaker • 100 V line technique • Weatherproof and IP66 tested • Protected against powerful water jets • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications • Robust plastic housing • Mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel • 5-step power selector switch ABS

Weather

IT-35 Order No. 16.0870

Weather

Model Power rating Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Radiation angle (hor./vert.) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature Replacement voice coil

E 134

The corresponding radiation angles can be found on our website www.monacor.com

PA Technology 2013

IT-50 50/25/15/5 WRMS 200-9,000 Hz 107.5 dB 90°/90° ø 390 mm x 440 mm 5.5 kg aluminium IT-50/VC

IT-40 40/30/20/10/5 WRMS 180-7,000 Hz 113 dB 100°/45° -20 °C to +50 °C 400x200x420 mm 3.9 kg IP66, plastic IT-40/VC

IT-35 25/20/15/10/5 WRMS 250-10,000 Hz 108 dB 110°/52° -20 °C to +50 °C 300x180x315 mm 2.5 kg IP66, plastic IT-230/VC

100 V Horn Speakers

IT-33 Order No. 16.2190

ABS

UL 94V-0

SPEAKERS

Weatherproof horn speaker • 100 V line technique • IP64 tested, splashproof • White ABS housing (self-extinguishing, corresponds to the standard UL 94V-0) • Particularly high power capability in relation to the size of the speaker • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications • Integrated high-pass filter for optimising the sound and stability

Weather

IT-30 Order No. 16.0670

Weatherproof horn speaker • 100 V line technique • Weatherproof and IP66 tested • Protected against powerful water jets • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications • Aluminium housing • Mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel • 4-step power selector switch Aluminium

The corresponding radiation angles can be found on our website www.monacor.com

Weather

IT-20 Order No. 16.0660

Model Power rating Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Radiation angle (hor./vert.) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature Replacement voice coil

Weather

IT-33 25/12.5/6.25 WRMS 500-13,000 Hz 107 dB 90°/90° -20 °C to +50 °C ø 130 mm x 175 mm 1.8 kg IP64, self-extinguishing ABS -

IT-30 20/15/10/5 WRMS 250-10,000 Hz 108.5 dB 80°/80° -20 °C to +50 °C ø 265 mm x 310 mm 2.3 kg IP66, aluminium IT-230/VC

IT-20 15/10/5/2.5 WRMS 275-7,000 Hz 106 dB 100°/50° -20 °C to +50 °C 250x145x300 mm 2.0 kg IP66, plastic IT-230/VC

PA Technology 2013

E 135

100 V Horn Speakers

IT-130 Order No. 16.1710

Weatherproof horn speaker • 100 V line technique • Weatherproof and IP66 tested • Protected against powerful water jets • Power selector switch • For open-air events, industrial use, in workshops

ABS

Weather

IT-115 Order No. 16.1700

ABS

Weather

IT-110 Order No. 16.1690

Horn speaker • 100 V line technique • Weatherproof and IP66 tested • Protected against powerful water jets • Power selector switch • For open-air events, industrial use, in workshops

ABS

Weather

Model Power rating Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Radiation angle (hor./vert.) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature

E 136

PA Technology 2013

IT-130 30/15/10/5/3/1 WRMS 250-16,000 Hz 109 dB no data -20 °C to +50 °C 290x215x260 mm 1.7 kg IP66, ABS plastic

IT-115 15/10/5/3/1 WRMS 280-12,500 Hz 108 dB no data -20 °C to +50 °C 225x160x235 mm 1.3 kg IP66, ABS plastic

IT-110 10/5/3/1 WRMS 315-12,500 Hz 105 dB no data -20 °C to +50 °C 175x130x185 mm 1.1 kg IP66, ABS plastic

SPEAKERS

Low-impedance Horn Speakers

NR-100KS Order No. 16.3020

Weatherproof horn speaker, with very high power capability. • 16 Ω speaker system • IP66 tested, protected against powerful water jets • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications • Robust light grey plastic housing of compact size • Aluminium mounting bracket ABS

Weather

NR-60KS Order No. 16.3010

Weatherproof horn speaker, with high power capability. • 16 Ω speaker system • IP66 tested, protected against powerful water jets • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications • Robust light grey plastic housing • Aluminium mounting bracket ABS Model Power rating Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature

Weather NR-100KS 100 WMAX/16 Ω 300-9,000 Hz 106 dB -20 °C to +50 °C ø 146 mm x 160 mm 2.2 kg IP66, plastic

NR-60KS 60 WMAX/16 Ω 340-10,000 Hz 103 dB -20 °C to +50 °C ø 146 mm x 160 mm 2.2 kg IP66, plastic

PA Technology 2013

E 137

Low-impedance Horn Speakers

NR-40KS Order No. 16.1370

Weatherproof horn speaker • 16 Ω speaker system • IP66 tested, protected against powerful water jets • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications • Robust plastic housing • Mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel ABS

Weather

The corresponding radiation angles can be found on our website www.monacor.com

UHC-30 Order No. 16.0640

Weatherproof horn speaker • 8 Ω speaker system • IP66 tested, protected against powerful water jets • For open-air events, industrial use, in workshops • Mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel Aluminium

Weather

NR-254KS Order No. 16.2480

Weatherproof horn speaker • 4 Ω speaker system • IP66 tested, protected against powerful water jets • Especially suitable for voice transmissions • Robust plastic housing of compact size • Supplied with mounting bracket and mounting screws ABS

Weather

Model Power rating Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Radiation angle (hor./vert.) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature Replacement voice coil

NR-40KS 60WMAX/16 Ω 180-7,000 Hz 113 dB 110°/45° -20 °C to +50 °C 400x200x385 mm 3.3 kg IP66, plastic IT-40/VC

UHC-30 38 WMAX/8 Ω 230-10,000 Hz 108.5 dB 75°/75° -20 °C to +50 °C ø 310 mm x 285 mm 2.0 kg IP66, aluminium IT-230/VC

Replacement Voice Coils For horn systems. Model IT-50/VC IT-230/VC IT-40/VC KU-516/VC KU-616T/VC KU-916T/VC

E 138

Order No. 16.0370 16.0750 16.1380 16.0730 16.0720 16.1620

PA Technology 2013

Suitable for: IT-50 IT-20, IT-30, IT-35, UHC-30, NR-33KS IT-40, NR-40KS KU-516 KU-616T KU-916T

NR-254KS 25 WMAX/4 Ω 600-14,000 Hz 107 dB 90°/90° -20 °C to +50 °C 106x106x88 mm 1.1 kg IP66, plastic -

SPEAKERS

Low-impedance Horn Speakers

NR-35KS

NR-33KS

Order No. 16.0250

Horn speaker • Humidity-proof • 8 Ω speaker system

Order No. 16.0240

Weatherproof horn speaker • IP66 tested, protected against powerful water jets • 8 Ω speaker system • Suitable for general indoor and outdoor applications • Robust plastic housing • Mounting bracket and screws made of stainless steel ABS

ABS

NR-24KS

Horn speaker • Humidity-proof • 8 Ω speaker system

Weather

NR-22KS

Order No. 16.1020

ABS

NR-20KS

Order No. 16.1010

Horn speaker • Humidity-proof • 8 Ω speaker system

Order No. 16.1000

Horn speaker • Humidity-proof • 8 Ω speaker system

ABS

ABS Model Power rating Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Radiation angle (hor./vert.) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature Replacement voice coil

NR-25KS

Order No. 16.0650

NR-35KS 40 WMAX/8 Ω 300-12,000 Hz 107 dB 100°/50° 280x170x215 mm 2.0 kg plastic -

NR-33KS 23 WMAX/8 Ω 275-7,000 Hz 106 dB 100°/50° -20 °C to +50 °C 250x145x272 mm 1.5 kg IP66, plastic IT-230/VC

NR-25KS 30 WMAX/8 Ω 350-8,000 Hz 102 dB 200x140x235 mm 1.4 kg plastic -

ABS NR-24KS 30 WMAX/8 Ω 400-7,000 Hz 105 dB 200x150x235 mm 1.1 kg plastic -

NR-22KS 15 WMAX/8 Ω 600-7,000 Hz 104 dB ø 135 mm x 165 mm 0.5 kg plastic -

NR-20KS 10 WMAX/8 Ω 800-7,000 Hz 103 dB ø 90 mm x 105 mm 0.4 kg plastic -

PA Technology 2013

E 139

Low-impedance Horn Speakers

NR-15KS

NR-12KS

Order No. 16.0220

Horn speaker • Aluminium version • Humidity-proof • 8 Ω speaker system

Order No. 16.0990

Horn speaker • Aluminium version • For open-air events, industrial use, in workshops • Humidity-proof • 8 Ω speaker system

Aluminium

DH-10

Horn speaker • Humidity-proof • 8 Ω speaker system

ABS

Aluminium

RUP-5

Order No. 16.0010

RUS-5

Order No. 16.0280

Horn speaker • Humidity-proof • 8 Ω speaker system

Order No. 16.0290

Horn speaker • Humidity-proof • 8 Ω speaker system

ABS Model Power rating Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Radiation angle (hor./vert.) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature

E 140

NR-18KS

Order No. 16.0210

PA Technology 2013

Horn speaker • Humidity-proof • 8 Ω speaker system

Aluminium NR-15KS 15 WMAX/8 Ω 350-12,000 Hz 100 dB 210x150x195 mm 1.2 kg aluminium

NR-12KS 12 WMAX/8 Ω 350-12,000 Hz 100 dB ø 160 mm x 155 mm 1.0 kg aluminium

NR-18KS 10 WMAX/8 Ω 1,200-7,000 Hz 98 dB 80x100x60 mm 0.4 kg plastic

ABS DH-10 10 WMAX/8 Ω 350-10,000 Hz 97 dB 120x130x115 mm 0.6 kg plastic

RUP-5 10 WMAX/8 Ω 400-8,000 Hz 102 dB 90°/90° ø 130 mm x 130 mm 0.5 kg

RUS-5 8 WMAX/8 Ω 400-8,000 Hz 102 dB 45°/110° 90x105x125 mm 0.5 kg plastic

SPEAKERS

Horn Drivers and Trumpets

KU-516

KU-616T

Order No. 16.0700

Weatherproof horn driver • Diecast version, IP66 • Protected against powerful water jets • Matching the horns SK-22 and SK-159 • 3.5 cm (1π") mounting flange

Weather

KU-916T

Order No. 16.0710

Weather

Model Power rating

KU-516 50 WRMS/75 WMAX (16 Ω)

Frequency range SPL (1W/1m) Radiation angle (hor./vert.) Admiss. ambient temp. Dimensions Weight Special feature Replacement voice coil

160-6,500 Hz 113 dB -20 °C to +50 °C ø 125 mm x 100 mm 2.1 kg IP66 KU-516/VC

SK-159

Order No. 16.1610

Weatherproof horn driver • 100 V line technique • Protected against powerful water jets • Power selector switch • Matching the horns SK-22 and SK-159 • 3.5 cm (1π") mounting flange • 55 cm connection cable

Weather

KU-616T 60 WMAX 40/30/20/10/5 WRMS 160-6,500 Hz 112 dB -20 °C to +50 °C ø 150 mm x 136 mm 2.3 kg IP66 KU-616T/VC

Weather

KU-916T 90 WMAX 60/50/40/30/20/10 WRMS 160-7,000 Hz 113 dB -20 °C to +50 °C ø 150 mm x 158 mm 2.8 kg IP66 KU-916T/VC

SK-22

Order No. 16.0300

Order No. 16.0310

Trumpet, for horn drivers. • 3.5 cm (1π") mounting flange • Dimensions: 375x222x300 mm (WxHxD)

Aluminium

Trumpet, for horn drivers. • 3.5 cm (1π") mounting flange • Dimensions: ø 565 mm x 460 mm

Aluminium

PA Technology 2013

E 141

Megaphones Attention guaranteed! With our range of reliable megaphones, we provide the perfect solution for each application. A few basic selection criteria will help you to choose the right unit. The operating range is surely the most important one. Here, the following applies: with increasing sound pressure (in dB), the operating range of the megaphone increases, too. Furthermore, it is possible to choose between megaphones with integrated microphone, with hand-held microphone or units with an additional wireless microphone. Each megaphone from MONACOR is supplied with power by standard batteries. As an alternative, a few units also feature a 12 V connection. Size, weight and the power supply are further selection criteria for choosing the right megaphone. With these comparison criteria, you will surely find the ideal megaphone meeting your individual requirements very quickly.

TXM-48 Order No. 17.2380

Wireless megaphone, with microphone transmitter. • Carrier frequency: 863.05-864.95 MHz, operating range: approx. 30 m • Removable hand-held microphone with helix cable • Lockable talk button and volume control at the cable-connected microphone • Aux input with level control • Jack for external 12 V battery operation • Siren, switchable • Connection cable for motor vehicles • 8 mm threaded jack for mounting onto a stand Licence-free in the EU.

TM-45 Order No. 17.1000

Megaphone • Hand-held microphone with removable helix cable • Lockable talk button and volume control at the microphone • Aux input with level control • Jack for external 12 V battery operation • Siren, switchable • Connection cable for motor vehicles • 8 mm threaded jack for mounting onto a stand

E 142

PA Technology 2013

Megaphones TM-35 Order No. 17.0990

SPEAKERS

Megaphone • Hand-held microphone with helix cable • Lockable talk button and volume control at the microphone • Jack for external 12 V battery operation • Siren, switchable • Connection cable for motor vehicles • 8 mm threaded jack for mounting onto a stand

TM-27 Order No. 17.0980

Megaphone • Hand-held microphone with fixed helix cable • Lockable talk button and volume control at the microphone • Siren, switchable • Jack for external 12 V battery operation • Connection cable for motor vehicles

TM-17 Order No. 17.3500

Megaphone • Hand-held microphone with helix cable • Lockable talk button and volume control at the microphone • Operating switch for siren, speech and whistling sound • Jack for external 12 V battery operation • Connection cable for motor vehicles

Model Built-in microphone Hand-held microphone Wireless microphone Lockable button microphone Pistol grip Carrying strap Wrist strap Shoulder strap Connection cable for motor vehicles Siren Acoustic signal Volume control Battery status indication 8 mm thread Aux input with level control Output power SPL (1 W/m) Power supply

12 V connection Dimensions Weight

TXM-48 X X X X X X X X X X 45 WMAX 124 dB 10 x 1.5 V batt. D size not supplied, ext. 12 V‡/4 A X ø 350 mm x 505 mm 3.4 kg

TM-45 X X X X X X X X X 45 WMAX 124 dB 10 x 1.5 V batt. D size not supplied, ext. 12 V‡/4 A X ø 350 mm x 505 mm 3.3 kg

TM-35 X X X X X X X X 35 WMAX 122 dB 8 x 1.5 V batt. C size not supplied, ext. 12 V‡/3 A X ø 300 mm x 460 mm 2.5 kg

TM-27 X X X X X X X 25 WMAX 119 dB 8 x 1.5 V batt. C size not supplied, ext. 12 V‡/2 A X ø 230 mm x 340 mm 1.7 kg

TM-17 X X X X X X X 25 WMAX 110 dB 8 x 1.5 V batt. C size not supplied, ext. 12 V‡/2 A X ø 230 mm x 340 mm 1.7 kg

PA Technology 2013

E 143

Megaphones TM-25 Order No. 17.0970

Megaphone • Built-in microphone • Siren, switchable • Jack for external 12 V battery operation • Volume control • Connection cable for motor vehicles

TM-15 Order No. 17.3490

Megaphone • Built-in microphone • Volume control • Operating switch for siren, speech and whistling sound

TM-22 Order No. 17.2140

Megaphone, with piezo converter. • Low weight and low power consumption due to piezo technology • Built-in microphone • Siren and acoustic signal, switchable • Volume control • Battery status indication

Extra lightweight version.

TM-11 Order No. 17.3480

Megaphone • Built-in microphone • Siren, switchable • Volume control

E 144

PA Technology 2013

Megaphones TM-6 Order No. 17.1800

SPEAKERS

Megaphone, in a plastic housing, small design. • Built-in microphone • Siren, switchable • Volume control

TM-10 Order No. 17.3470

Megaphone • Built-in microphone • Siren, switchable • Volume control

TM-12DC Order No. 17.1030

Connection cable • For megaphones with external power supply • Fitted with low-voltage plug 5.5/2.1 mm and cigarette lighter plug with power LED • Integrated fine-wire fuse 5 A • Also suitable for general use • Length: 6 m

12 V connection Dimensions Weight

TM-25 X X X X X X 25 WMAX 115 dB 8 x 1.5V batt. C size not supplied, ext. 12 V‡/2 A X ø 230 mm x 370 mm 1.7 kg

TM-15 X X X X X X 25 WMAX 110 dB 8 x 1.5 V batt. C size not supplied

TM-22 X X X X X X X 20 WMAX 115 dB 8 x 1.5 V batt. AA size not supplied

TM-11 X X X X X 15 WMAX 100 dB 8 x 1.5 V battery AA size not supplied

TM-6 X X X X X 8 WMAX 94 dB 6 x 1.5 V batt. AA size not supplied

TM-10 X X X X X 10 WMAX 90 dB 8 x 1.5 V batt. AA size not supplied

ø 230 mm x 370 mm 1.3 kg

ø 195 mm x 315 mm 850 g

ø 205 mm x 340 mm 1.1 kg

ø 150 mm x 237 mm 620 g

ø 158 mm x 244 mm 595 g

PA Technology 2013

E 145

Voice Amplifiers The WAP-7D system presents a new class of high-quality units for mobile voice amplification. The latest technology of rechargeable batteries, digital amplification and a perfect workmanship of high quality. The WAP-7D is even suitable as a miniature solution for background music due to the additional line input.

WAP-7D Order No. 17.2830

Portable digital voice amplifier Scope of delivery: 1 electret headband microphone, 1 mini electret microphone, 1 digital active speaker, 1 microphone extension cable, 1 line connection cable, 1 plug-in charger, 2 clips, 1 waist strap, 1 carrying strap and 1 transport bag. • In proportion to the ultra-compact size, provides a high-quality sound for voice transmissions and a very high level stability • For general mobile speech applications, e.g. at lectures and training sessions, sales events • Suitable for general applications due to versatile wearing options • Powerful 7 W digital amplifier • Additional line input (3.5 mm jack) for external audio sources, e.g. MP3 players and laptops • Built-in lithium-ion rech. batteries (2 x 3.6 V‡/2,200 mAh), charging of the rechargeable batteries via supplied plugin charger Model Frequency range Output power THD Max. SPL Power supply Dimensions Weight

WAP-5 Order No. 17.3200

Waistband amplifier with line input • Supplied with a high-sensitivity electret headband microphone • For general mobile speech applications, e.g. at lectures and training sessions, aerobics, sales events • With adjustable waist strap • 7 W amplifier with volume control • Additional line input (3.5 mm jack) for external audio sources, e.g. MP3 player • Battery operation/rechargeable battery operation, charging of the optional rechargeable batteries via the supplied plug-in charger, removal of the batteries not required • Operating time with fully charged batteries: approx. 6-8 hours • Power supply: 9 V‡ (6 x AA size) • Supplied without batteries/rechargeable batteries Do not connect the plug-in charger to the voice amplifier when using standard batteries!

E 146

PA Technology 2013

• Very long operating time of up to 30 hours with fully charged batteries

WAP-7D 20-20,000 Hz 7WMAX/5 WRMS 0.3% 83 dB 2 x 3.6 V lithium-ion rech. battery 85x130x26 mm 280 g

BTR-55

RDS-RADIO

Order No. 17.3770

Order No. 17.3780

Flush-mounted Bluetooth receiver The BTR-55 is a flush-mounted Bluetooth receiver with integrated stereo amplifier for receiving music from Bluetooth-enabled devices, e.g. smartphones, tablet PCs, MP3 players, laptops. The unit is operated via one button only for pairing, connecting and switching the appliance on or off. The front panel with a size of 55x55 mm is compatible with many standard switches and allows an installation into standard flush-mounted sockets. The connection to the respective end device via Bluetooth is done once with the operating button and LED indicator. After the first connection, the BTR-55 stores the end device. Up to 8 units can be stored. When switching the BTR-55 on, it identifies the stored end devices and connects to them automatically. The music selection and volume control can be done via the portable end device. The music is transmitted wirelessly to the BTR-55 via Bluetooth. Suitable speakers, e.g. ceiling speakers can be connected to the integrated stereo amplifier of the BTR-55. With the line output at the rear side of the BTR-55, any standard hi-fi system can also be connected. In combination with the flush-mounted RDS-RADIO, the BTR-55 allows the reproduction from additional external audio sources. Model Output power Audio inputs Audio outputs Interfaces Operating range Power supply Dimensions Other features

BTR-55 2 x 1.3 WRMS/4 Ω line out/speaker output (stereo) incl. Bluetooth receiver (version 2.1, A2DP profile) approx. 10 m 230 V~ 55x55x36 mm

Sound from the Socket Description of features: A microphone with a 6.3 mm plug and a sound source, e.g. CD player, tuner, etc. with RCA plugs can be connected to the preamplifier PREAMP-1UP and be adjusted separately via the two front controls.

AMP-1UP Order No. 17.1340

Flush-mounted power amplifier, 10W • For the connection to one preamplifier PREAMP-1UP • Fitted metal base plate • Incl. level scale and volume sticker

Flush-mounted RDS radio The flush-mounted RDS-RADIO can be operated via the supplied remote control and via 4 buttons directly at the unit. The aux input at the front panel allows the connection of any external audio source, e.g. MP3 players. The front panel with a size of 55x55mm is compatible with many standard switches and allows an installation into standard flush-mounted sockets. The RDS-RADIO is supplied with a wire antenna for empty tubes. For an optimum reception quality, the roof antenna (75Ω, coaxial) can be connected to the antenna terminal. Two speakers can be connected to the integrated amplifier. An external amplifier can be connected to the line output for a full range music reproduction of high volume. The line input at the rear side of the unit can be connected to the Bluetooth receiver BTR-55. Thus, further external audio sources can be played in addition to the 9 radio stations. • Display: RDS text, time • Features: on/off, volume, station 1-9, memory, sleep, alarm clock, volume limit, menu lock

PREAMP-1UP Order No. 17.1350

Flush-mounted preamplifier • For the connection of up to 20 power amplifiers AMP-1UP • Fitted metal base plate • Connections and level controls for line input and microphone input

MOBILE SYSTEMS AMPLIFIER MODULES

Flush-mounted Amplifiers

RDS-RADIO 1 x 1.3 WRMS/4 Ω line in, front and rear line out/speaker output (stereo) antenna input for included wire antenna or roof antenna (75 Ω, coaxial) 230 V~ 55x55x36 mm Supplied with remote control

The pre-amplifier PREAMP-1UP is connected to the power amplifier AMP-1UP. The cabling can be realised via the main lead, i.e. the signals can be fed through from one unit to the other. A max. of 20 power amplifiers AMP-1UP can be connected to one preamplifier PREAMP-1UP. The speakers must be connected to the power amplifier AMP-1UP. Two 8 Ω speakers or one 4 Ω speaker can be operated with one power amplifier. • Designed for transmitting announcements and music conveniently to different rooms • Individual volume control and switching-off possible in each room • Compatible with many standard switches • Suitable for standard 63 mm flush-mounted wall sockets

Model Frequency range

AMP-1UP 45-20,000 Hz

Input

5 V max./47 kΩ

Output Control voltage Power supply Connection

10 W at a load of 4 Ω 0-10 V‡ 22-26 V‡/0.77 A 7-pole terminal strip, removable

PREAMP-1UP 20-20,000 Hz (line) 40-15,000 Hz (mic) 400 mV (line) 4 mV (mic) 5 V max./50 Ω 0-10 V‡ 22-26 V‡/0.025 A 7-pole terminal strip, removable 1 x RCA L/R (line) 1 x 6.3 mm jack (mic)

PA Technology 2013

E 147

KNOW-HOW: 100 V Volume Control Attenuators and Co. In most cases, PA speakers will be capable of adjusting the power drawn and thus the volume at the speaker. This is made via cable ends led through, clamp terminals or selector switches directly at the speaker. This is quite sufficient for many applications. However, for the PA applications in different rooms with separate volume control in each case, 100 V attenuators are used.

These attenuators consist of a transformer in a saver circuit which stepwise attenuates the signal fed in. This volume control is inserted into the 100 V line. The 100 V speaker is connected to the output. A connection of low-impedance 4 立 or 8 立 speakers is not possible. The attenuator is available in different power classes. The maximum rating may be as high as the power of the attenuator.

KNOW-HOW

The attenuators are available in different designs. Individual attenuators are available in a surface-mount or flush-mount version as well as in front plates for 19" installation. Larger amplifiers have integrated attenuators already, thus allowing for a direct control of the different output circuits.

E 148

PA Technology 2013

KNOW-HOW: 100 V Volume Control Attenuators with Emergency Priority Relay Generally, attenuators have a switch position OFF, i.e. the speakers located behind them are switched off. An emergency announcement (in case of fire or alarm) would not be heard. In this case, attenuators with an emergency priority relay are useful. Thus, it is possible to switch on these attenuators from the distance and to make an announcement for these areas as well. The 100 V speaker signal arrives at the attenuator via the connections 1 + 2 and at the speaker via the connections 3 + 4 .

The connections 5 + 6 are new. The emergency priority relay is activated via a voltage of 24 V DC at these connections.

KNOW-HOW

If the attenuator is in position OFF, the points a + c are connected. Thus, the points 3 + 4 are also connected with each other and no signal arrives at the speaker. Now, if the emergency priority relay is activated, the points a + b are connected. The points 2 + 4 and 1 + 3 are thus connected directly with each other and the speaker receives the full speaker signal. After deactivating the relay, the speaker is muted again. In case, the attenuator is at an intermediate stage, the volume of the signal is increased if the relay is activated. There are also attenuators for which the points a + b + c are available via terminals. In that case, the relay can be installed directly at the amplifier, if required. However, the line to the relay is between the points a and c. The line resistance of this line is located below the transformer as a base resistance. Thus, minimum remainders of the speaker signal arrive at the speaker.

PA Technology 2013

E 149

KNOW-HOW: Programme Selectors A PA System for Individual Rooms with Programme Selectors A greater number of rooms, e.g. in a hotel or in a solarium, is to be supplied with 5 different music programmes respectively. For this purpose, 5 individual amplifiers are equipped with a radio module each. Alternatively, CD insertions are possible, too. In each room, a selector switch with following attenuator is used to which a

speaker is connected. Thus, it is possible to select programme and volume in each room independently of the other. As it may theoretically be possible that all users have selected the same programme and the maximum volume, the power of the amplifier must be selected accordingly.

ATT-306

ATT-324PEU

EUL-30/WS

ATT-306

ATT-324PEU

EUL-30/WS

ATT-306

ATT-324PEU

EUL-30/WS

ATT-306

ATT-324PEU

EUL-30/WS

ATT-306

ATT-324PEU

EUL-30/WS

ATT-306

ATT-324PEU

EUL-30/WS

PA-1200 with PA-1200RDS

PA-1200 with PA-1200RDS PA-1140RCD

alternatively

KNOW-HOW

PA-1200 with PA-1200RDS

List of materials

E 150

5 x PA-1200 . . . . . . . . . . . amplifier 5 x PA-1200RDS . . . . . . . . tuner insertion PA-1140RCD alternatively radio/CD insertion

PA Technology 2013

6 x ATT-306 . . . . . . . . . . . programme selector 6 x ATT-324PEU . . . . . . . . volume control 3 x EUL-30/WS . . . . . . . . pair of wall-mount speakers

ACCESSORIES

Volume Controls

ATT-1950 Order No. 17.1370

ATT-19100 Order No. 17.2640

6-way PA volume controls for 482 mm (19") rack installation • 6 audio transformers for 100 V line technique • Connection for priority circuit, 6 priority relays (24 V‡/20 mA) • Attenuation in 10 steps, position 0 is OFF • Aluminium front panel • Available in 3 power classes • Plug-in screw terminal

Model Frequency range Power rating Priority facility Dimensions Weight

ATT-1950 50-18,000 Hz 6 x 50 WRMS yes 484x88x77 mm, 2 RS 1.6 kg

ATT-19100 50-18,000 Hz 6 x 100 WRMS yes 484x88x77 mm, 2 RS 1.8 kg

ATT-442ST Order No. 17.1860

4-channel speaker volume control, stereo Particularly high quality due to transformer technique with universal output assignment (4-16 Ω for each speaker), 20-20,000 Hz, attenuation in 10 steps for each pair, position 0 is OFF. • 2 stereo inputs (100 WRMS max. for each channel) and 4 stereo speaker outputs (18 WRMS/4-16 Ω each) • Source selector switch for each speaker output • Screw terminals • Black metal housing • Dimensions: 432x78x190 mm • Weight: 3.4 kg

This unit finally allows to control the level of several pairs of speakers (up to 4) independently of each other even without 100 V line technique and to connect them together to basic amplifiers, too, without any difficulties. Even speakers with different impedances between 4 and 16 Ω can be mixed as desired. Ideally suited for applications in restaurants and bars.

PA Technology 2013

E 151

Volume Controls, Programme Selectors Wall-Mounted PA Volume Controls with 24 V Emergency Priority Relay • • • •

Attenuation in 10 steps, position 0 is OFF For 100 V line technique White plastic front panel and knob Also suitable for already existing series of switches with standard cover frames (cutout: 50 mm or 55 mm) • Flush mounting in standard 60 mm wall sockets (ATT-5100PEU in 65 mm wall socket) • Plug-in screw terminal

ATT-5...

Wall-Mounted PA Volume Controls with 24V Emergency Priority Relay • • • •

Attenuation in 10 steps, position 0 is OFF For 100 V line technique Snow-white plastic front panel and knob Flush mounting in standard 65 mm wall sockets (except ATT-3100PEU) • Surface mounting with matching housing ATT-300, available at option • Plug-in screw terminal

ATT-306

ATT-3...

ATT-325ST

Order No. 17.1420

Order No. 17.1430

PA programme selector • Switches one of 6 signal sources to one speaker output • For 100 V audio technique or other signals • Built-in relay (24 V) for priority circuit • Snow-white plastic front panel and knob • Flush mounting in standard 65 mm wall sockets • Surface mounting with matching housing ATT-300, available at option • Mounting depth: 35 mm • Plug-in screw terminal

Stereo volume control, of high-quality transmitting technology. • 4 Ω amplifier input and 4 Ω speaker output • Power rating: 25 WRMS per channel • Attenuation in 10 steps, position 0 is OFF • Snow-white plastic front panel and knob • Surface mounting with matching housing ATT-300, available at option • Mounting depth: 50 mm • Plug-in screw terminal

Model

Order No. Freq. range

Power rating

Priority facility

Dimensions

Mounting depth

Weight

Surface-mounted housing

ATT-506PEU

17.3890

50-18,000 Hz

6 WRMS

yes

80x80x67 mm

45 mm

165 g

ATT-512PEU

17.3900

50-18,000 Hz

12 WRMS

yes

80x80x67 mm

45 mm

230 g

ATT-524PEU

17.3910

50-18,000 Hz

24 WRMS

yes

80x80x66 mm

45 mm

230 g

ATT-536PEU

17.3920

50-18,000 Hz

36 WRMS

yes

80x80x66 mm

45 mm

235 g

ATT-550PEU

17.3930

50-18,000 Hz

50 WRMS

yes

80x80x68 mm

45 mm

240 g

ATT-5100PEU

17.3940

50-18,000 Hz

100 WRMS

yes

80x80x70 mm

50 mm

350 g

Model

Order No. Freq. range

Power rating

Priority facility

Dimensions

Mounting depth

Weight

Surface-mounted housing

ATT-306PEU

17.3690

50-18,000 Hz

6 WRMS

yes

80x80x67 mm

45 mm

190 g

ATT-300

ATT-312PEU

17.1380

50-18,000 Hz

12 WRMS

yes

80x80x67 mm

45 mm

190 g

ATT-300

ATT-324PEU

17.1390

50-18,000 Hz

24 WRMS

yes

80x80x67 mm

45 mm

190 g

ATT-300

ATT-336PEU

17.1400

50-18,000 Hz

36 WRMS

yes

80x80x67 mm

45 mm

240 g

ATT-300

ATT-350PEU

17.1410

50-18,000 Hz

50 WRMS

yes

80x80x67 mm

45 mm

240 g

ATT-300

ATT-3100PEU

17.2630

50-18,000 Hz

100 WRMS

yes

80x80x67 mm

45 mm

295 g

ATT-300

E 152

PA Technology 2013

Volume Controls, Surface-mounted Housings Wall-Mounted PA Volume Controls Attenuation in 10 steps, position 0 is OFF Audio transformer for 100 V line technique White plastic front panel and knob Flush mounting, surface mounting with matching housing ATT-200, available at option

ACCESSORIES

• • • •

Model

Order No.

Freq. range

Power rating

Priority facility

Dimensions

Mounting depth

Weight

Surface-mounted housing

ATT-212/WS

17.3670

50-18,000 Hz

12 WRMS

85x85x66 mm

42 mm

160 g

ATT-200

ATT-224/WS

17.3680

50-18,000 Hz

24 WRMS

85x85x66 mm

38 mm

160 g

ATT-200

ATT-235/WS

17.0580

50-18,000 Hz

35 WRMS

85x85x71 mm

42 mm

210 g

ATT-200

ATT-250/WS

17.0590

50-18,000 Hz

50 WRMS

85x85x71 mm

42 mm

210 g

ATT-200

ATT-2100/WS

17.2610

50-18,000 Hz

100 WRMS

85x85x71 mm

42 mm

210 g

ATT-200

ATT-200 Order No. 17.0550

Surface-mounted housing, for wall-mounted PA volume controls but also as protective housing for flush mounting. White plastic, suitable for the 200 series with 2-hole fixing.

ATT-200P Order No. 17.0870

ATT-20 Order No. 03.4500

Front panel, white, plastic • For universal mounting in combination with surface-mounted housing ATT-200 • Without imprint • With drill hole ø 9.0 mm

Rotary knob, white • For shafts ø 6 mm, 18 teeth • Suitable for PA volume controls ATT-.../WS • Diameter: approx. 20 mm • Height: approx. 17 mm

ATT-300

ATT-500PD

Order No. 17.1440

Surface-mounted housing, for wall-mounted PA volume controls of the series ATT-3...PEU. Snow-white plastic.

Order No. 17.3880

Mounting frame • For all panel jacks of the D series from NEUTRIK • Flush mounting in standard 60 mm wall sockets • Also suitable for already existing series of switches with standard cover frame (50 mm or 55 mm cutout) • Dimensions: 80x80x10 mm • Supplied with mounting screws

PA Technology 2013

E 153

KNOW-HOW: Panel Jacks for ATT-500PD Recommended Panel Jacks for the Mounting Frame ATT-500PD

ATT-300

ATT-500PD

KNOW-HOW

Jack

Model

Order No.

BNC

NBB-75DFI NBB-75DFIB

34.6450 34.6460

RCA

NF-2DB0 NF-2DB2 NF-2DB4

34.7110 34.7120 34.8530

HDMI

NAHDMIW NAHDMIWB

34.8630 34.8640

Stereo 6.3 mm

NJ-3FP6C NJ-3FP6CBAG

34.4730 34.4560

RJ-45, Cat. 5

NE-8FDVYK

34.6690

RJ-45, Cat. 5 adapter

NE-8FDP

34.6890

RJ-45, Cat. 6

NE-8FDYC6 NE-8FDYC6B

34.4070 34.4080

Speakon 2 poles Speakon 4 poles

NL-2MP NL-4MP

34.5980 34.4230

USB

NAUSBW NAUSBWB

34.8650 34.8660

XLR jack, 3 poles

NC-3FDL1 NC-3FDL1BAG NC-3FDS1B

34.4690 34.4540 34.0320

XLR plug, 3 poles

NC-3MDL1 NC-3MDL1BAG NC-3MDS1B

34.4700 34.4550 34.0330

XLR jack, 5 poles

NC-5FDL1

34.6060

XLR plug, 5 poles

NC-5MDL1

34.6070

E 154

PA Technology 2013

KNOW-HOW: Example of Application … for the 100 V to Line Converter PATL-100

Example 1: With the mixing amplifier PA-1240, 5 speaker circuits of 80 W each are to be operated. The total power of the amplifier alone is not sufficient for this.

In the example, the zones 1 to 3 are directly operated from the mixing amplifier PA-1240. One PATL-100 each is connected to the zone outputs 4 + 5 and thus the 100 V signal is converted into a line signal. With this line signal, further power amplifiers can be controlled which supply on their part the speakers of the zones 4 + 5. The full functionality of the zone control of the PA-1240 amplifier is maintained, e.g. by the system microphone PA-1120RC.

PATL-100

PA-1240

Example 2: A further amplifier is to be added to an existing system. This amplifier is located in another part of the building.

PATL-100

PA-1120RC

PA-2240

With the PATL-100, the signal can very easily be picked up from the existing 100 V line for feeding it to the new amplifier.

PA-1200

KNOW-HOW

With the PATL-100 (see page E 157), a 100 V signal can be converted into a line signal. In this case, both signals are galvanically isolated from each other.

PATL-100

PA Technology 2013

E 155

Floor Stands, Accessories

MS-60/SW Order No. 23.2930

MS-28 Order No. 23.5440

PAST-164/SW Order No. 11.1960

Microphone floor stand, with movable boom of adjustable length and shockabsorbing folding feet. Thread: 16 mm (∫") and 9 mm (π"). • Mat black lacquered • Adjustable boom length: 56-95 cm • Adjustable height: 106-242 cm • Storage dimensions: 10x98 cm • Weight: 2.9 kg

Microphone floor stand, mat black lacquered, with shock-absorbing black diecast base (ø 25 cm). Very robust and stable version. • Thread: 9 mm (π") • Adjustable height: 88-156 cm • Weight: 4.5 kg

Speaker stand, extra lightweight aluminium version, height can be adjusted in 6 steps, with locking pin. • Aluminium, black • Adjustable height: 140-200 cm • Load capacity at central weight concentration: 30 kg

GN-40XLR

GN-500

MS-210/SW

Order No. 23.0750

GN-40XLR/SW Order No. 23.5700

Goosenecks, 500 mm (20"). • Chromium-plated or black (SW) • 1 x XLR plug • 1 x XLR inline jack • 1:1 connection

MH-152 Order No. 23.3540

Microphone holder, ø 32-42 mm, black flexible plastic. • Especially suitable for wireless hand-held microphones which generally feature a bigger handle • 16 mm (∫") standard thread

E 156

PA Technology 2013

Order No. 23.3120

Order No. 23.3240

Gooseneck, 500 mm (20"). • Chromium-plated • Inside thread: 16 mm (∫") • Outside thread: 9 mm (π") • Incl. adapter, inside thread: 9 mm (π"), outside thread: 16 mm (∫")

Desktop microphone stand • Diecast base • Tiltable tube • Adjustable height: 375-590 mm • Thread: 16 mm (∫") and 9 mm (π") • Weight: 1.9 kg

DMS-1

XLR-703JSM

Order No. 23.3490

Desktop microphone base, for gooseneck microphones. • On/off switch • Non-slip diecast housing • Microphone connection via XLR jack with latching device • XLR output, balanced connection • Dimensions: 135x55x145 mm • Weight: 1.3 kg

Order No. 34.8810

100 V Transformers 100 V High-Performance Audio Transformers

ACCESSORIES

An external 100 V transformer is necessary for an amplifier or speaker without installed 100 V audio transformer. Each of the offered 100 V audio transformers can be used. D E

C F

A B

Model

Order No.

Power

Primary

Secondary

Frequency range

Dimensions

Position

TR-1005

17.0230

10 WRMS

10/5/2.5/1.25/0.625 W

4/8/16 Ω

40-30,000 Hz, -3 dB

71x43x41 mm

TR-1010LC

17.0250

10 WRMS

10/7.5/5/2.5 W

4/8/16 Ω

35-20,000 Hz, -3 dB

71x43x38 mm

TR-1025LC

17.0270

25 WRMS

25/20/12/6 W

4/8/16 Ω

25-20,000 Hz, -3 dB

92x60x52 mm

TR-1050LC

17.0290

50 WRMS

50/37.5/25/12.5 W

4/8/16 Ω

30-15,000 Hz, -3 dB

92x60x58 mm

TR-1120LC

17.0310

120 WRMS

120/100/90/60/30 W

4/8/16 Ω

20-20,000 Hz, -3 dB

72x99x78 mm

TR-175/6

17.0440

6 WRMS

6/4/2/1 W

4/8/16 Ω

28-25,000 Hz, -3 dB

71x42x40 mm

TR-175/10

17.0450

10 WRMS

10/6/4/2/1 W

4/8/16 Ω

35-25,000 Hz, -3 dB

71x42x40 mm

100 V Toroidal Audio Transformers • Very high-quality version with a perfect frequency response and extra low THD • Flat version • Sealed

Model

Order No.

Primary

Secondary

Frequency range

Dimensions

Weight

TR-520

17.1920

5/10/15/20 W

4Ω

80-18,000 Hz

ø 60 mm x 30 mm

400 g

TR-510

17.1910

2.5/5/7.5/10 W

4Ω

80-18,000 Hz

ø 60 mm x 30 mm

300 g

TR-525

17.1210

2.5/5 W

4Ω

80-18,000 Hz

ø 50 mm x 20 mm

160 g

PATL-100 Order No. 17.1180

100 V transformer, for the connection of a 100 V audio signal source to units with line input. • Adjustable line output level (0-1.5V at 100 V input voltage), can be switched internally for other output voltages • 100 V input with plug-in screw terminal • Balanced XLR output, impedance: 1 kΩ, XLR panel plug • Insulated plastic housing • Galvanically isolated input and output • Dimensions: 171x81x61 mm • Weight: 520 g

LKB-1 Order No. 16.1830

Connection terminal, for 100 V PA speakers. • 3-pole ceramic screw terminal • Thermal fuse 1 A/150 °C for disconnecting a faulty speaker in case of a short circuit (fire), so that the function of one speaker line is maintained • Dimensions: 35x20x20 mm

PA Technology 2013

E 157

Universal Supports

LST-10 Order No. 12.9830

LST-12 Order No. 12.4320

Universal support, black lacquered, for wall mounting or ceiling suspension of speaker systems, cameras, lights, etc., adjustable angle ±60° in 7 steps, to be secured with supplied screws. Supplied with 4 fixing screws. Max. load: 10 kg.

Wall support for speaker systems, black lacquered, also suitable for flexible corner mounting due to adjustable mounting brackets, movable mounting plate (approx. 17°), to be secured with supplied screws. Supplied with 4 fixing screws. Max. load: 15 kg.

LST-4

LST-6

Order No. 12.6380

Pair of universal supports, solid version, black lacquered, for wall mounting or ceiling suspension of speaker systems, monitors, floodlights, etc. Can be moved in any direction and be secured with hexagon socket screws. Model Max. load capacity at centr. weight concentration Dimensions Mounting flange Mounting plate Tube length Weight

E 158

PA Technology 2013

ETS-1BR Order No. 11.0680

Mounting set, for PA column speakers with adjustable tilting angle. Consisting of 4 mounting brackets, 4 metal rails and 8 screws (M8 x 12) with matching washers as well as 2 nuts.

LST-40

Order No. 12.1680

Order No. 11.0860

Pair of universal supports, black lacquered, for wall mounting or ceiling suspension of lightweight speaker systems, cameras, lights, etc. Tilting to be adjusted via tooth locking mechanism, mounting plate can be turned and be secured by a setscrew. With safety rope.

Pair of universal supports, robust plastic version, for wall mounting or ceiling suspension of speaker systems, movable and tiltable, tooth locking mechanism, to be secured with hexagon socket screws.

LST-4 11 kg

LST-6 8 kg

LST-40 8 kg

ø 110 mm 175x110 mm 100 mm 2.3 kg (pair)

105x100 mm 108x48 mm 113 mm 1 kg (pair)

82x58 mm 82x58 mm 280 g (pair)

ACCESSORIES

Switch Boxes, Audio Converters

SPS-20S

SPS-40S

Order No. 21.0670

Speaker switch box, for connecting up to 2 pairs of speakers (4-8 Ω) in any combination to 1 stereo amplifier output. Music power: 200 WMAX, dimensions: 176x50x100 mm.

SPS-40A

Outputs Dimensions Weight

SPS-40A 3 x L/R RCA 1 x 3.5 mm jack 1 x L/R RCA 125x48x100 mm 350 g

Order No. 21.1930

Microphone matching transformer, with Hi/Lo switch. With balanced XLR connection as well as 6.3 mm plug, unbalanced, with 15 cm microphone cable. Model Frequency range Input impedance Transformation ratio

Speaker switch box, for connecting up to 8 pairs of speakers (4-8 Ω) in any combination to 1 stereo amplifier output. With integrated power protective resistors. Music power: 300 WMAX, dimensions: 310x60x115 mm.

SMC-1

Order No. 23.1850

Stereo line switch box, for 4 line sources to 1 amplifier line input.

Order No. 21.1750

Speaker switch box, for connecting up to 4 pairs of speakers (4-8 Ω) in any combination to 1 stereo amplifier output. With integrated power protective resistors. Music power: 200 WMAX, dimensions: 176x50x100 mm.

MA-100/15

Order No. 21.0590

Model Inputs

SPS-80S

Order No. 21.0390

MA-100/15 50-15,000 Hz 600 Ω 1:10/1:1 (1 kHz)

Stereo/mono converter • 1 x stereo to 2 x mono • Input impedance: 4.7 kΩ • Connections: input 1 x RCA L/R, output 2 x RCA mono • Dimensions: 65x22x37 mm

ZM-100 Order No. 17.1950

SLA-35 Order No. 21.4010

Stereo level and impedance matching amplifier Volume distortions or volume losses may occur when connecting smartphones, mobile phones, tablet PCs and MP3 players to an amplifier or a mixer. Due to the correct setting of impedance and gain, the SLA-35 is able to provide a better sound. • Adjustable attenuation down to 1/10 (-20 dB) or gain up to 10-fold (+20 dB) • Impedance switching Hi/Lo • RCA and 3.5 mm stereo inputs and outputs • Metal housing • Supplied with plug-in PSU

Model Frequency range Input voltage Output voltage Input impedance Output impedance Amplification factor

THD Crosstalk attenuation S/N ratio Power supply Dimensions Weight

SLA-35 3-50,000 Hz, -1 dB 4.5 V max. 7 V max. 35 kΩ/8.1 kΩ (switch -5.6 dB) 1.6 kΩ 0.1-10 (±20 dB) continuously adjustable, additionally -5.6 dB, switchable < 0.03 % > 68 dB > 83 dB 12-24 V‡/40 mA via suppl. PSU 88x37x103 mm 450 g

Impedance meter, for measuring the impedance (Z) of individual speakers or speaker lines. Measurement with pulsed 1 kHz signal. Processor-controlled and with independent selection of the most favourable measuring range. At the same time, the power received at the mains of the 100 V speaker is calculated and displayed. Range button and hold button. Measuring ranges: 200 Ω/2 kΩ/20 kΩ/200 kΩ. Power supply via 4 x 1.5 V battery AA size. Dimensions: 100x177x50 mm. Weight: 570 g.

PA Technology 2013

E 159

Cables

MCA-127J

MCA-127P

Order No. 06.9030

Order No. 06.9020

MCA-327J

MCA-327P

Order No. 06.9050

Order No. 06.9040

MCA-129J Order No. 06.7350

MCA-329J Order No. 06.7120

Audio connection cables, for connecting e.g. a mixer or CD player to an amplifier 2 x RCA plug to 2 x XLR inline jack MCA-127J = length: 1 m MCA-327J = length: 3 m

Audio connection cables, for connecting e.g. a mixer or CD player to an amplifier 2 x RCA plug to 2 x XLR plug MCA-127P = length: 1 m MCA-327P = length: 3 m

Audio adapter cables, for connecting e.g. a PC sound card to a mixer or amplifier. 1 x 3.5 mm stereo plug to 2 x XLR inline jack. MCA-129J = length: 1 m MCA-329J = length: 3 m

MCA-129P

ACA-1535

ACA-1635

Order No. 06.7360

Order No. 06.2740

MCA-329P Order No. 06.7130

Audio adapter cables, for connecting e.g. a PC sound card to a mixer or amplifier. 1 x 3.5 mm stereo plug to 2 x XLR plug. MCA-129P = length: 1 m MCA-329P = length: 3 m

Stereo audio/video cable adapter 3.5 mm stereo plug to 2 x RCA inline jack, length: 0.15 m.

Model AC-050G AC-122G AC-300G AC-600G

E 160

Order No. 06.6450 06.1890 06.2120 06.2130

Length 0.5 m 1.2 m 3m 6m

PA Technology 2013

Colour black black black black

ACA-1735 Order No. 06.5180

ACA-1935 Order No. 06.6740

Audio adapter cables, for connecting audio units with 3.5 mm stereo jack output, e.g. portable multimedia players. Connectors 1 x 3.5mm stereo plug, 2 x RCA plug ACA-1635 = length: 1.2 m ACA-1735 = length: 2 m ACA-1935 = length: 10 m

Stereo Audio Connection Cables • With 2 x RCA plug on both ends • Gold-plated contacts

Order No. 06.4390

XLR Cables Cables for connecting units and microphone extension cables. • 1 x XLR inline jack and 1 x XLR plug, balanced • Shielded low-noise OFC cable material, ø 6.5 mm • Different lengths and colours

Model MEC-50/BL MEC-50/GE MEC-50/GN MEC-50/RT MEC-50/SW MEC-100/BL MEC-100/GE MEC-100/GN MEC-100/RT MEC-100/SW MEC-190/BL MEC-190/GE MEC-190/GN MEC-190/RT MEC-190/SW MEC-20/BL MEC-20/GE MEC-20/GN MEC-20/RT MEC-20/SW MEC-1000/BL MEC-1000/GE MEC-1000/GN MEC-1000/RT MEC-1000/SW MEC-1500/SW MEC-2000/SW

Ord. No. 06.1680 06.1690 06.1700 06.1710 06.1720 06.1740 06.1750 06.1760 06.1770 06.1780 06.2520 06.2530 06.2540 06.2550 06.2560 06.0670 06.0680 06.0690 06.0700 06.0710 06.2940 06.2950 06.2960 06.2970 06.2510 06.2270 06.4320

Length 0.7m 0.7m 0.7m 0.7m 0.7m 1m 1m 1m 1m 1m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 6m 6m 6m 6m 6m 10m 10m 10m 10m 10m 15m 20m

Outs. ø ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm ø 6.5mm

Colour blue yellow green red black blue yellow green red black blue yellow green red black blue yellow green red black blue yellow green red black black black

Cables and Accessories Microphone Cables

Model MLC-52/BL MLC-52/RT MLC-52/SW MLC-152/BL MLC-152/RT MLC-152/SW

Order No. 06.0840 06.0870 06.0880 06.5750 06.5770 06.5780

Cores 2 x 0.22 mm2 2 x 0.22 mm2 2 x 0.22 mm2 2 x 0.22 mm2 2 x 0.22 mm2 2 x 0.22 mm2

Capacitance 110 pF/m 110 pF/m 110 pF/m 110 pF/m 110 pF/m 110 pF/m

Length 50 m coil 50 m coil 50 m coil 100 m reel 100 m reel 100 m reel

Outside diameter ø 6.5 mm ø 6.5 mm ø 6.5 mm ø 6.5 mm ø 6.5 mm ø 6.5 mm

ACCESSORIES

• Outside diameter: ø 6.5 mm • Capacitance: 110 pF/m • Low-noise

"TOP QUALITY" • 50 m coil or 100 m reel • 2 x 0.22 mm2 • Metre marking • Shielded

Colour blue red black blue red black

Speaker Cables "TOP QUALITY, HIGH FLEXIBLE" • 100 m reel • Suitable for stage applications as well as for 100 V line technique

Model SPC-515/BL SPC-515/SW SPC-515/WS SPC-525/SW

Order No. 12.9680 12.9690 12.9700 12.9710

Cores 2 x 1.5 mm2 2 x 1.5 mm2 2 x 1.5 mm2 2 x 2.5 mm2

Length 100 m reel 100 m reel 100 m reel 100 m reel

Outside dimensions ø 7.4 mm ø 7.4 mm ø 7.4 mm ø 8.2 mm

Colour blue black white black

Signal Cables For alarm, PA and communication technology. • 100 m coil • Type J-Y(St)Y acc. to VDE 0815 • Common foil shield • Copper wires with coloured insulation Model JYSTY-2208 JYSTY-2206 JYSTY-4206

Order No. 11.1340 19.2310 19.2320

Cores 4 x ø 0.8 mm 4 x ø 0.6 mm 8 x ø 0.6 mm

Length 100 m coil 100 m coil 100 m coil

FGA-202 Order No. 25.1660

Professional 2-channel line transformer, for reducing signal interference and hum loops. • 2 inputs via balanced comb. XLR/6.3 mm jacks (600 Ω) • 2 galvanically isolated XLR outputs (600 Ω) with ground lift switch • Frequency range: 20-20,000 Hz • Robust metal housing with very good shielding qualities, suitable for stage applications • Dimensions: 125x55x75 mm • Weight: 650 g

Outside diameter ø 7 mm ø 5.5 mm ø 6.5 mm

Colour grey grey grey

FGA-40HQ Order No. 06.6380

High-end ground isolator • Signal is transmitted 1:1 with separated ground, interference and hum loops are prevented • Gold-plated RCA jacks • Input/output impedance: 12 kΩ • 20-30,000 Hz, THD: < 0.001 % • 42x29x96mm, 110 g

FGA-30 Order No. 21.2430

Stereo line transformer, compact design, for preventing signal interference and hum loops which may occur, e.g. when connecting PC sound cards or notebooks to an amplifier. • Galvanically isolated inputs and outputs • 2 RCA jacks • 3.5mm stereo plug • Input/output impedance: 20 kΩ • Frequency range: 20-30,000 Hz • THD: < 0.01 % • Transmission ratio 1:1 • ø 24 mm x 38 mm, 32 g • Length including connection cable: approx. 40 cm

PA Technology 2013

E 161

Racks RACK-42 Order No. 24.4510

RACK-33 Order No. 24.4500

RACK-21 Order No. 24.4490

Racks for 482 mm (19") units • Sheet steel version • Light grey powder coating (RAL 7035) • Lockable front door with safety glass and swivel handle lock • Door can alternatively be opened to the left or right • Side walls and rear wall can be removed and locked • Max. mounting depth behind the front plate: 480 mm • Supplied with earthing set, 4 adjustable feet and set of 28 mounting screws RACK-42: 42 RS RACK-33: 33 RS RACK-21: 21 RS

Height in mm w/o feet, please add 16-45 mm for feet. Model Max. load capacity at centr. weight concentration Dimensions Weight

RACK-42 300 kg

RACK-33 300 kg

RACK-21 300 kg

600x1,988x600 mm 93 kg

600x1,588x600 mm 78 kg

600x1,055x600 mm 59 kg

RACK-12W

RACK-12WP

Order No. 24.4520

Order No. 24.4530

RACK-6W

RACK-6WP

Order No. 24.4540

Order No. 24.4550

Wall-mounted housings for 482 mm (19") units • Sheet steel version • Light grey powder coating (RAL 7035) • Lockable front door with safety glass • Door can alternatively be opened to the left or right • Maximum mounting depth behind the front plate: 370 mm • Supplied with earthing set and set of 16 mounting screws RACK-12W: 12 RS RACK-6W: 6 RS

Model Max. load capacity at centr. weight concentration Dimensions Weight

E 162

PA Technology 2013

Wall-mounted housings for 482 mm (19") units, with movable middle part of the housing. • Sheet steel version • Light grey powder coating (RAL 7035) • Lockable front door with safety glass • Door can alternatively be opened to the left or right • Maximum mounting depth behind the front plate: 470 mm • Supplied with earthing set and set of 16 mounting screws RACK-12WP: 12 RS RACK-6WP: 6 RS

RACK-12W 40 kg

RACK-6W 40 kg

RACK-12WP 40 kg

RACK-6WP 40 kg

600x655x400 mm 24 kg

600x388x400 mm 17 kg

600x655x500 mm 29 kg

600x388x500 mm 21 kg

ACCESSORIES

Racks

RACK-20/SW

RACK-20GT/SW

Order No. 24.8860

Order No. 24.1100

RACK-12/SW

RACK-12GT/SW

Order No. 24.8850

Order No. 24.1090

Professional studio racks for 482 mm (19") units • Sheet steel • Mat black textured coating • Folding carrying handles • 4 castors RACK-20/SW: 20 RS RACK-12/SW: 12 RS Model Max. load capacity at centr. weight concentration Dimensions Weight

Professional studio racks for 482 mm (19") units • Lockable front door of tinted, shock-proof plexiglass • Sheet steel • Mat black textured coating • Folding carrying handles • 4 castors RACK-20GT/SW: 20 RS RACK-12GT/SW: 12 RS

RACK-20/SW 80 kg

RACK-12/SW 65 kg

RACK-20GT/SW 80 kg

RACK-12GT/SW 65 kg

548x1,055x435 mm 18 kg

548x700x435 mm 12 kg

675x1,150x500 mm 24 kg

675x725x500 mm 20 kg

482 mm (19") Drawers Professional Quality. • Mat black textured coating • Steel housing • Lock and recessed grip • Supplied with 2 keys Model RCS-32/SW RCS-33/SW

Order No. 33.3710 33.3720

Height (RS) 2 3

RH-20 Order No. 11.1160

482 mm (19") mounting tray, 2 RS • Easy installation of units due to two adjustable supporting brackets • Suitable for rack installation of units incapable of being installed into a rack (e.g. hi-fi components) • Black lacquered steel version • Support area: 365x435 mm • Max. load: 10 kg

Inside dim. (WxHxD) 409x79x355 mm 409x123x355 mm

Outside dim. (WxHxD) 482x89x368 mm 482x134x368 mm

RH-210 Order No. 12.0350

482 mm (19") mounting plate, 2 RS • Suitable for rack installation of units incapable of being installed into a rack (e.g. hi-fi components) • Version with various mounting holes • Black lacquered steel version • Support area: 375x440 mm • Max. load: 20 kg

Weight 8.3 kg 10.3 kg

RCB-2HE/SW Order No. 12.9090

Pull-out mounting plate, for rack installation, 2 RS. • Solid steel version • Ball-bearing complete pull-out, max. load: up to 20 kg • Mat black textured coating • Inside dimensions: 437x73x365 mm • Outside dimensions: 482x89x373 mm PA Technology 2013

E 163

Rack Panels 482 mm (19") Rack Panels Closed. Of 1.5 mm steel, black plastic coating. Upper and lower edges 8 mm angled in different configurations. Ideally suited for the individual compilation of 482 mm (19") systems.

Model RCP-8701U RCP-8702U RCP-8703U RCP-8704U

Order No. 12.2760 12.2770 12.2780 12.2790

Size (RS) 1 2 3 4

Width 483 mm 483 mm 483 mm 483 mm

Height 44.5 mm 89 mm 132.5 mm 177 mm

RCP-8726U

RCP-8723U

Order No. 11.1230

Order No. 11.0650

RCP-8721U Order No. 12.2810

RCP-8724U

RCP-8722U

Rack panel, 3 RS, for fan mounting. • Suitable for 2 fans, e.g. CF-220, CF-220BB • Ventilation slots • Dimensions: 483x133.5x8 mm

Rack panels, with ventilation slots. RCP-8723U: 3 RS, 483x133.5 mm RCP-8724U: 4 RS, 483x178 mm

Rack panel, with ventilation slots. RCP-8721U: 1 RS, 483x44.5 mm RCP-8722U: 2 RS, 483x89 mm

MZF-8648

MZF-8645

RCP-8732U

Order No. 12.9410

Order No. 12.3500

Order No. 11.0660

Order No. 12.2820

Order No. 12.9990

Set of cage nuts and screws, matching rack rail MZF-8019. For mounting 482 mm (19") inserts into racks and flight cases. The set consists of: 4 x cage nut M6 4 x Phillips head screw M6 x 15 mm 4 x plastic washer

Set of cage nuts and screws, for mounting 482 mm (19") inserts into racks and flight cases. The set consists of: 4 x cage nut M6 4 x Phillips head screw M6 x 15 mm 4 x plastic washer

Rack panel, 1 RS • Punched holes: - 8 x D series, e.g. NC-3MDL1, NC-3FDL1, NL-2MP, NL-4MP • Dimensions: 482x44.5 mm

MZF-312/SW

DBA-1/SW

MFD-1

Order No. 12.8790

Set of mounting screws, for mounting panel connectors into rack panels of the RCP-... series. The set consists of: 16 x recessed countersunk head screw M3 x 12 mm 16 x nut M3 6K 16 x tooth lock washer 16 x washer

E 164

PA Technology 2013

Order No. 11.0570

Cover plate, for rack panels. To cover punched holes which are unused, for XLR jacks of the D series.

Order No. 11.1250

Mounting frame, with M3 thread. • Suitable for panel connectors of the standard D series • For mounting with M3 screws (not supplied)

Power Strips MCS-180 Order No. 05.0002

ACCESSORIES

Rack-mount power strip, with 8 CEE 7/4 sockets. • Sockets can be switched individually via illuminated switches • Black sheet steel housing • 1.8 m connection cable with CEE 7/4 plug • Cable specification H05VV-F3G1.5 mm2, 3,600 VA max. • Dimensions: 482x89x110 mm, 2 RS

RCS-92/SW Order No. 11.1410

Rack-mount power strip, with 9 CEE 7/4 sockets. • Sockets turned by 45° • Black aluminium housing • Removable mounting brackets • 2 m connection cable with CEE 7/4 plug • Cable specification: H05VV-F3G x 1.5 mm2, 3,600 VA max. • Dimensions: 482x44x45 mm, 1 RS

RCS-85/SW Order No. 11.1850

Rack-mount power strip, with an illuminated main switch on the front and 8 CEE 7/4 sockets on the back. • Sockets turned by 45° • Black aluminium housing • Removable mounting brackets to allow for reversed mounting • 2 m connection cable with CEE 7/4 plug • Cable specification: H05VV-F3G x 1.5 mm2, 3,600 VA max. • Dimensions: 482x44x52 mm, 1 RS

RCS-18 Order No. 11.1200

Rack-mount power strip, with 8 CEE 7/4 sockets and overvoltage protection. • Child safety sockets • Sockets turned by 45° • Illuminated main switch • Black plastic housing • 1 m connection cable with CEE 7/4 plug, cable inlet can be turned by 90° via flexible joint • Cable specification: H05VV-F3G x 1.0 mm2, 3,600 VA max. • Dimensions: 482x44x60 mm, 1 RS

MCS-15MS Order No. 05.9713

AAC-100IEC Order No. 05.9711

AAC-200IEC Order No. 05.0097

Mains cables • 3-pin IEC inline jack with IEC LOCK • Cable specification: H05VV-F3G x 1 mm2 AAC-100IEC: length: 1 m AAC-200IEC: length: 2 m

MC-60/WS Order No. 05.0542

MC-62/SW Order No. 05.0044

Tabletop multi-socket power strips, with 6 CEE 7/4 sockets. • White (WS) or black (SW) • Sockets turned by 45° • Cable specification: H05VV-F3G x 1.5 mm2 • 1.5 m connection cable with CEE 7/4 plug

Master/slave multi-socket power strip When the connected unit is switched on or off, the other sockets are also switched on or off via the master socket. • Protection against overvoltage and lightning up to 15,000 A, functional test via indicating light • 1 CEE 7/4 master socket (550 W max.), 5 CEE 7/4 slave sockets • Adjustable switching threshold • Child safety sockets • Sockets turned by 45° • Cable specification: H05VV-F3G x 1.5 mm2, 3,500 VA max. • 3m connection cable with CEE 7/4 plug

PA Technology 2013

E 165

KNOW-HOW: Speaker Cables Speaker Cables The power in W of a 100 W amplifier arriving at the speaker, depending on the cable length and the cross section. Cable length

4 Ω Speaker Cable cross section in mm2 0.75 1 1.5 2.5 79.9 84.3 89.1 93.2 65.2 72.0 79.9 87.1 59.4 66.8 75.8 84.3 45.9 54.3 65.2 76.6 39.3 47.8 59.4 72.0 20.8 27.9 39.3 54.3 8.7 12.9 20.8 34.0 6.3 9.6 16.2 27.9 4.8 7.4 12.9 23.3 3.0 4.8 8.7 17.0 2.1 3.3 6.3 12.9 0.6 1.0 2.1 4.8

10 m 20 m 25 m 40 m 50 m 100 m 200 m 250 m 300 m 400 m 500 m 1,000 m

4 95.7 91.6 89.7 84.3 80.9 66.8 47.8 41.2 35.9 27.9 22.3 9.6

8 Ω Speaker Cable cross section in mm2 0.75 1 1.5 2.5 89.1 91.6 94.3 96.5 79.9 84.3 89.1 93.2 75.8 80.9 86.6 91.6 65.2 72.0 79.9 87.1 59.4 66.8 75.8 84.3 39.3 47.8 59.4 72.0 20.8 27.9 39.3 54.3 16.2 22.3 32.9 47.8 12.9 18.3 27.9 42.4 8.7 12.9 20.8 34.0 6.3 9.6 16.2 27.9 2.1 3.3 6.3 12.9

4 97.8 95.7 94.6 91.6 89.7 80.9 66.8 61.1 56.1 47.8 41.2 22.3

100 V Speaker system Cable cross section in mm2 0.75 1 1.5 2.5 4 99.1 99.3 99.5 99.7 99.8 98.1 98.6 99.1 99.4 99.6 97.7 98.2 98.8 99.3 99.6 96.3 97.2 98.1 98.9 99.3 95.4 96.5 97.7 98.6 99.1 91.1 93.2 95.4 97.2 98.2 83.4 87.1 91.1 94.5 96.5 79.9 84.3 89.1 93.2 95.7 76.6 81.6 87.1 91.9 94.9 70.6 76.6 83.4 89.5 93.2 65.2 72.0 79.9 87.1 91.6 45.9 54.3 65.2 76.6 84.3

Loss on Speaker Cables Long cable distances can easily occur when planning and building more complex PA systems for which speakers are distributed in several rooms or at places covering greater distances. In this case, lengths of 100 m or 200 m between amplifier and speaker are no exception. In buildings like e.g. warehouses or places like e.g. sports facilities, this can quickly result in line lengths of 500 m or more. With these cable lengths, great losses may occur along the cable runs. To understand why problems are possible and how to solve them, a little bit of theory is inevitable. The resistance of a cable essentially depends on 3 factors: material, length and cross section. The line length is double the cable length, as the way to the speaker and back to the amplifier determines the resistance of the line. Other influences like e.g. temperature and transition resistances at the places of contact have not been considered.

KNOW-HOW

Example: Supposing that an 8 Ω speaker system has to be connected to a power amplifier of 100 W output power. The cable length is 225 m at a cross section of 1 mm2. (These are model values and result in values in the model calculation which are easy to understand).

The amplifier supplies the following output values with 100 W at 8 Ω: Output voltage Output current

= =

28.3 V 3.53 A.

Thus, the total resistance is composed of 8 Ω for the speaker system and 8 Ω for the speaker cable. This means, that the load impedance at the amplifier is doubled and thus the output current is halved. As the line resistance and the speaker impedance are of the same value in our example, only half the voltage is available at the speaker in this case. Thus, only 25 W or 25 % of the possible amplifier power arrive at the speaker. By using lines with a cross section of 4 mm2 this value can certainly be raised to 44 %, however, this is generally not done as it is not costefficient. If a 100 V system is used, the power output changes considerably. With 100 W output power, the load impedance of the speaker system is 100 Ω. The line resistance remains 8 Ω, it has a much minor influence on the total resistance in relation to the speaker impedance.

The resistance is calculated as follows: The calculation is as follows: The total current is 100 V/(100 Ω + 8 Ω) = 926 mA. R=

R (Ω) l (m) k

= = =

A (mm2)

E 166

The power on the speaker is

kxA

I kxA

the resistance total line length of the individual cores specific conductivity (kappa), this value is 56 for copper cross section of the line

450 m = 8 Ω line resistance 56 x 1 mm2

PA Technology 2013

P = I2 x R = 0.926 A2 x 100 Ω = 85.75 W. The power output is 85.75 W or 85.75 % and with the same line cross section it is thus considerably beyond that of low-impedance systems. To obtain the same output in an 8 Ω system, a line cross section of 16 mm2 would be required.

Index A AAC-100IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 165 AAC-200IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 165 AC-050G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 AC-122G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 AC-300G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 AC-600G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 ACA-1535 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 ACA-1635 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 ACA-1735 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 ACA-1935 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 ADRW-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 43 AKKU-12/120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 15 AMP-1UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 147 AR-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 102 AR-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 102 ARM-88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 24 ARM-880 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 40 ARM-880RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 41 ARM-880RCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 41 ARM-880WP1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 41 ARM-880WP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 41 ARM-880WP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 41 ATS-10BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 55 ATS-10PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 56 ATS-10R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 55 ATS-10TM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 55 ATS-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 56 ATS-12HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 55 ATS-162C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 53 ATS-162CORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 53 ATS-162PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 53 ATS-162R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 53 ATS-162T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 53 ATS-16BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 54 ATS-16CORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 54 ATS-16PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 54 ATS-16R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 54 ATS-16T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 54 ATS-30C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 56 ATS-36C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 54 ATS-40R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 57 ATS-40T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 57 ATS-42R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 57 ATS-42T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 57 ATT-19100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 151 ATT-1950 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 151 ATT-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 153 ATT-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 153 ATT-200P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 153 ATT-2100/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 153 ATT-212/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 153 ATT-224/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 153 ATT-235/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 153 ATT-250/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 153 ATT-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 153 ATT-306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-306PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-3100PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-312PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-324PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-325ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-336PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-350PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-442ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 151 ATT-500PD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 153 ATT-506PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-5100PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-512PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-524PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-536PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152 ATT-550PEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 152

B BTR-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 147

C CD-112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 44 CD-112TRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 44 CD-122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 44 CDP-650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 43 CRB-130/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 99 CRB-165/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 99 CRB-230/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 99

CRB-265/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 99 CS-100CU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 77 CS-100DU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 77 CS-100MU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 77 CS-200CCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 79 CS-200CCDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 79 CS-200CU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 78 CS-200CUF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 79 CS-200DU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 78 CS-200DUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 78 CS-200DUF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 79 CS-200MU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 78 CS-48EMG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 79 CS-50CH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 77 CS-50CU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 77 CS-50DU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 77 CS-56EMG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 79

D DBA-1/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 DH-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 140 DM-2500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 51 DM-5000LN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 51 DMG-400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 51 DMG-600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 51 DMP-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 47 DMP-100T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 47 DMP-12CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 47 DMP-130MIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 45 DMP-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 47 DMP-250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 47 DMS-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 156 DPR-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 46 DPR-110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 46 DRM-880LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 42 DRM-880WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 42

E ECM-16N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 55 ECM-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 50 ECM-302B/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 51 ECM-304BD/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 51 ECM-310P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 50 ECM-450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 50 ECM-500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 50 ECM-925P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 51 EDL-10TW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 92 EDL-110/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 112 EDL-112/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 113 EDL-113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 111 EDL-115/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 113 EDL-11TW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 89 EDL-11TW/SI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 89 EDL-11TW/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 89 EDL-120/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 112 EDL-150/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 94 EDL-155 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 90 EDL-156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 90 EDL-158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 90 EDL-165C/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 82 EDL-204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 94 EDL-206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 94 EDL-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 111 EDL-22/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 95 EDL-220/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 113 EDL-222/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 113 EDL-224ABC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 82 EDL-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 91 EDL-240/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 113 EDL-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 91 EDL-250/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 112 EDL-250C/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 82 EDL-255/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 112 EDL-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 91 EDL-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 91 EDL-300L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 104 EDL-310L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 104 EDL-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 88 EDL-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 88 EDL-35AB/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 86 EDL-35ABC/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 83 EDL-36C/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 83 EDL-36TW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 88 EDL-38TW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 88

EDL-412/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 110 EDL-420/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 110 EDL-430/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 110 EDL-603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 93 EDL-605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 93 EDL-606 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 93 EDL-612 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 93 EDL-620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 93 EDL-65TW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 87 EDL-68/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 92 EDL-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 90 EDL-82/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 95 EDL-84/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 95 EMG-330P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 51 EMG-400P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 51 ES-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 56 ESP-130/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 108 ESP-15/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 96 ESP-152/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 107 ESP-17/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 96 ESP-215/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 115 ESP-22/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 96 ESP-230/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 115 ESP-232/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 115 ESP-232/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 115 ESP-250/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 115 ESP-270P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 126 ESP-315/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 116 ESP-315/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 116 ESP-32/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 96 ESP-35AB/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 85 ESP-360/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 108 ESP-40/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 106 ESP-50AB/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 84 ESP-50EN/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 84 ESP-5U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 105 ESP-60/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 106 ESP-62/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 84 ESP-70/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 106 ESP-72/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 106 ESP-76AB/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 86 ESP-78AB/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 86 ESP-80/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 109 ESP-8U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 105 ESP-90/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 109 ET-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 56 ETS-115/SI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 124 ETS-115/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 124 ETS-1BR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 158 ETS-210TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 122 ETS-215/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 123 ETS-215TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 123 ETS-220TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 122 ETS-230/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 123 ETS-230TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 123 ETS-240TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 122 ETS-340TW/BN . . . . . . . . . . . .E 125 ETS-340TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 125 ETS-360TW/BN . . . . . . . . . . . .E 125 ETS-360TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 125 ETS-422TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 122 ETS-432TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 122 ETS-442TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 122 ETS-515TW/SW . . . . . . . . . . . .E 124 ETS-515TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 124 ETS-530TW/SW . . . . . . . . . . . .E 124 ETS-530TW/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 124 ETS-840TXS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 76 EUL-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 116 EUL-10/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 116 EUL-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 126 EUL-2SUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 126 EUL-30/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 114 EUL-30/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 114 EUL-60/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 114 EUL-60/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 114 EUL-80/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 114 EUL-80/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 114 EVA-16FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 19 EVA-16MEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 19 EVA-16TER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 19 EVA-24/54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 15 EVA-24CON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 15 EX-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 102

F FGA-202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 FGA-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 FGA-40HQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 FM-100DAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 45

G GLS-200/GR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 131 GLS-201/GR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 131 GLS-251/BN . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 130 GLS-301/GR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 130 GLS-351/GR . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 130 GLS-400/GN . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 131 GN-40XLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 156 GN-40XLR/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 156 GN-500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 156

I ICM-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 38 IRS-200AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 71 IRS-200BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 71 IRS-200H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 71 IRS-200HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 70 IRS-200IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 71 IRS-200PAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 71 IRS-200PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 71 IRS-200R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 70 IRS-200TXA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 70 IRS-202HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 70 IT-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 133 IT-100TW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 132 IT-110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 136 IT-115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 136 IT-130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 136 IT-15EN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 85 IT-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 135 IT-230/VC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 138 IT-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 135 IT-300TW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 132 IT-32EN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 85 IT-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 135 IT-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 134 IT-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 134 IT-40/VC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 138 IT-400TW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 132 IT-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 134 IT-50/VC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 138 IT-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 133

J JYSTY-2206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 JYSTY-2208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 JYSTY-4206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161

K KU-516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 141 KU-516/VC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 38 KU-616T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 141 KU-616T/VC . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 138 KU-916T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 141 KU-916T/VC . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 138

L LA-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 48 LA-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 49 LA-400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 48 LKB-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 LR-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 49 LST-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 158 LST-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 158 LST-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 158 LST-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 158 LST-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 158

M M-32CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 46 M-34CDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 46 MA-100/15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 159 MC-60/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 165 MC-62/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 165

MCA-127J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MCA-127P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MCA-129J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MCA-129P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MCA-327J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MCA-327P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MCA-329J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MCA-329P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MCS-15MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 165 MCS-180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 165 MEC-100/BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-100/GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-100/GN . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-100/RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-100/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-1000/BL . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-1000/GE . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-1000/GN . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-1000/RT . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-1000/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-1500/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-190/BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-190/GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-190/GN . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-190/RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-190/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-20/BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-20/GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-20/GN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-20/RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-20/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-2000/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-50/BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-50/GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-50/GN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-50/RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEC-50/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 160 MEVAC-1CON . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 16 MEVAC-1FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 16 MEVAC-1FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 16 MEVAC-1PTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 16 MEVAC-2CON . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 16 MEVAC-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 16 MEVAC-4PTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 16 MFD-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 MFE-212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 23 MH-152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 156 MKA-60SET/SW . . . . . . . . . . .E 118 MKA-60SET/WS . . . . . . . . . . .E 118 MKA-80SET/SW . . . . . . . . . . .E 118 MKA-80SET/WS . . . . . . . . . . .E 118 MKS-232/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 121 MKS-232/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 121 MKS-248/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 121 MKS-34/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 119 MKS-34/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 119 MKS-48/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 120 MKS-64/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 119 MKS-64/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 119 MKS-6PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 120 MKS-88/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 119 MKS-88/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 119 MKS-8PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 120 MLC-152/BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 MLC-152/RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 MLC-152/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 MLC-52/BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 MLC-52/RT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 MLC-52/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 MPX-4PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 39 MS-210/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 156 MS-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 156 MS-60/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 156 MZF-312/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 MZF-8645 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 MZF-8648 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164

N NAHDMIW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NAHDMIWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NAUSBW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NAUSBWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NBB-75DFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NBB-75DFIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NC-3FDL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154

PA Technology 2013

E 167

Index NC-3FDL1BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NC-3FDS1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NC-3MDL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NC-3MDL1BAG . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NC-3MDS1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NC-5FDL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NC-5MDL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NE-8FDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NE-8FDVYK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NE-8FDYC6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NE-8FDYC6B . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NF-2DB0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NF-2DB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NF-2DB4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NJ-3FP6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NJ-3FP6CBAG . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NL-2MP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NL-4MP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 154 NL-90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 49 NR-100KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 137 NR-12KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 140 NR-15KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 140 NR-18KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 140 NR-20KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 139 NR-22KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 139 NR-24KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 139 NR-254KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 138 NR-25KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 139 NR-33KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 139 NR-35KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 139 NR-40KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 138 NR-60KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 137

P PA-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 38 PA-100ANC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 25 PA-1120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 5 PA-1120DM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 8 PA-1120RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 9 PA-1122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 14 PA-1140RCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 8 PA-1200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 7 PA-1200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 8 PA-1200EX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 8 PA-1200M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 24 PA-1200RDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 8 PA-1200RM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 7 PA-12040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 3 PA-1204EX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 8 PA-1206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 33 PA-1206RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 33 PA-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 5 PA-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 14 PA-1250D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 14 PA-1412MX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 39 PA-1480 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 13 PA-1960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 13 PA-2240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 12 PA-2460CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 22 PA-24AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 24 PA-24ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 15 PA-24FMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 23 PA-24FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 22 PA-302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 38 PA-312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 35 PA-312Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 35 PA-4000FMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 2 PA-4000PTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 9 PA-4000RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 9 PA-40120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 2 PA-402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 37 PA-4040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 3 PA-4040MPX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 39 PA-4120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 12 PA-4240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 12 PA-5000PTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 9 PA-5240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 6 PA-5480 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 6 PA-6000RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 9 PA-6240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 4 PA-6480 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 4 PA-6600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 4 PA-6FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 4 PA-6FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 4 PA-6FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 4

E 168

PA Technology 2013

PA-702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 37 PA-802CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 36 PA-802USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 36 PA-8120RCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 34 PA-888 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 36 PA-890RCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 34 PA-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 30 PA-900S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 32 PA-900WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 29 PA-906 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 29 PA-930CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 30 PA-940 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 28 PA-940S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 31 PA-980 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 28 PA-980S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 31 PAB-120WP/SW . . . . . . . . . . .E 127 PAB-12WP/SW . . . . . . . . . . . .E 127 PAB-52WP/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 129 PAB-6WP/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 129 PAB-82WP/WS . . . . . . . . . . . .E 128 PAB-8WP/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 128 PAC-1120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 9 PAM-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 38 PAS-250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 72 PAST-164/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 156 PATEL-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 37 PATL-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 PDM-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 50 PDM-302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 50 PREAMP-1UP . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 147

R RACK-12/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 163 RACK-12GT/SW . . . . . . . . . . . .E 163 RACK-12W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 162 RACK-12WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 162 RACK-20/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 163 RACK-20GT/SW . . . . . . . . . . . .E 163 RACK-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 162 RACK-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 162 RACK-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 162 RACK-6W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 162 RACK-6WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 162 RCB-2HE/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 163 RCB-870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 52 RCP-8701U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 RCP-8702U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 RCP-8703U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 RCP-8704U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 RCP-8721U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 RCP-8722U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 RCP-8723U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 RCP-8724U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 RCP-8726U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 RCP-8732U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 164 RCS-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 165 RCS-32/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 163 RCS-33/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 163 RCS-85/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 165 RCS-92/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 165 RDS-RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 147 RH-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 163 RH-210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 163 RUP-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 140 RUS-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 140

S SK-159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 141 SK-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 141 SLA-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 159 SMB-130/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 108 SMC-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 159 SOUND-42/SW . . . . . . . . . . . .E 117 SOUND-42C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 117 SOUND-65/SW . . . . . . . . . . . .E 117 SOUND-6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 117 SPC-515/BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 SPC-515/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 SPC-515/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 SPC-525/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 161 SPE-110P/SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 97 SPE-110P/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 97 SPE-130/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 99 SPE-140/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 100

SPE-15/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 96 SPE-150/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 100 SPE-158/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 100 SPE-15F/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 98 SPE-165/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 99 SPE-16F/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 98 SPE-17/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 96 SPE-22/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 96 SPE-230/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 99 SPE-24/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 98 SPE-25/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 98 SPE-254/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 97 SPE-26/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 98 SPE-264/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 97 SPE-265/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 99 SPE-284/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 97 SPE-32/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 96 SPE-70/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 101 SPE-72/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 101 SPE-82/CR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 101 SPE-82/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 101 SPE-85/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 109 SPE-8U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 105 SPEECH-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 75 SPEECH-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 74 SPEECH-500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 73 SPS-20S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 159 SPS-40A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 159 SPS-40S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 159 SPS-80S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 159 STA-850D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 32

T TM-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 145 TM-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 144 TM-12DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 145 TM-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 144 TM-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 143 TM-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 144 TM-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 144 TM-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 143 TM-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 143 TM-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 142 TM-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 145 TR-1005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 TR-1010LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 TR-1025LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 TR-1050LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 TR-1120LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 TR-175/10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 TR-175/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 TR-510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 TR-520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 TR-525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 157 TR-650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 43 TXA-1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 59 TXA-1000BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 60 TXA-1000CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 59 TXA-1000WPB . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 60 TXA-1002CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 59 TXA-1015ACCU . . . . . . . . . . . .E 60 TXA-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 58 TXA-140HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 69 TXA-140USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 69 TXA-36C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 58 TXA-380USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 68 TXA-450USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 65 TXA-500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 68 TXA-600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 67 TXA-620CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 66 TXA-800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 62 TXA-800BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 63 TXA-800CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 62 TXA-800HSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 60 TXA-800HSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 63 TXA-800HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 60 TXA-800HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 63 TXA-800PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 58 TXA-800R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 58 TXA-800ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 58 TXA-800WPB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 63 TXA-802CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 62 TXA-802MR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 63 TXA-802MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 63 TXA-815ACCU . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 63

TXA-850CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 61 TXA-900CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 64 TXB-600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 67 TXM-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 142 TXS-871 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 52 TXS-871HSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 52 TXS-871HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 52 TXS-872 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 52 TXS-872HSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 52 TXS-872HT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 52

U UHC-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 138

V VCA-202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 25 VCA-202RN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 25

W WAP-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 45 WAP-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 146 WAP-7D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 146 WL-6T6/WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 107

X XLR-703JSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 156 XLR-703JSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 75

Z ZM-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E 159

ANDORRA MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

AUSTRALIA SOUNDLABS GROUP Pty Ltd

AUSTRIA MONACOR ELECTRONIC Vertriebs-GmbH

BELARUS LLC Muztorgservis

Phone: +49 (0) 4 21/48 65-0 Fax: +49 (0) 4 21/48 84 15 info@monacor.com www.monacor.com

BELGIUM MONACOR BELGIUM N.V.

BULGARIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

CROATIA Z-EL d.o.o. Chipoteka

CZECH REPUBLIC MONACOR SLOVAKIA spol. s.r.o.

DENMARK MONACOR DANMARK A/S

ESTONIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

FAROE ISLANDS MONACOR DANMARK A/S

FINLAND A-COM OY

FRANCE MONACOR FRANCE S.A.R.L.

GERMANY MONACOR INTERNATIONAL GmbH & Co. KG

GREECE ABA SYSTEMS SA

GREENLAND MONACOR DANMARK A/S

HUNGARY MONACOR HUNGÁRIA Kft.

ICELAND MONACOR DANMARK A/S

IRELAND MONACOR UK Ltd

ITALY MONACOR ITALIA s.r.l.

KIRGHIZIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LATVIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LIECHTENSTEIN MONACOR SCHWEIZ AG

LITHUANIA MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

LUXEMBURG MONACOR BELGIUM N.V.

MONACO MONACOR FRANCE S.A.R.L.

NETHERLANDS MONACOR NEDERLAND B.V.

NORWAY MONACOR NORGE

POLAND MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

PORTUGAL MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

ROMANIA S. C. MONACOR ROMANIA s.r.l.

RUSSIA Theatrical Technical Corporation

SAN MARINO MONACOR ITALIA s.r.l.

SLOVAKIA MONACOR SLOVAKIA spol. s.r.o.

SPAIN MONACOR IBERIA, S.A.U.

SWEDEN MONACOR SVERIGE AB

SWITZERLAND MONACOR SCHWEIZ AG

UKRAINE MONACOR POLSKA Sp. z o.o.

UNITED KINGDOM MONACOR UK Ltd

MONACOR INTERNATIONAL - Your reliable partner - worldwide. valid from March 2013 PA Technology 2013

PA Technology 2013

E 169

PA TECHNOLOGY

PA Technology from MONACOR INTERNATIONAL

Technology for an Excellent Sound

TECHNOLOGY FOR AN EXCELLENT SOUND

PA TECHNOLOGY

2013 C ATA L O G U E 1 3 7

HEADQUARTERS MONACOR INTERNATIONAL Zum Falsch 36 • 28307 Bremen • Germany Phone: +49 (0) 4 21/48 65-0 • info@monacor.com Fax: +49 (0) 4 21/48 84 15 • www.monacor.com

K-715.12.01.03.2013 Item No.: K13-137PAGB Order No.: 46.1780 Your Retailer

MONACOR is a brand of the company group MONACOR INTERNATIONAL.